Home

HP 3PAR User's Manual

1. Default v 2rows Gib Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position A MAC State IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MTU Rate Gbps 0 6 1 00024C530038 Ready 10 101 7 255 255 9000 i 1 6 1 00024C530043 Ready 10 101 7 255 255 9000 1 RCIP Details A Q Summary General IP Settings Resources Location 0 6 1 MAC 00024C530038 Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 Type RCIP IP Address 10 101 7 102 f Rate 1 Gbps Gateway 1 Gbps Connected Device Type InSery Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connected Device MTU 9000 W Read Ml Write Mode Peer Configured Rate Auto State Ready Duplex Full Adapter Type The RCIP tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all RCIP ports in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single port selected from the upper pane The upper pane provides the following information Position The port location in node slot port format Media Access Control address of the connected device The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons IP address of the RCIP port Netmask address for the RCIP interface Gatewa The address of a local IP router on the same network as the InServ used y to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network 320 200231 Rev A 151 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amoun
2. The following information is provided on the Active VLUNSs tab LUN The exported LUN value Domain sd The domain in which the VLUN belongs 202 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Virtual Volume The exported volume RAID Type The volume s RAID type Most The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported pot The port to which the path is connected Host WWN iSCSI Name The host s World Wide Name WWN or iSCSI name Exported Size The size of the VLUN in GiB Type The VLUN type VLUN Templates The VLUN Templates tab appears as follows Path Details A Active VLUNSs VLUN Templates path Summary Default 1 row dtt Filter clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear LUN Domain Virtual RAID Type Host Port Type Active volume WLUNSs l tpvv1 0 RAID 1 1 0 3 Port Pre 0 The following information is provided on the VLUN Templates tab LUN The exported LUN value Domain The domain in which the VLUN belongs 320 200231 Rev A 203 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Virtual Volume The exported volume RAID Type The volume s RAID type ost The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported The port to which the path is connected Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs Path Summary The Path Summary tab appears as follows Path Details Q Active VLUNs
3. 5 361 CONNECTIONS 2 cee eee cece 433 Consistency Group Physical Copy 332 Creating isc 8 bese nea ea eae 332 Consistency Group Virtual Copy 327 Cheatin icra ce naeia tees 327 Controller Node Batteries 94 95 EAINNT 94 Recharging ssssssssessssrrrrerrrrrrressens 95 Controller Node Battery Test Log 94 95 Resetting 0 ccc cece eee eee eee ee eee es 95 VICWING 20 0 ee eee cece ee eee eee in iiaa 94 Controller Node Power Supplies 93 EGIN G iaae diardhokieds daai 93 Controller Nodes 83 320 200231 Rev A VIEWING iraran e i iiaa 83 Controller Nodes Power Supplies Details 89 VIEWING ee eaae eiaa a a E a e 89 COPYING anioi eee BEE aA 323 Template cccceeeeee ee ee eens eee 323 Creating 246 301 323 325 327 328 330 332 376 382 414 425 Batch Virtual Copy e eeeee ee 328 Common Provisioning Groups 246 Consistency Group Physical Copy 332 Consistency Group Virtual Copy 327 DOMAINS aen aoa aana i 425 Physical Copy ccceeeee eee eee eae 330 Remote Copy GroupS cceeee ees 376 Remote Copy LINKS 382 Similar Templates ee 323 USES iteua e EEA the dee 414 Virtual COPY sssssssssssssssrsrssererrresrens 325 VRUN Siesia E e AAE 301 Creating Batch Virtual Copy 328 D Disabling rer re wha erence enna ee 167 Remote Copy Interface 665
4. E B Disconnect Edit Locate amp Systems InServs 4 Summary Settings Capacity Software Alerts General Capacity name A Device Type All x Controller Nodes Model InServ V400 D p Ports Serial Number 1400383 Overview Allocated i OS ersion 3 1 1 DEVEL TE Drive Cages Controller Nodes 2 2 Degraded D Physical Disks Ports 10 4 Failed rlccated System System Fans Disk 4 Spare Free 4 4 Failed Remote Copy 2 j System Drive Cages 2 2 Degraded emer Ee pep 4 gt Physical Disks 32 27 Common Actions pa ae Hosts 0 i B Edit System Provisioning E Allocated 886 750 GB E Yolumes RA Configure FC Port CPGs 2 1 Degraded Free 8 033 250 GiB E System Ir B Configure iSCSI Port Virtual Volumes 16 Total 8 920 000 GiB E System 51 2 Configure RCIP Port Total Resources Health B Hosts CPU Usage O MHz 0 Up Since Mar 02 2010 06 22 43 PST E Provisioning New Alerts P 6 Major SDegraded Gy 2 Info 16 x 2 826 MHz State Degraded EJ Layout Grid er State Description Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery Unknown X Bj Remote Copy rf re RE AEN New Alerts Recent Tasks My Connections Events System Severity ID Time Message op Tasks 5424 W Info 260 Apr 09 2010 22 13 13PDT Thin provisioned Vv VY_sample has reached allocation warning of 5G 50 of 10G C 5424 P Major 259 Apr 10 2010 0
5. cecceeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeseeereeaes 285 Adding a Virtual Volume to a Remote Copy GrouP ceeeceee eee eee eee e eens teeta ened 286 Moving a Virtual Volume to Another Domain 0 cece cece eee eee ee eee teeta teen ne ened 287 x 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing Virtual VOIUMES cece enna eaten nnne 287 Tuning Virtual VOIUMES assisen tinii nee eee een ene eee nena eee eee ena 288 Restarting Tuning a Virtual VOIUME ccc ee een ae tented 289 Rolling Back a Tuned Virtual VOIUME ccc ene e enenen a eaenaen ete need 289 Working with Virtual Volume Sets cece eee eee eee teeta teeter teens 290 Viewing Virtual Volume Sets cece ee nent ened 290 Viewing a Single Virtual Volume Set ccc cece eee ee teeter eee eee tenet teens 291 Creating Virtual Volume Sets cece cece ee enna tae e eens 292 Editing a Virtual Volume Set cece cece eee eee eee ene ene eee e teense eee ee enae 293 Adding a Virtual Volume to a Virtual Volume Set 0 cccccee cece e eee eee teeta teen eed 294 Exporting Virtual Volume Sets cece eee een aetna teeta 294 Removing a Virtual Volume Set 2 ccc ee een ene ened 295 Working with VLUNS vic ceecn ciraire aiee geen en e ena Cov be ee ees Vente ede eddies veieed EE E 295 Viewing VLUNS woes csceiseieees chive ek fice ra eb ede EEE web tac end OKEE Sieve ei
6. Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domains license See the 3PAR InForm C OS Concepts Guide for information about licenses See also Creating Domains Creating Users Logging In and Connecting to Systems The InForm Management Console allows authorized users to connect to an InServ Storage Server or multiple storage severs In order to connect to an InServ Storage Server you must have the following information e System name or IP address e Username e Password 62 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide To connect to an InServ Storage Server 1 Start the InForm Management Console under the IP Address or Name text box To select multiple systems use _ Note Any systems previously connected to are displayed in the text box CTRL click 2 In the Connect dialog box enter a the IP address or system name b your user name c your password 3 If you do not want a secured connection uncheck the Secure Connection checKiBox Otherwise click OK 4 By clicking Options you can modify the Secure Data Port Unsecured Data Port and Event Port check boxes as needed Forwarding Error Log Files If an internal error results in the termination of the InForm Management Console an error log file is created in your home directory with the following path and file name C nFormMC log I nFormMC log for Windows or informmc log informmc log for Solaris An
7. Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational iii RAID Type Select the appropriate RAID type for the volume iv Set Size Select the appropriate set size 320 200231 RevA 281 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 If you wish to edit the virtual volume s allocation settings disk information and policies and geometry select Show advanced options panel s 4 Click Next to configure Copy Space Settings or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 From the CPG list select the CPG to use for copy space or select lt none gt 2 In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 Click Next to configure Allocation Settings if enabled or to view the summary information or click Finish Step 3 Policies amp Geometry 1 Inthe Policies group box enable any of the following a Allow stale snapshots b Restrict export to one host c For TPVVs only Zero fill on partially written data pages d Retention Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and then select either day s or hour s e Expiration Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and the select either day s or hour s 2 In the Geometry group box a Enter the number of sectors per track or accept the default value b Enter the number of heads per cylinder or accept th
8. cecce cee eee nent enna teed 405 Displaying Tasks sc natewtetn ee ek eee eet alata oda ee ee 406 REMOVING TASKS escent italiana nas dati bled stadia dtd aadelde kM Adhd adeeb one e i 408 Cancelling Tasks sat A tia eehe a A A ne Gite ee eda ea ea 408 Working with the Security Manager 0 cccceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeetee eee 409 Viewing the Security System Summary SCreen c cece cece ee eee eee eee teeta ened 409 Working with Users 2 22 ccccc begeee cess iraia akaa edd eee eyes Ea ENAKE a Pedden eel NEE 412 Viewing USersiivye ce seni ea pee ele saw ey ve ek ee ee ede Midd ie exis env a eee deta eee 412 Creating WSELS mainea a a dabamlad east e ded ew aa aee a aa i E 414 Editing USENS ea a ae ee A Ea a E a nents A E AA AEA a hava n A N N 415 Removing WSENS iane tiaa aa eaa a aa a bide EEEa aa apis ana iA 417 xiv 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Domains oi cece ese iiie oe ened es we eased eee eda e a Peewee ve ened cena 417 Viewing DOMAINS v2 lt s0s egecs eee eikai a Pedic ds evden neva Ea Pipe heed ein edie eee 418 Viewing Domains for All INS IrVS c cece eect eee ne eee ete teen e neta ened 418 Viewing Domains for a Single Server 0 cece cece eee eet tates ened 419 Viewing the Domains Summary Tab c cece eee eee eee eee eee netted 419 Viewing the Domains Tab ccc cece re entree ene t netted 422 Summary informatio
9. nja wy _horchata 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 G Secondary group2 r424 RO VV_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 Secondary groupl r424 RO 160 000 l The following information is displayed mane eem jstate The state of the system Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or virtual copy Provisioning Indicates if the volume is fully Full or thinly provisioned TPVV RAID The volume s RAID type Exported To The host to which the volume is exported A red entry indicates an P inactive VLUN A blue entry indicates an active VLUN The volume s Remote Copy status RC Group The Remote Copy group to which the volume belongs Writable f f Writable LUNs if any 320 200231 RevA 261 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Lower Pane The lower pane displays detailed information about a single virtual volume selected from the upper pane The lower pane displays information on eight tabs Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations VLUNs Layout and Alerts features and are only displayed if they have been set to display in your _ Note The Advanced Logical Disks and SCSI Reservations tabs are advanced preferences See Setting Global Preferences Summary Tab The lower pane s Summary tab appears as follows Virtual Yolume Details A Q Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservatio
10. Recover Remote Copy Groups If you performed failover on your Remote Copy groups due to a source server failure you must recover the groups to the source server once the source server is brought back up To recover Remote Copy groups 1 Navigate to the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 Inthe right pane select the Remote Copy group s on which you performed failover 3 Right click and select Recover Remote Copy Group s The Remote Copy Recover dialog box appears 4 Optional Click Advanced to display additional recover options If you do not want to sync the groups after role reversal has occurred select Do not sync group after role reversal is completed 5 Click OK 6 Click Yes when prompted for confirmation In the right pane of the Remote Copy Groups screen Secondary Rev is displayed under the Source Role column indicating that the groups on the source server are currently acting as backup to the groups on the backup server Any data is written to the groups on the backup server and then replicated on the source server e The DR state column displays Recover e A yellow arrow is displayed under the Replication column indicating the reversed direction of data replication To restore the original source backup server relationship where data is written to the groups on the source server you must restore the Remote Copy groups See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items Restore Remote Copy
11. The lower pane of the Alerts tab displays detailed information about an alert selected in the upper pane The lower pane displays the following information Stoup Fea peseription O The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators A brief description of the alert Message Code The alert message code The alert sequence 320 200231 Rev A 401 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Node ID The controller node ID Component The component for which the alert was issued Severity The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators Resolved by Event The alert sequence The time the alert was resolved A brief description of the alert System The name of the server that generated the alert System SN The server s serial number Component Node ID The node ID Component The affected system components Repeat Count The number of times the alert was issued Frequency The last occurrence of the alert ating The first occurrence of the alert Alert Severity Indicators See also Alert Task Connection Pane Viewing the Alerts Summary Managing Alerts Viewing System Events 402 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Exporting Data Removing System Alerts To remove system alerts 1 Access the system Alerts tab 2 Select the alert s you wish to remove 3 Right click your selection and click Remove The Remove Alert s dialog box app
12. Configured The availability characteristics Availability Availability The availability of Disk Port Cage or Mag 320 200231 RevA 265 User Space Allocation Admin Space Allocation 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Advanced Tab The lower pane s Advanced tab appears as follows irtual Yolume Details QIO Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations VLUNs Layout Alerts Policies Geometry Zones System Yolume No Sectors Per Track 304 Copy 0 Allow stale snapshots Yes Heads Per Cylinder 8 Free Copy 0 Restrict export to one host No Sector Size 512 Admin 4 Zero fill on partially written data pages Yes Free Admin 4 The following information is displayed in the lower pane s Advanced tab Stoup Feit peseription OO System Volume Indicates if the volume is a system volume Allow stale snapshots Indicates if stale snapshots are allowed Policies Restrict export to one Indicates if exporting is restricted to only one host host Zero fill on partially Indicates if the zero fill on partially written written data pages data pages policy is enabled Sectors Per Track The number of sectors per track Geometry Heads Per Cylinder The number of heads per cylinder Sector Size The size of each sector in MB Chamin Tre number of admin space zones 266 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Logical Disks Tab The lowe
13. Note The per table preferences and changes made by manually dragging and sorting tables override any preferences specified when Setting Global Preferences This topic provides procedures for the following Column Resizing Column Ordering Column Visibility Choosing Columns Table View 320 200231 RevA 45 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Column Resizing To resize a table column 1 Place your mouse on the right edge of a table heading row 2 When the resize pointer appears click and drag the mouse to resize the column Column Ordering To quickly rearrange the order of displayed table columns click and drag any column to a different location in the table Note See Setting Global Preferences to learn how to make global changes to Lee tables and InForm Management Console display properties using the Preferences dialog box Changes made by clicking and dragging columns as described in this topic override any preferences set in the Preferences dialog box See also Setting Global Preferences Column Visibility To hide a column in a table right click the table column heading you wish to hide and click Hide _ Note The InForm Management Console does not allow hiding of all columns we ina table To show a column in a table right click any table column heading and click Show gt lt column heading gt 46 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide
14. Choosing Columns To show hide or reorder multiple table columns at one time 1 Right click any table heading column and click Choose Columns 2 To hide columns select the column from the Show list and click the right arrow button 3 To show columns select the column from the Hide list and click the left arrow button 4 To reorder columns select the column from the Show list and click the up or down arrow button 5 Click OK See also Selecting Multiple Items Table View To apply a saved table view right click any table heading column and click Table View gt lt table view name gt To save the current table view as it has been edited by the previous procedures 1 Right click any table heading column and click Table View gt Save As 2 Enter a name for the table view you wish to save 3 Click OK To remove a saved table view 1 Right click any table heading column and click Table View gt Remove 2 Enter the table view you wish to remove 3 Click OK 320 200231 RevA 47 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Setting Manager Pane Preferences The InForm Management Console allows you to set Manager Pane display preferences These preferences are saved on the system and remembered the next time you log in using the InForm Management Console This topic provides procedures for the following Minimizing and Maximizing the Manager Pane Resizing the Manager Pane Minimizing
15. Clear Name A 2 Domain Members Comments hostset2 domaini 2 The following information is provided The name of the host set Each name listed is a link to that host sets details screen Domain The domain in which the host set resides The number of hosts belonging to the host set Comments Any notes about the host set See also Hosts _Manager Management Tree Viewing Host Set Details 320 200231 Rev A 207 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Host Set Details To view host set details 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click lt host set name gt under the Host Sets node for InServ Storage Server that contains the host set you wish to view or From the host set summary screen click the name of the host set to view that host set s details The host set details screen appears as follows Hosts InServs 5424 Host Sets set hostset2 Summary Hosts Paths Host Explorer General Active LUNs Capacity Exported Name hostset2 Average perHost 0 Average Virtual Size 0 000 GiB Domain domain1 z 7 n Hosts 2 Host A2 System Active vLUNs vi Host A2 system Total Exported Size GiB v 1 Operating Systems HostJeff 5424 0 HostJeff 5424 0 000 Unknown 2 TestHost2 5424 0 TestHost2 5424 0 000 Comments The following information is provided The host set name The domain in which the host set resides The numbe
16. Host W WNJISCSI Type Port iSCSI IP Name Address Name host22 ID 0 Domain Set Host Ports 0 InSery Ports 0 Node ID s olumes Exported 0 Total Exported Size 0 000 GiB Descriptors Persona Location Name Generic IP Address ID 1 Operating System Capabilities Unit Attention Report LUNs Enable Model SES device Contact Comments The Hosts screen is divided into an upper and lower pane The upper pane provides general information about all hosts in a system The lower pane provides more detailed information about a specific host as selected in the upper pane Upper Pane Information in the upper pane is provided on two tabs Hosts and Host Explorer Hosts_Tab Host_Explorer_Tab 320 200231 RevA 189 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Hosts Tab The Hosts tab can be set to show summary information or descriptor information When displaying summary information the Hosts tab appears as follows Hosts InServs s071 Hosts Hosts Host Explorer v trow ath Fiter M clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain Set Host Ports InServ Ports Node ID s Persona Volumes Total Exported Exported Size GiB val s071 1 r3 1 Generic 2 12 000 The following summary information is provided mm pe oo The system on which the host resides The domain in which the host resides se The host set to which t
17. Summary Alerts Health New Alerts Y 11 Critical P 6 Major 2Minor I 24 Degraded Gy 3 Info Alerts by Severity JV New Only System Critical Minor Degraded Name 338 0 0 1 1 0 0 s040 0 11 4 0 20 1 183 0 0 1 1 2 0 5424 0 0 0 0 2 All Alerts by Category System Name New Acknowledged Fixed Auto Fixed 338 2 0 0 5 s040 36 0 0 75 183 4 0 0 17 5424 4 0 0 3 The New Alerts row provides a count of each alert type for all connected systems Each alert count and type listed in blue is a link to the Alerts tab which displays only the selected alert type e Under Alerts by Severity and All Alerts by Category each alert count listed in blue is a link to the alerts screen for an individual system See also Manager Pane Alert Severity Indicators Alert Task Connection Pane Viewing System Alerts Viewing System Events Exporting Data 320 200231 Rev A 399 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Alerts To view system alert information access the Systems screen and then click the Alerts tab or 1 In the Manager Pane click Events 2 In the Management Tree click the InServs node or a system node 3 In the Management Window click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab is split into an upper pane and lower pane The upper pane display a summary of the alerts The lower pane displays the details of an alert selected in the upper pane The information displayed in the Alerts tab
18. To set reset per table format settings to their default settings 1 Select the Data Format tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 Select the Reset Per Table Format Preferences to Default checKiBox 3 Click OK See also Setting Per Table Preferences 44 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring I nterface Dialog and Tab Settings To configure interface and dialog settings 1 Select the Settings tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 Select the user interface elements and dialog boxes you wish to view in the InForm Management Console Interface by selecting the appropriate checKiBoxes 3 Select whether to view Introduction tabs by clicking Remove All Tabs or Restore All Tabs 4 Click Apply to continue modifying preferences or click OK when finished Setting Advanced Display Options To set advanced display options 1 Select the Advanced tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 Select whether to view the Port State of loss sync as failed 3 Select whether to view physical disk spares advanced volume properties logical disks and SCSI reservations by selecting the appropriate checKiBoxes 4 Click Apply to continue modifying preferences or click OK when finished Setting Per Table References The InForm Management Console allows you to set per table preferences These preferences are saved on the system and remembered the next time you log in using the InForm Management Console
19. Type RCFC Max Rate 4 Gbps Remote Port WWN 211100024Cc000144 Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Remote Node WWN 2FF700024C000144 Connected Device Type InServ CN Disabled Mode Change Allowed Connected Device 211100024C000144 Unique Node WWN Disabled Link State Ready Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 11 KBps 0 4 Gbps WMRead I Write 351 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The upper pane of the RCFC tab displays summary information about the system s RCFC ports The lower pane displays details about a selected RCFC port from the upper pane The following information is displayed in the upper pane Column Position State Type Mode Topology Rate Remote Port WWN Remote Node WWN Description The port location in node slot port format The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists World Wide Name of the remo
20. VV_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 10 48P5T The following information is displayed mine etme Type Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or yP virtual copy Creation Date The date and time the volume was created 3 If set during creation the date and time the volume is Retention Time retained If set during creation The date and time the volume expires Expiration Time Copy Space Calculation Date Any comments about the volume The date and time copy space was calculated 260 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Displaying Remote Copy I nformation To view Remote Copy information select Remote Copy from the filtering list The Remote Copy information appears as follows A Provisioning InServs 4 irtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts MM tcrows Aib Fiter A clea lt Any column gt contains Clear System Domain State Type amp Provisioning RAID lje Size Exported To RC Status RC Group writable mA GiB admin 4 Normal Base Ful RAIDL 10 000 gt s nja V_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 G Secondary group3 r424 RO vv_quesadila 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 nja vv burrito 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 nja vv_torta 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 nja vv nachos 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000
21. a Select one or more iSCSI names from the Available iSCSI Names list This list displays iSCSI names for all physically connected host paths not already assigned to hosts b Click the left arrow to add the selected iSCSI name s to the Assigned iSCSI Names list c To assign new iSCSI names enter the iSCSI name s in the New iSCSI Name text box and click Assign Note Rules for the CHAP group box in the following step are as follows e When clicking the Initiator CHAP check box CHAP Name is initialized with the host name default e The Target CHAP checKiBox is enabled when the Initiator CHAP check box is selected e The CHAP Secret text box is required if a CHAP Name is entered e Target CHAP is optional e Target CHAP can only be populated if I nitiator CHAP is populated 2 In the CHAP group box a Click the Initiator CHAP check box The CHAP Name text box displays the host name b Enter a secret password in the CHAP Secret text box 320 200231 RevA 211 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide c If the CHAP Secret text box is entered in hexadecimal click the Hex check box d If required click the Target CHAP check box The CHAP Name text box displays the InServ Storage Server name e Enter a secret password in the CHAP Secret text box 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish to close the wizard and configure the host with the information gathered Step 4 Summary Review the
22. ccccec cece cee eee eee eee eee need ene nee na eae 332 Creating a Consistency Group Physical Copy c cc cceeeeee cece eee teat eae a teeta eee aeee 332 Stopping a Physical COPY cece cece cece eee eet ae een a 333 Resynchronizing a Physical COpy cccecee cece eee een eee 333 Promoting a Physical COPY 0 cece cece eee ee nee een eee a natn 334 Working with the Layout Grid Manager 00 cccccceeeeceeeeeeeee eee 335 Viewing Layout Information for All INServS cece eect eee e eee eee tae teeta ened 336 Viewing the Layout Grid for a Single System 0 ccecceee cece eee e eee eee eee e eee ee ened 337 Viewing the Virtual Volume Layout Grid cece cece cece eee eee teeta eet ee ened 337 Viewing the CPG Layout Grid 0 cece ne teen e teeta eee need 338 Viewing the Logical Disk Layout Grid cece cece eee eee teeta eater need 338 Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout SCr n c cece cece eee eee eect ee eee eee e ee eee ne ened 339 Viewing the CPGs Layout Screen ccc cece cece eee eee ene eee nena n eae eae 340 Viewing the Logical Disks Layout SCree n c cece cece eect eee ee eee eee e ee eee teenie ed 341 Viewing the By Logical Disk SCre e n cece cece eee eee eee nee teeta ened 342 Navigation Trees irae e dies git Aah a vo aeeae a a aS 343 S mmary PANG ervecenesiia iai a e a a a a i A AE AA EAA 343 Logical
23. 183 1 0 3 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2QPK3 XPSS Fc 15 136 250 s183 1 9 0 SEAGATE 5T3146855FC SLN2QPA6 xP55 FC 15 136 250 183 1 9 1 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LNZQPKW xP55 FPG 15 136 250 183 1 9 2 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2QBLK XPSS FC 15 136 250 s183 1 9 3 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2QA1M xP55 Ee 15 136 250 3383 0 0 0 SEAGATE ST3750640N5 3QD007D4 AF1 1230 NL 7 698 250 333 0 3 0 SEAGATE 5T3146707FC 3KSONNSG xR36 FE 10 136 250 320 200231 Rev A 457 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Physical Disks tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Physical Disks tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Physical Disks tab has been accessed The Cage Subsystems Physical Disks tab displays the following information mane penen nae perme Serial Number The disk s serial number Firmware Version The disk s firmware version The type of physical ic Fibre Channel FC Solid State Device Type SSD or Nearline Device Speed The speed of the disk in K Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number
24. 320 200231 RevA Number for the current port persona setting Manufacturer of the host computer s network adapter This value is determined by the port persona Host computer s network adapter This value is determined by the port persona Host computer s operating system This value is determined by the port persona 135 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Indicates whether the connection is Connection Direct Connect or Fabric Attached as determined by the port persona When a persona has been edited by a user Modified Modified appears in this column Otherwise this column remains blank Physical Disks The physical disk port information is presented on the Physical Disks tab Port Details A Summary Physical Disks SFP Default x 12 rows at Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear AL_PA Device Position A 1 O Error State Count OxE1 SEAGATE 0 0 0 0 Normal OxEO SEAGATE 0 0 1 0 Normal OxDC SEAGATE 0 0 2 0 Normal OxDA SEAGATE 0 0 3 0 Normal OxD9 STEC 0 1 0 nja Normal OxD6 STEC O 1 1 nia Normal OxDS STEC 0 1 2 nja Normal OxD4 STEC Hs nia Normal OxA SEAGATE 0 9 0 510 Normal 0x46 SEAGATE 0 9 1 0 Normal 0x45 SEAGATE 0 9 2 15 Normal 0x43 SEAGATE 0 9 3 31 Normal The following information is provided AL_PA The arbitrated loop physical address of the device The type of connected disk 1 O Error Count
25. 5 Click Next 320 200231 Rev A 363 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Links 1 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for a second port For IP links in the IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links a Optional Enter the gateway address for each system port b Optional Click Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links For Fibre Channel links in the Settings groups for each system port a Connection Type Select Point for point to point mode or Loop for arbitrated loop mode b Configured Rate Select 1 2 4 Gbps or Auto default c Click Apply to test the link configuration Click Next correctly or may not be physically connected See Configuring Fibre Channel _ Note If Fibre Channel ports are not displayed the ports may not be zoned Ports for RCFC for additional information Step 3 Groups 1 In the Source group a System Select the system on which the Remote Copy group will reside b Optional Domain Select the domain in which the Remote Copy group will reside c Group Enter a name for the Remote Copy group d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want th
26. GiB Ge Percentage GB GB Percentage ME State 5338 1300338 InServF200 2 3 1 MU1 Degraded 545 000 A 284 750 2 793 000 0 2 793 000 Jan 26 2010 15 20 13P5T Active 5424 1100424 InServ E200 2 3 1 MU1 Normal 544 000 Se 236 750 5 586 000 2 5 434 000 Jan 13 2010 10 17 02 PST Active 183 1200183 InServ T200 2 3 1 Normal 2 180 000 22 1 695 750 185 000 181 000 Dec 16 2009 10 38 21 PST Active The Summary tab can be filtered to display Summary information and Descriptor information for all connected systems The following information is displayed when filtering by Summary information The InServ aes Server name Each name displayed is a link to that server s Summary information Serial Number The system serial number 320 200231 RevA 65 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The storage server model number The InForm OS version running on the server The current state of the storage server Normal Degraded or Failed The total amount of space available from Fibre Channel devices FC Total in GiB FC Allocated Percentage The amount of free Fibre Channel device capacity in GiB NL Total T amount of space available from Near Line devices in The percentage of used allocated Fibre Channel device space NL Allocated Percentage The amount of free Near Line device capacity in GiB SSD Total The total amount of space available from SSD devices in GiB SSD Allocated Perce
27. IM56594331426E6 08 DC3 0 5424 cage0 FC AL B xyratex 1M56594331426DD 08 DCS 0 5424 cagel FC AL A xyratex 1M5659433142741 08 DC3 1 5424 cagel FC AL B xyratex IM56594331425A2 08 DC3 1 452 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Interface Cards tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Interface Cards tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Interface Cards tab has been The Cage Subsystems Interface Cards tab displays the following information Model Part Number The model and or part number of the interface card Serial Number The interface card serial number Firmware Version The interface card firmware version Cage Type The type of drive cage DC2 DC3 or DC4 Cage Position The position O or 1 of the drive cage in the drive chassis See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab 320 200231 RevA 453 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Cage Subsystems SFPs Tab The Cage Subsystems SFPs tab displays information about the system s SFPs To access the Cage Subsystems SFPs tab click the SFPs tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab f Hardware Inventory InServs
28. Name of the disk manufacturer for example SEAGATE Disk model number Serial Number Disk manufacturer s serial number Firmware Version Disk manufacturer s firmware revision tracking string Displaying Environmental Information To view physical disks environmental information select Environmental from the filtering list The physical disks environmental information appears as follows amp Systems InServs 338 Physical Disks E Summary Physical Disks Spares Alerts Environmental 8rows UU Filter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear ID Cage Position Device Type Device State Correctable Uncorrectable Correctable Uncorrectable Temperature Speed K Read Errors Read Errors Write Errors Write Errors 0 caged 0 0 0 NL 7 Normal nja nja nja nja 32 C 89 6 F 1 cage0 0 3 0 FG 10 Normal 0 0 0 0 28 C 82 4 F 2 cage0 0 4 0 NL 7 Normal nja nja nja nja 33 C 91 4 F 3 cage0 O 7 0 FG 10 Normal 0 0 0 0 29 C 84 2 F 4 cage0 0 8 0 NL 7 Normal nja nja nja nja 33 C 91 4 F 5 cage0 0 11 0 Fc 10 Normal 0 0 0 0 29 C 84 2 F 6 cage0 0 12 0 NL 7 Normal nja nja nja nja 33 C 91 4 F 7 cage0 0 15 0 FC 10 Normal a 0 0 0 28 C 82 4 F The following information is displayed Column Description Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are ID numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 Cage The drive cage in which the disk resid
29. Power Supplies Batteries Default x 6 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name Manufacturer A Model Part Number Serial Position Number enodec3 FLH 920 1042 03 01 0034 0 enodec33 FLH 920 1042 03 01 0033 1 snodec39 FLH 920 1053 03 01 0039 0 snodec 2 FLH 920 1053 03 01 0042 1 Inodec6 WHZ 920 200002 03 00000064 0 Inodec6S WHZ 920 200002 03 00000065 1 The Node Subsystems Controller Nodes tab displays the following information Name The controller node name The manufacturer of the controller node Model Part Number The model and or part number of the controller node Serial Number The controller node serial number Position The position O or 1 of the controller node in the node chassis See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab 320 200231 Rev A 439 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Node Subsystems CPUs Tab The Node Subsystems CPUs tab displays information about the system s controller node CPUs To access the Node Subsystems CPUs tab click the CPUs tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default x 20rows Gib Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear S
30. Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Near Line NL or Solid State Device SSD or All The capacity and capacity usage of the selected device type is displayed in graphical form Overview Displays the physical disks free and used space in GiB Volume Raw Displays the physical disks fully provisioned space and Space thinly provisioned space New Alerts The number of new physical disk alerts The current state of the system s physical disks See System and Component Status Icons Device Type Capacity See also Viewing Physical Disks System and Component Status Icons Viewing the Physical Disks Tab To view the Physical Disk tab 1 Access the Physical Disks screen 2 Click the Physical Disks tab The Physical Disks tab can be filtered to display Summary Capacity Chunklet Usage Inventory Environmental State and Paths information 320 200231 RevA 171 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Note In the following sections where shown the Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second
31. Use the Remote Copy configuration best suited to your needs For setup information refer to the following topics Configuring Remote Copy Ports Configuring 1 to 1 Remote Copy Configuring 1 to N Remote Copy Configuring N to 1 Remote Copy 320 200231 RevA 361 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring Synchronous Long Distance Remote Co Pinging Remote Copy Links Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Le additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Configuring Remote Copy Ports To configure a Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC port or a Remote Copy over IP RCIP port 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Common Actions Panel click Configure RC Port The lt Port Type gt Configuration wizard appears 3 Select a system from the System list The remaining fields in the wizard change to reflect RCFC or RCIP set up depending on the system selected 4 Select a port from the Port list 5 The remaining fields are populated with the selected port s information 6 Follow the directions in Configuring an RCFC Port or Configuring an RCIP Port to edit the port information 7 Click OK See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Configuring an RCFC Port Configuring an RCIP Port Viewing Remote Copy System Ports 362 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configurin
32. g Optional Select Prevent fragmentation of packets 4 Click Ping For RCIP ports only See also Viewing Port Summary Information Viewing Physical Disks The Physical Disks screen displays summary information about system physical disks To access the Drive Cages screen 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select Physical Disks under the system whose physical disk information you wish to view The Physical Disks screen provides four tabs Summary Physical Disks Spares and Alerts For information about each see Viewing the Physical Disk Summary Tab Viewing the Physical Disks Tab Viewing the Physical Disks Spares Tab Viewing the Physical Disks Alerts Tab 168 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing the Physical Disks Summary Tab To view the physical disks Summary tab 1 Access the Physical Disks screen 2 Click the Summary tab The Summary tab appears as follows 320 200231 RevA 169 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Systems InSerys s183 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disks Spares Alerts Device Types Device A 1 Device 4 2 Device Size A 3 Count Total Capacity Allocated Percentage Type Speed kK GiB GIB FC 15 136 250 15 2 043 750 E 18 NL z 136 250 1 136 250 9 15 55D 150
33. pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vy pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 20 000 Host Sees s040 v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vy pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 Wh SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 20 000 Host Sees s040 5 v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vy pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 1 5 1 100000062B0F4D3C 20 000 Host Sees xl 6 726 000 The following information is displayed on the Active VLUNs tab for Remote Copy information System Name The name of the InServ Storage Server The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value Virtual Volume The name of the virtual volume 320 200231 RevA 297 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide RAID Type The VLUN RAID type The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported exported pot The InServ Storage Server port on which the VLUN is Host WWN iSCSI Name Exported Size The VLUN s exported size in GiB The VLUN type Host Sees Host In Set or Matched Set
34. 1 In the Manager Pane click Events 2 In the Management Tree click the InServs node or a system node 3 In the Management Window click the Alerts tab 76 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Alerts tab is split into an upper pane and lower pane The upper pane display a summary of the alerts The lower pane displays the details of an alert selected in the upper pane The information displayed in the Alerts tab is nearly identical between the information displayed for all connected systems and information displayed for a single system with the only exception being an additional System column appears in the upper pane for all connected systems The following figure displays the Alerts tab for all connected systems Introduction Summary Alerts Default X 22rows ill Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System Severity ID State Last Time Message 338 P Major 17 Resolved by System Jan 26 2010 15 20 19P5T TOC update done to 0 disks out of 8 338 I Degraded 16 Resolved by System Jan 26 2010 15 20 13P5T The PR is currently getting data from the internal drive on node 0 not the admin volume Previously recorded alerts will not be 338 I Degraded 20 New Feb 04 2010 10 51 37 PST Node 1 Degraded Link Error 338 Major 21 Resolved by System Feb 04 2010 10 51 40 PST Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure 338 T Degraded 18 Resolved by System Feb 04
35. 2010 10 51 46 PST Cage 0 Degraded Loop Offline 5424 I Degraded 221 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 1 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 T Degraded 222 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 0 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 Y Critical 218 Resolved by System Nov 05 2009 09 02 47 PST Total FC raw space usage at 541G above 95 of total 544G 5424 I Degraded 216 Resolved by System Jan 13 2010 10 17 02 PST The PR is currently getting data from the internal drive on node 0 not the admin volume Previously recorded alerts will not be 5424 P Major 225 Resolved by System Jan 28 2010 15 39 27 PST Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure ae T Dearaded 226 Resolved by System Jan 28 2010 15 39 31 PST Cage 0 Dearaded Loon Offline Fa Alert Details 0 General Component 2 Severity Degraded System 5338 Type Component state change SystemSN 1300338 Message Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Node ID 1 is peers Unknown Component Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 State Resolved by System Frequency Message Code 0x2200de Sequence 677 Repeat Count 0 Last Time Jan 22 2010 16 33 54 PST First Time Jan 22 2010 16 33 54 PST Resolved By Event Node ID 1 Component Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Severity Info Type Component state change Sequence 1256 Time Jan 22 2010 16 41 02 PST Message Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Normal gt The upper and lower panes are described in greater detail below Up
36. Active LUNs Hosts Host Sets CPGs 100 E CPGs 40 000 GiB Total 40 000 GiB ooeoeoeo0ococorooqcoeoer OO The upper pane displays the following information pmm een Base Volume User Size The size in GiB of the base volume s user space Base Volume Copy Size The size in GiB of the base volume s copy space Base Volume Admin Size The size in GiB of the base volume s admin space 424 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The size in GiB of the Common Provisioning Group s CPG User Size CPG s user space CPG User Used Size The size in GiB of the CPG s used user space ibe user Used The percentage of the CPG s used user space ercentage CPG Admin Size The size in GiB of the CPG s admin space CPG Admin Used Size The size in GiB of the CPG s used admin space oro AAMIIN isco The percentage of the CPG s used admin space Percentage Unmapped Space The size in GiB of unmapped space Total Size The total size in GiB of the domain The lower pane displays the same information as the lower pane of the Summary Information screen Creating Domains To create a domain access the Create Domain wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Click Create Domain in the Common Actions Panel The Create Domain wizard appears Select a storage server on which the domain will be created from the I nServs list Enter a domain name Optional
37. Enter a new secret password in the CHAP Secret text box 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish to close the wizard and edit the host with the information gathered 320 200231 RevA 213 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Creating Hosts Selecting Multiple Items Removing Hosts To remove a host or multiple hosts 1 Click Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree click Hosts under the system where the host s you wish to remove resides 3 Click the Hosts tab in the Hosts screen 4 Select the host s you wish to remove 5 Right click and then click Remove Host in the menu that appears The Remove Host dialog box appears 6 Optional In the Remove Host dialog box select Remove host even if there are exported volumes 7 Click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Selecting Multiple Items 214 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Adding Hosts to Host Sets Hosts can be added to existing host sets To add a host or multiple hosts to an existing host set access the Add to Host Set dialog box Click Hosts in the Manager Pane In the Management Tree click Hosts under the system whe
38. Logical Disk Name vvFromcpg2 usr 0 Device Type FC Mapped to Yes 320 200231 Rev A State Normal Device Speed 10K Usage CPG User System 5424 RAID RAID 1 Raw Capacity 4 000 GiB Position in Set Set 0 Device Type FC Mapped to ves Logical Disk Name vvfromcpg2 usr 0 Device Speed 10K Usage CPG User State Normal RAID RAID 1 Raw Capacity 4 000 GiB System 5424 343 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Logical Disk Layout Pane The logical disk layout pane displays details about how chunklets are laid out in the selected logical disk or set LD Layout Details 344 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Remote Copy Manager The Remote Copy Manager of the InForm Management Console allows you to create and manage 3PAR Remote Copy configurations on your InServ Storage Servers The following topics are discussed Viewing Remote Copy Information Configuring Remote Copy Working with Remote Copy Groups Working with Remote Copy Links Working with Remote Copy Targets Remote Copy Disaster Recovery Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Lee additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Note Working with 3PAR Remote Copy requires that all systems are ee connected Viewing Remote Copy Information The InForm Management Console allows you to view information
39. Name The host name reported by the agent The operating system type The patch level of the operating system The host s IP address The multipathing software in use on the host Cluster Software The host clustering software in use on the host 320 200231 RevA 199 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Cluster ID The host cluster ID Cluster Name The host cluster name pwwn The WWN of the host HBA The vendor of the host HBA pew peresan Multiple Attach Indicates if the host WWN is seen on multiple InServ Storage Server ports See also Host_Explorer_Tab Viewing Paths To view host paths 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click Paths under the InServ Storage Server that contains the host paths you wish to view 200 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Paths screen appears as follows i Hosts InServs S424 Paths Defaut 5 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Y Clear Host WWNJiISCSI A Host Name Domain Type Port iSCSI IP Name Address 2000000087041F71 testO2 Fibre Channel nja 2000000087041F72 test01 Fibre Channel nja 210000E088000000 Host_TechPubs TechPubsi Fibre Channel nja 210100E08B24C750 tewst domain Fibre Channel nja 2000000087041F71 test03 iSCSI Path Details A Q Active YLUNS VLUN Templates Path Summary G Summary z 0 rows d
40. Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error Hyperlink reference not valid Number of chunklets on the physical disk excluding those Total Chunkiets reserved by the system such as for the TOC Normal Used OK Number of chunklets allocated to logical disks and containing data that is currently accessible to the system Normal Used Failed Number of chunklets allocated to logical disks and containing data but currently inaccessible because they have failed Normal Unused Free bate of chunklets currently free and available for use by logical Normal Unused Init Number of chunklets being cleaned A chunklet that is clean has been set to all zeros and therefore does not contain any data Normal Unused Unavailable Number of unavailable chunklets Normal Unused Number of initialized but unallocated chunklets that do not contain Failed data and have failed Number of chunklets currently used for sparing and containing Spare Used OK data that is accessibl
41. Optional If you want to save a snapshot of the physical copy in order to resynchronize the base volume and physical copy at a later point in time click Save snapshot for later resync Click OK 332 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Selecting Multiple Items Stopping a Physical Copy To stop a physical copy in progress Access the Virtual Volumes tab Select the physical copy in progress that you wish to stop In the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Provisioning gt Virtual Volume gt Stop Physical Copy U Ne The Stop Physical Copy dialog box appears 4 Click Yes See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Physical Copies Resynchronizing a Physical Copy To resynchronize a physical copy 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the physical copy you wish to resynchronize 3 In the menu that appears click Resync Physical Copy The Resync Physical Copy dialog box appears 4 From the System list select the system on which the copy resides 5 Optional From the Domain list select the domain in which the copy is resynchronized 6 From the Physical Copy list select the physical copy to which you wish to resynchronize 7 Optional If you want to save a snapshot of the physical copy in order to resynchronize the base volume and physical copy at a later point in time click the Save snapshot for l
42. See System and Component Status Icons The total Fibre Channel capacity in GiB The bottom of the FC Total FC Total i column displays total FC capacity FC Free The amount of free Fibre Channel space in GiB The bottom of the FC Free column displays total free FC capacity The amount of allocated Fibre Channel space in GiB The bottom of Fe Allocated the FC Allocated column displays total allocated FC capacity The percentage of used Fibre Channel capacity The bottom of the FC Allocated Percentage column displays the total used percentage FC Allocated Percentage The total SSD capacity in GiB The bottom of the SSD Total column displays total SSD capacity The amount of free SSD space in GiB The bottom of the SSD Free column displays total free SSD capacity SSD Total The amount of allocated SSD space in GiB The bottom of the SSD SoD allbeated Allocated column displays total allocated SSD capacity SSD Allocated The percentage of used SSD capacity The bottom of the SSD Percentage Allocated Percentage column displays the total used percentage Note The device types displayed in the summary are dependent on the devices installed in your system For example if you have Near Line and disk drives installed the summary will display NL Near Line Total NL Allocated Percentage etc columns 100 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Drive Cage Power Supplies To view the Dri
43. The number of errors on the connected disk The state of the disk See System and Component Status Icons Position The position of the disk in the InServ Storage Server 136 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide SFP The fibre channel port SFP information is presented on the SFP tab Port Details Summary SFP General DDM Type Unit yale Low Warnin High Warnin Low Alarm High Alarm Position 1 0 4 is Threshold Threshold a Threshold eieh State Normal Temp a 31 20 90 25 95 Manufacturer FINISSR_CORP voltage a 3257 2900 3700 2700 3900 Part Number TX Bias mA 6 2 14 1 17 Serial Number PB83CTR TX Power uW 385 79 631 67 631 Revision 7 RX Power uw 378 15 794 10 1259 Max Speed 4 1 Gbps Qualified Yes TX Disable No TX Fault No RX Loss No RX Power Low No DDM Support Ves The following information is provided The location of the SFP within the system state Current condition of the SFP Manufacturer Manufacturer of the SFP Part number of the SFP Serial Number Serial number of the SFP Revision SFP s revision level Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Displays whether the SFP has been tested and if the SFP is supported Qualified TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled 320 200231 Rev A 137 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem Displays
44. Total IOPS x s040 Host Ports Total Throughput ue s040 PD Usage Total IOPS 11 10 H 6 s w Q 5 4l 34 2 14 0 Physical Disks See also Exporting Data 394 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating a New Chart To create a new performance chart access the Chart Configuration wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Performance 2 In the Common Tasks panel click New Chart Step 1 Chart Selection 1 Select either Template or Custom 2 If you selected Template select the type of objects to plot by choosing PD Usage under Physical Disk or Disk Ports Host Ports RCFC Ports or RCIP Ports under Ports Data 3 If you selected Custom a Name Enter a name for your chart b Optional Description Enter a description c Polling Interval Enter a value from 5 to 3 600 seconds 4 Click Next Step 2 Object Selection 1 Select a system from the System list 2 By default all objects will be plotted in the chart If you wish to choose objects deselect the All checKiBox and then select objects to plot in the objects list 3 Click Next to view the summary or click Finish If you previously selected Custom in Chart Selection 1 Select a system from the System list 2 Select an object from the Category list 3 By default all objects will be plotted in the chart If you wish to choose objects deselect the All checKiBox and
45. VV template User Space group box Property Include in the template in order to determine the size that the volume created with this template presents to the host Provisioning create a base volume template select Thinly Provisioned CPG select the CPG to use for user space Allocation generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the Warning specified percentage of the VV size 308 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide S prevent the snapshot copy space from growing beyond the Allocatiory Linit specified percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter copy space information or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Space Settings screen Property Include in the template in order to select the CPG to use for copy space Allocation generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the Warning specified percentage of the VV size g ia prevent the copy space from growing be
46. pdsld0 0 Normal o F 10 RAID 1 0 250 0 000 0 750 Yes No Preserved Metac pdsld0 1 a Normal o FC 10 RAID1 3 000 0 000 6 000 Yes No Preserved Data pdsld0 2 Normal m Fc 10 RAID 1 0 750 0 000 1 500 Yes No Preserved Data admin usr 0 Cougar Normal ji FC 10 RAID 1 10 000 10 000 20 000 No Yes yy vvfromcpg2 usr 0 TechPubs1 Normal a FE 10 RAID 1 2 000 2 000 4 000 No Yes CPG User vvFromcpg2 usr 1 TechPubs1 Normal fa FC 10 RAID 1 2 000 2 000 4 000 No Yes CPG User log1 0 Normal o Fe 10 RAID 1 20 000 0 000 40 000 Yes No Logging testvv usr 0 domaint Normal o FC 10 RAID1 0 500 0 500 1 000 No Yes CPG User testvv usr 1 domain Normal o RE 10 RAID1 0 500 0 500 1 000 No Yes CPG User V _TechPubs_l usr 0 TechPubsi Normal E FC 10 RAID 1 1 000 1 000 2 000 No Yes CPG User UU Tacha fee t Tacktobknt D haval fe In NATA nann nnn INN hia Mar NC I lenv zl T 162 000 40 312 389 250 T 4 gt LD Layout Details Q QQE See also Manager Pane Management Tree 320 200231 Rev A 341 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the By Logical Disk Screen To view logical disk usage for virtual volumes and Common Provisioning Groups CPGs access the By Logical Disk screen 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click Virtual Volumes or CPGs under the system you wish to view 3 In the virtual volumes layout screen or CPGs layout screen select a virtual volume or a CPG
47. read write RW Exported To The host on which the volume is exported Writable LUNS Indicates if the LUN is writable from the host The master node of the volume responsible for assigning mapping zones The number of new virtual volume alerts The current state of the virtual volume See Alert Severity Indicators State woes Description of the virtual volume s state Description Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Device Type Near Line NL or Solid State Device SSD yp The capacity and capacity usage of the selected Capacity device type is displayed in graphical form Logical Select to display logical capacity Select to display raw capacity Virtual Volume y i A Allocation Displays the allocation of the volume s admin copy and user space Thinly Provisioned Displays the amount of space saved through thinly provisioned Savings Base virtual volumes 320 200231 Rev A 263 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Waw OOOO S Creation Date The volume s creation date Retention Time The volume s retention time if any Expiration Time The volume s expiration date if any HIStory Copy Space The date on which the volume s copy space was Calculation calculated Date Any comments about the volume Settings Tab The lower pane s Settings tab appears as follows Virtual olume Details Q Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations VLUNs Layout A
48. s Guide Ce ce a Peaeneeiient oe Serene a a ae The type of DIMM either FB DIM or DDR SDRAM The size of the DIMM in GiB The revision level of the DIMM Node Position The position O or 1 of the controller node in the node chassis See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Adapter Cards Tab The Node Subsystems Physical Memory tab displays information about the system s physical memory To access the Node Subsystems Physical Memory tab click the Physical Memory tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab 444 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide E Hardware Inventory InServs Introduction Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default 42 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v System A 1 Name 4 amp 2 Manufacturer Model Part Serial Number Type Revision Firmware Max Rate Number version Gbps 0 3 EMULEX LPe12004 BT94849061 FC 03 1 11 4 7 0 9 Intel e1000 Onboard Ethernet n a 7 3 20 k2 1 4 EMULEX LPe12004 BT94849132 FC 03 1 11 4 7 1 9 Intel e1000 Onboard Ethernet n a 7 3 20 k2 0 2 SPAR FCO44x 0869c31800193348 FC 09 1 31 48 0 6 Intel e1000 Onboard Ethernet nja 7 3 20 k2 1 2 SPAR FCO44 0869c8180019a342 FC 09 1 31 4 8 1 6 Intel e1000 Onboa
49. s Guide Summary Tab The Summary tab provides information about all provisioning in the system A Provisioning InSerys s040 Summary Tasks Alerts General System Capacity ies 3 Device Type All Y irtual Yolumes 569 Base Yolumes 538 Thinly Provisioned 0 Volumes Fully Provisioned 538 coas 19 irtual Copies 31 i 0 System l Physical Copies Internal Remote Copy Yolumes a 1 Expired Yolumes a Free 79 Unexported Yolumes 362 Active LUNs 1429 E Volumes CPGs 3 298 000 GiB E System Internal 212 000 GiB E Free 13 547 750 GiB Health irtual olumes New Alerts None State 569 Normal CPGs New Alerts None State 3 Normal The following information is displayed fcpcs o The total number of CPGs The total number of virtual volumes Volumes Base The total number of base volumes Volumes Thinly Provisioned The total number of thinly provisioned virtual volumes pully x The total number of fully provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned virtua The total number of virtual copies Copies Physical Copies The total number of physical copies 320 200231 Rev A 225 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Remote Copy The total number of Remote Copy virtual volumes Volumes Expired The total number of expired virtual volumes Volumes Unexported Volumes Active VLUNs The total number of active exported virtual volumes Select the device
50. 0 2 Normal FINISAR_CORP PB83CYJ 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 1 0 3 Normal FINISAR_CORP s PB83RWH 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 1 0 4 Normal FINISAR_CORP PB83CTR 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes SFP Details General DDM a Type Unit Yale Low Warning High Warnin Low Alarm High Alarm Postion 0 0 1 is Threshold Threshold i Threshold Threshold State Normal Temp c 36 20 90 25 95 Manufacturer FINISAR_CORP Voltage mV 3241 2900 3700 2700 3900 Part Number TXBias m 7 2 14 1 17 Serial Number PCDIKRG TX Power uW 385 79 631 67 631 Revision A RX Power uw 318 15 794 10 1259 Max Speed 4 1 Gbps Qualified Yes TX Disable No TX Fault No RX Loss No RX Power Low No DDM Support Yes The SFPs tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all SFPs in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single SFP selected from the upper pane The upper pane provides the following information Position of the port in which the SFP is installed State The drive cage state See System and Component Status Icons The SFP manufacturer The SFP s part number Serial i f The SFP s serial number Number Revision The revision level of the SFP 154 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Qualified Displays whether the SFP has been qualified by 3PAR TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disab
51. 000 100 i JefFyv3 5424 domaint Normal Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 oso o Ws 5424 G Normal Base Full RAID 1 1 000 1 000 100 o250 0 j VWV_export_test 5424 Normal Base TPVY RAID 1 10 000 0 500 0 0 500 0 test03 vv _sample4 5424 a Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 0 i WRC 5424 Normal Base TPVY RAID 1 10 000 0 500 0 0 500 0 YY _RC2 5424 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 oso 0 v 163 000 89 625 9 875 4 gt A virtual copy name displaying a plus sign to the left indicates that at least one physical copy exists Clicking the plus sign expands the virtual copy displaying the physical copy H Provisioning InServs 5424 Yirtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts Summary z 27 rows lk Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type a Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual YY _TechPubs_2 5424 TechPubsi Normal Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 100 fe tew 5424 domaini Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 B Jeffvv3 5424 domain1 Normal Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 100 0 250 0 S avvcp 24 23 5424 domaint Normal Virtual Copy RAID 1 2 000 C 0 Jeff
52. 0011 50 04 75000029 DC4 1 1 183 cagel Power Supply 2 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000020 DC4 1 2 183 cagel Power Supply 3 POI 800 0011 50 04 750D0107 DC4 1 3 5338 cage0 Power Supply O Xyratex PMC643610012795 DC3 0 0 338 cage0 Power Supply 1 Xyratex PMC643610012796 DC3 0 1 5424 cage0 Power Supply 0 Xyratex PMC643610007398 DC3 0 0 5424 cage0 Power Supply 1 Xyratex PMC643610007399 DC3 0 1 5424 cagel Power Supply 0 Xyratex PM4441910017766 DC3 1 0 5424 cagel Power Supply 1 Xyratex PM4441910026758 DC3 1 1 accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Power Supplies tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Power Supplies tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Power Supplies tab has been The Cage Subsystems Power Supplies tab displays the following information Column Description The InServ Storage Server name Cage Name The drive cage name The power supply name The manufacturer of the power supply Model Part Number The model and or part number of the power supply 320 200231 Rev A 459 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Serial Number The power supply s serial number Cage Type The type of drive cage DC2 DC3 or DC4 Cage Position The position of the drive cage in the drive chassis 0 or 1 The posi
53. 13 12 14 12 15 12 16 2 2 2 19 2 2 12 21 12 22 n 23 12 24 Category Objects Ports Data 0 0 1 KBs Sec Total Read Write Plotting Ports Data 0 0 2 KBs Sec Total Read Write Plotting Ports Data 0 0 3 KBs Sec Total Read Write Plotting Ports Data 0 0 4 KBs Sec Total Read Write Plotting Ports Data 1 0 1 KBs Sec Total Read Write Plotting Each started chart is tabbed at the top of the Management window Simply click the tab for the chart you wish to view At any time you can use the controls at the upper right corner of each chart to pause or stop the generation of the performance chart e Pausing the chart will stop the plotting of data but data collection will still occur in the background e Stopping the chart stops both data collection and plotting The lower pane of the chart provides a legend indicating color plot association Clicking a row in the legend results in the corresponding plot becoming highlighted If you wish to change the color of a plot click the color under the Color column and then choose a new color in the menu that appears 320 200231 Rev A 393 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Instantaneous Statistics The PD Usage performance chart displays the latest updated physical disk OPs statistics Instead of a line graph a bar graph is displayed which shows the physical disk performance at the moment 5040 Disk Ports Total Throughput 5040 PD Usage
54. 2 Allocation Settings 1 2 From the Availability list select Cage default Port or Magazine From the Set Size list select default 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB The default value depends on raid type and device type used If FC or NL drives are used the step size defaults to 256 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 128 KiB for RAID 5 If SSD drives are used the step size defaults to 32 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 64 KiB for RAID 5 For RAID 6 the default is a function of the set size From the Preferred Chunklets list select Fast default or Slow Click Next to use the Disk Filter if enabled or click Finish Step 3 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 248 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Filtering Creating Similar Common Provisioning Groups You can create new Common Provisioning Groups CPGs based on existing CPGs To do this 1 Access the CPGs tab 2 Right click the CPG you wish to use as the basis for your new CPG 3 In the menu that appears click Create Similar The Create CPG wizard appears 4 Follow the instruct
55. 4 Degraded 216 Resolvedby System Jan 13 201010 17 02PST The PR is currently getting data from the internal driv 7 Sep 28 2009 14 53 19 PDT I Degraded 221 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 1 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 0 Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT I Degraded 222 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 0 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 0 Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT P Major 225 Resolved by System Jan 28 2010 15 39 27 PST Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure 0 Jan 28 2010 15 39 27 PST The Alerts tab provides the following information The severity of the alert See Alert Severity Indicators The alert ID state The alert state The last occurrence of the alert A brief description of the alert Repeat Count The number of times the alert has been issued First Time The first occurrence of the alert 320 200231 Rev A 85 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing Controller Nodes Viewing Controller Nodes Alerts Details Alert Severity Indicators Managing Alerts Viewing Controller Nodes Details To view the Controller Node details screen Access the Controller Nodes screen In the upper pane click the Summary tab Select a node In the lower pane click the Summary tab oie re The Summary tab appears as follows Controller Node Details Ports Power Supplies Batteries Alerts General Physical Memory
56. 4 Inthe Main Toolbar click By Logical Disks The By Logical Disks screen for the selected object appears as follows volume The layout of the By Logical Disks screen is similar for virtual _ Note The following figures display the By Logical Disk screen for a virtual volumes and CPGs SET Grid Yirtual Yolume tew tew usr 1 Set 1 E x p Logical Disks by irtual Yolume amp Q Q E 7 6 tew 7 o tew usr 0 Position in Set Set 1 Device Type FC Mapped to Ves H set 0 Logical Disk Name tew usr 1 Device Speed 10K Usage CPG User State Normal RAID RAID 1 Raw Capacity 10 000 GiB Bse System 5424 M tew usr 1 F se LD Layout Details ll There are three elements of the By Logical Disks screen a navigation tree a summary pane and a logical disk layout pane 342 320 200231 RevA Navigation Tree 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The navigation tree appears on the left side of the screen At the top level is the selected volume or CPG Below the volume are logical disks Below logical disks are the position in set Logical Disks by irtual olume v 8 vvFromcpg2 0 9 Bi vvfromepg2 usr 0 E vvfromcpg2 usr 1 E set o E set 1 Summary Pane Note The summary pane only appears for logical disks and sets selected from the navigation tree The summary pane displays information about the selected logical disk or set from the navigation tree
57. 424 Lab2 is 4 Lab1 360 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 2 4 Ready 424 2 e The right pane displays information about the Remote Copy targets for each Remote Copy system in tabular format Information displayed for each system s targets includes the target s name target ID connection type status backup system information and active policy See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems Configuring Remote Copy The InForm Management Console allows you to setup several different configurations of 3PAR Remote Copy as well as configure Remote Copy ports The following types of Remote Copy are supported e 1 to 1 Remote Copy In 1 to 1 Remote Copy data is mirrored between two InServ Storage Servers 1 to N Remote Copy In 1 to N Remote Copy a single nServ Storage Server uses multiple InServ Storage Servers as backup servers e N to 1 Remote Copy In an N to 1 Remote Copy relationship a maximum of four primary source InServ Storage Servers use the same nServ Storage Server as backup server e Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy In a Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy configuration a single Remote Copy group is copied directly to volumes on two other InServ Storage Servers by admitting the volumes to groups with two targets One copy is in synchronous Remote Copy mode the other copy is in asynchronous periodic Remote Copy mode
58. A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Layout Tab To view the Common Provisioning Group CPG Layout tab 1 Access the CPG screen 2 In the Management Window click the Layout tab The CPGs Layout tab displays the distribution of CPGs across physical disks and which chunklets are used by each CPG is Provisioning InServs 5424 CPGs Summary CPGs Layout l Alerts Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Alerts Tab To view the Common Provisioning Group CPG Alerts tab 1 Access the CPG screen 2 In the Management Window click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab displays CPG related alerts for the system The information displayed in the provisioning Alerts tab is identical to the information contained in the systems Alerts tab The Provisioning Alerts tab displays only CPG related alerts e See Viewing System Alerts 320 200231 RevA 245 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Common Provisioning Groups To create a Common Provisioning Group CPG access the Create CPG wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Common Actions panel click Create CPG The Create CPG wizard appears Step 1 General 1 System Select the system where the CPG will be created 2 Domain Select the domain in which the CPG will reside Select lt none gt if not applicable 3 Name Enter a name for the new CPG 4 Tem
59. Access the Ports screen 2 In the Management Window click the Fibre Channel tab The Fiber Channel tab appears as follows 130 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Z Systems InServs 5183 Ports E Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iscst RCIP SFPs Alerts Summary X 11 rows tt Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Position WW State Mode Topology Rate Class Connected Connected Mode Gbps Device Type Device Change 0 0 1 20010002AC000067 Ready Initiator Private Loop 4 3 Disk cageO Allowed a 0 0 2 20020002AC000067 Ready Initiator Private Loop ao Disk cagel Allowed 0 0 3 20030002AC000087 LossSync Target 3 Free Allowed 0 0 4 20040002AC000067 Ready Target Fabric Atta 4 3 Free Allowed 0 5 1 205100024C0000B7 Ready Target Private Loop 4 3 Host host1 Allowed 0 5 2 20520002AC000087 LossSync Initiator 3 Free Allowed 1 0 1 210100024CO000B7 Ready Initiator Private Loop 4 3 Disk cage0 Allowed 1 0 2 21020002AC000067 Ready Initiator Private Loop 3 Disk cagel Allowed 1 0 3 21030002AC000067 Ready Initiator Private Loop 1 3 Host Allowed TA DA NANNAN A CANON D Mando Trikinkaw Feit inka l annm A 2 Cvan Allana x Fibre Channel Port Details Summary Physical Disks SFP General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 0 0 2 Connection Mode Disk Topology Private Loop Port WWN 200200024C0000B7 Connection Type L
60. Address Enter the iSNS secondary IP address TCP Port Enter the iSNS TCP port The default port is 3205 Click Finish to complete the iSCSI port configuration or click Next to view the configuration summary Pee Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Ports 320 200231 RevA 161 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring a Remote Copy over Fibre Channel Port To configure a Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC port access the Fibre Channel Port Configuration wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree select the system on which you wish to configure the port 3 In the Common Actions Panel click Configure FC Port The Fibre Channel Port Configuration wizard appears 4 Inthe General group box a System list Select the system on which the port will be configured b Port list Select the port to be configured as a Fibre Channel port 5 In the Settings group box Connection Mode list Select the mode of the port as RCFC Connection Type list Select whether the connection type is Loop or Point Unique Node WWYN Enable or disable the node WWN Configured Rate Select Auto default 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps VLUN Change Notification VCN Enable or disable the VLUN change notification f Interrupt Coalesce Enable or disable the interru
61. Cage Power Supply s183 Power Supply 3 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000034 Cage Power Supply s183 Power Supply 0 POI 800 001 1 50 04 75000013 Cage Power Supply s183 Power Supply 1 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000029 Cage Power Supply s183 Power Supply 2 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000020 Cage Power Supply 183 Power Supply 3 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000107 Cage Power Supply 183 0 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNV PCF3KFB Cage SFP 183 0 1 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PCF321T Cage SFP 183 1 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PCF308M Cage SFP 183 it FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PCF3NPD Cage SFP 183 0 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY UA30HTH Cage SFP 183 0 1 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNV UA32PC1 Cage SFP 183 1 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNV PCF3K3C Cage SFP 183 11 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNV PCF3P20 Cage SFP 183 snodec39 FLH 920 1053 03 01 0039 Controller Node 183 snodec42 FLH 920 1053 03 01 0042 Controller Node 183 cPuUO Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz2 CPU 183 CPU 1 GenuineIntel 15 Intel R xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz2 CPU IR CPI Geniinetntel 15 Intel R yenn PY CPLIS14N M7 BAGH CPi xl The Hardware Inventory All tab provides the following information Description The system name The name of the hardware component The manufacture of the hardware component Model Part Number The model and or part number of the hardware component Serial Number The serial number of the hardware component The
62. Common Actions Panel appear as follows Security E InServs 7 amp s183 H Users Domains amp Domain Sets Connections F E 5424 Users Domains Common Actions amp Domain Sets fe tl Create User Connections Create Domain A Move to Domain amp Create Domain Set See also Working with the Security Manager Hardware Inventory Manager The Hardware Inventory Manager allows you to view InServ Storage Servers hardware components When the Hardware Inventory Manager is selected the Management Tree appears as follows Hardware Inventory v InServs E s183 EJ 5424 See also Working with the Hardware Inventory Manager 320 200231 Rev A 35 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Management Window The Management Window displays data as well as additional options for viewing data The data displayed in the Management Window is dependent on the selected manager from the Manager Pane and the selected node from the Management Tree Also included for quick visual reference Normal Degraded or Failed status icons are displayed in the tree to quickly identify systems or related system components that may require attention In the example below the Management Window displays system summary data for the selected node s183 3PAR InForm Management Console File View Actions Window Help OS i ee Connect Refresh Maximize Home Back Forward Export Data
63. Disk Layout Pane sssssssssssssrrrsserrerrsserrrrrsnsrrnrnnnsrrrrnnnrrrrrnnnerrrrrnnnt 344 Working with the Remote Copy Manager eese 345 Viewing Remote Copy Information c cece eee etna teeta tata e eee e ened 345 Viewing Available Remote Copy SySteMS cccce eee eee eee e eee eee tae tate e ee ene ed 346 Viewing Remote Copy System Ports cece eee e eee eee eee etna eee nee teen eee eed 347 RC Ports Tabs ciseuoec u aveai eee rad dae ee eee bee cae eed eve de ee eke 347 xii 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide RCIP Tabiveiieascsseo lige vier bike eE Vay tak ony aeee eee eet a e EAE a AA 349 RCEG Tab visas edtun seers cote ees ae aa esa aa ade eis a eda E a aaa dees de 351 inventory Tab ensina ro awed ee eis he Se a oes A eek eet bee ee ed 354 Viewing Configured Remote Copy SyStemMs ccceeeeee cece e eee eee eee teeta e eee ee ened 355 Summary Tab Arroet eto sinc nena eee mili ane ae a eee ieee eaa aa ieee 356 Remote Copy Link Performance Chart cc cece ee eect eect eee eee eee e eee ne eee nae ee eee 356 TASKS TaD waesrecor r wants Steve teat gethe vege a E A a aea a woes oat 357 Alerts Tabrani iaee dey aa donnie Cie wedwia diese O tude eebiece een ves reaees 357 Viewing Remote Copy GrouPS 0 ccee cee nee nent etd 358 Viewing Remote Copy Virtual VOIUMES cece eee eee ent ee eee ened 359 Viewing Remote Copy LIinkS c
64. Drive Cage Capacity Viewing Drive Cage Connectivity To view drive cage connectivity information select Connectivity from the filter list The connectivity summary appears as follows Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts 2rows Alb Filter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name State Position 4 Revision A PositionB Revision B 40 Port A1 Port BO Port B1 Port Daisy Chained cage0 Normal 0 2 37 0 2 37 0 0 1 1 0 1 No cagel Normal o 237 0 2 37 0 0 2 1 0 2 No The following information is provided Name The drive cage name State The drive cage state See System and Component Status Icons Distance the drive cage is from the controller node port O directly Position A connected to InServ ports 1 there is one device between the node and this drive cage etc Version of firmware running on the controller for the A loop Distance the drive cage is from the controller node port O directly Position B connected to InServ Storage Server ports 1 there is one device between the node and this drive cage etc Revision B Version of firmware running on the controller for the B loop 98 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide AO Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port AO Al Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port Al A2 Port for D
65. EATE Peta aaa amen 262 Summa Taberei S te beet aa lath aa aa aa busy edn AEE 262 Settings Tab ae vee ccceaens esai a yaaa Taea S a N wenden Aa EE 264 Advanced Wabivect dae cesuss na ae aua eE aaia oa da A raaa e Naeun 266 Logical Disks Tabs 3 teciese aden Heke etna oe dees e i E a cone eet TA aE 267 SCSI Reservations Tab rodra en cece aA e ee ene nate ANTE eee nena teens 268 VEUNS a Daa a ee ast 2tile fate leet a tals gD Shs bo N ee 270 Layout Tab sissien e thea reek cine ciated ve Pee Pe eae eee 273 Alerts Tabisves gsi eics vein ives ef deeep bie E Ea E ives Hee TEA E ee We ee 273 Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout Tab c cece eee eee eee eee teen ee teeta tee eneed 274 Viewing the Virtual Volumes Alerts Tab ccce cece eee eee eee eee ene e eee eee eneed 274 Creating Virtual VOIUMES cce cece ee enna eee eee ate 275 Creating Virtual Volumes Fully Provisioned from Physical DiSKS cscceeeeeeeeeees 277 Editing Virtual VOIUMES sss 26 4 sense cece deen netted he coke vee vie Enea een Saa te beeeedae ened 279 Editing Virtual Volumes Fully Provisioned from Physical DiSkS ccccceseeeeeeeeees 281 Creating Similar Virtual VOIUMES cece cece eee nee eee eae 283 Saving a Virtual Volume as a Template cece cece eee eee ee tenes eee nee teeta eee eee 283 Exporting Virtual VOIUMES ar aa tea dbase a a a a iv oes 284 Creating a Remote Copy Group from Virtual VOIUMES
66. Enabled or Disabled Not WWN available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower If Disabled each I O generates a separate interrupt to the HBA port driver rather than generating one interrupt for multiple O completion Not available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower Interrupt Coalesce Lower Pane The lower pane provides detail information about a selected fibre channel port from the upper pane If the fibre channel port is connected to disks information is presented on a Summary tab a Physical Disks tab and SFP tab If the fibre channel port is connected to hosts information is presented on a Summary tab Hosts tab and SFP tab Each are discussed in detail in the following Fibre Channel_ Summary Physical_ Disks SFP Hosts Fibre Channel Summary The fibre channel summary is displayed on the Summary tab Fibre Channel Port Details Summary Physical Disks SFP General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 0 0 2 Connection Mode Disk Topology Private Loop Port WWN 200200024CO000B7 Connection Type Loop Class Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type 3PAR FCO44x Type FC Max Rate 4 Gbps Mode Change Allowed Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Physical Disks 6 Connected Device Type Disk CN Disabled Connected Device cagel Unique Node WWN Disabled Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 44 KBps 0 01 4 Gbps
67. Gbps MRead I Write The Summary tab provides the following information Few Becton Position For iSCSI ports Port location not shown Port World Wide Name Node World Wide Name Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Device Type Disk Host or InServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g Device host1 cageo0 Mode Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode 320 200231 RevA 121 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Current state of the port MAC For iSCSI ports The Media Access Control address for not shown the Ethernet interface TPGT For iSCSI ports The Target Portal Group Tag for the not shown iSCSI target portal group Total Data Resources Throughput The throughput in KIB sec Connection Mode The type of port connection Connection type or port connection setting Loop Connection Point or Loop point When the port is set to Loop Type point both loop and point to point connections are enabled Data transfer rate setting for
68. Groups 390 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Restore Remote Copy Groups If you recovered your Remote Copy groups you must restore the groups in order to restore the original Remote Copy relationship between your source and backup server s To restore Remote Copy groups 1 Navigate to the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 Inthe right pane select the recovered Remote Copy group s 3 Right click and select Restore Remote Copy Group s The Remote Copy Restore dialog box appears 4 Optional Click Advanced to display additional restore options a If you do not want to sync the groups after role reversal has occurred select Do not sync group after role reversal is completed b If you do not want to continue taking snapshots select Do not take snapshots 5 Click OK 6 Click Yes when prompted for confirmation In the right pane of the Remote Copy Groups screen Primary is displayed under the Source Role column and Secondary is displayed under the Backup Role column indicating that the Remote Copy groups have been restored to their original roles e The DR state column displays Normal e A green arrow is displayed under the Replication column indicating the original direction of data replication See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items 320 200231 RevA 391 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Performance Manag
69. Introduction Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages Interface Cards SFPs Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Default v 22 rows dtt Fiter M Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System 1 Cage A 2 Name 3 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Max Rate Port Name Cage Position Name Gbps cage0 0 0 FINISAR CORP FILF8524P2BN PF92Q42 41 AD cage0 11 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PF91XLJ 4 1 Bl cagel 0 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PF723VY 41 AD cagel Le FINISAR CORP FILF8524P2BN PF72454 41 Bi cage4 0 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8519P2BNL PENSK88 2 1 A0 cage 131 FINISAR CORP FTLF8519P2BNL PESIBOY 2 1 Bi cageS 0 0 FINISAR CORP FTLF8519P2BNL PEN28T2 2 1 A0 cage5 ipi FINISAR CORP FTLF8519P2BNL PESO6BY 21 Bi cage6 0 0 SIGMA LINKS 5L51144 2102 B00400079 2 1 oA cage6 1 0 SIGMA LINKS 5L51144 2102 Bovo400051 2 1 Al oonnt sree OO InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the SFPs tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example 424 the resulting information displayed on the SFPs tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the SFPs tab has been accessed from the The Cage Subsystems SFPs tab displays the following information Description Ce nen oes ae The manufacturer of the SFP Model Part Number The model and or part number of the S
70. Link B SFP The state of Link B s SFP State The following information for DC3 drive cages is provided The interface card name Four ports for each FC AL For FC AL A that is AO through A3 and for FC AL B that is BO through B3 Port O State Current state of port 0 Port 1 State Current state of port 1 Port 2 State Current state of port 2 Port 3 State Current state of port 3 seed S Seed seed ae Firmware State Drive cage firmware status Current Not Current Unknown Current state of the interface card The current state of the Enhanced Switch Hub 320 200231 RevA 111 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information for DC1 drive cages is provided The interface card name Ports for each FC AL For FC AL A that is AO and A1 and for FC AL B that is BO and B1 a Pepi ore Current state of port 0 oo LED Port Current state of port 1 Loop Split Current state of daisy chained drive cages Unknown Normal Off P gt P Green Green blink Amber Amber blink Status LED Current state of interface card Link Speed Link speed Drive cage firmware status Current Not Current Unknown CPU State Current state of the current loop s CPU Unknown Normal Failed Self Degraded CPU State Current state of other loop s CPU Unknown Normal Failed Partner Degraded See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Summary System and Component Status
71. Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Controller Nodes The Controller Nodes screen displays summary information about system controller nodes and node components The Controller Nodes screen is divided into an upper pane which displays summary information about the nodes and a lower pane which displays detailed information about the nodes and node components To access the Controller Nodes screen 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select Controller Nodes under the system whose controller node information you wish to view The upper pane of the Controller Nodes screen is provided with two tabs Summary and Alerts The lower pane of the Controller Nodes screen provides five tabs Summary Ports Power Supplies Batteries and Alerts For information about the upper pane see Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen Viewing Controller Nodes Alerts For information about the lower pane see Viewing Controller Nodes Details Viewing Controller Node Ports Details Viewing Controller Nodes Power Supplies Details Viewing Controller Nodes Batteries Details Viewing Controller Nodes Alerts Details See also Manager Pane Management Tree 320 200231 RevA 83 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen To view the Controller Nodes Summary screen 1 Access the Controller Nodes screen 2 In the upper pane click the Summary t
72. Pane which can be useful if you have a large Management Tree Showing Fewer Manager Buttons Showing More Manager Buttons Selecting Manager Buttons to Display Adding and Removing Manager Buttons Restoring Defaults Showing Fewer Manager Buttons By default all Manager buttons are displayed in the Manager Pane To display fewer buttons 1 Click the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane 2 Click Show Fewer Buttons 320 200231 RevA 49 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide E Layout Grid EE Remote Copy Performance Events gt Tasks A Security E Hardware Inventory Show Fewer Buttons Add or Remove Buttons gt Connected to enodec3 Restore Defauts The last Manager button in the Manager Pane is minimized and is displayed as an icon at the bottom of the Manager Pane Systems o Hosts E Provisioning H Layout Grid B Remote Copy 8 lk Repeating steps 1 and 2 continues to minimize Manager buttons and display them as icons at the bottom of the Manager Pane For example if the Hardware Manager button is minimized the next Manager button to be minimized is the Security Manager button followed by the Tasks Manager button etc Note The minimized Manager is still functional Click the minimized Manager s icon to invoke that Manager s functionality Showing More Manager Buttons If you have modified the Mana
73. Preferences ccce 45 Port OfffliNG 0 eee ee eee ee eee ee eee 165 Preferences cceceecee eee e eee ee teens 43 473 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Setting _the_WWN_Format 43 GPP irene en ue dkves vets 130 139 SFP Information 153 VIEWING eienen ni a Mv 153 Similar Templates n 323 GreatIN G iienaa daio ia as 323 Starting esnai a aea 378 Remote Copy GroupS eeeeeeees 378 Status BaF ereiten aa D eee 37 StOPPING 0c cece cece ee ee eee eee eee 333 378 Physical Copy c cceceeeee eee eee ees 333 Remote Copy GroupS 0cceeeees 378 SYNCHING eeeees ete ps eev iss een eee es e eteen 166 SYSUCOM wcsitiniae ia i a igen aa ites 80 LOCALING 0 eee a ee cette tees teeta ee 80 System Information n se 64 VIEWING 21 0 cece cece cece eee eee teeta a 64 System RCFC Ports ccecce 139 VIEWING Seeeeeede cers dened ina pmi eti eiat 139 System RCIP Ports scc 150 VIeEW Ng ssssssssssssssrrssssrerrsrsrerrrersres 150 Systems Manager sscesssessesrrrerrre 64 T Table_of_Contents aescaccerrrrrees 58 TASK Saranu aged weet 408 Cancelling c ce eeeeeeee eee e neta kaa 408 Tasks Manager 0 c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 405 Tasks SUMMALPY cccee cece ence eee tees 405 VIQWING 0 eee ce eee eee ee eae a tees 405 Template 005 249 283 323 324 COPYING iien eign eev es ipaa uuaa 323 REMOVING cceeeeee cece eee
74. Remote Copy group s from the Group list 5 Optional Select Start group after adding volumes if you wish to immediately start the Remote Copy group after adding the selected volume 6 Optional Select Do not perform initial sync if you do not want the Remote Copy group to synchronize with its backup group after adding the volume 7 In the Source Volume on list select the volume you are adding to the group 8 In the Backup Volume on list select an existing backup volume or click New to create a new backup volume Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking Ea the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Size To clear the filter click Clear 9 If you clicked New a Enter a volume name b Select CPG for the user space c Select a CPG for the copy space d Optional If you wish to enter an allocation warning percentage and or allocation limit click Enabled and enter a value Note If you are creating a Remote Copy group for a Synchronous Long my Distance Remote Copy configuration repeat steps 8 and or 9 for the second Backup Volume on list of virtual volumes 10 Click Add 286 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 11 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Selecting Multiple Items Creating Remote Copy Groups Moving a Virtual Volume to Another Domain Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain l
75. Remove 250 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Remove CPG dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Working with Virtual Volumes The Provisioning Manager allows you to perform all tasks associated with system volumes from their creation to their maintenance and ultimately their removal The following topics are provided Viewing Virtual Volumes Creating Virtual Volumes Editing Virtual Volumes Creating Similar Virtual Volumes Saving a Virtual Volume as a Template Exporting Virtual Volumes Creating a Remote Copy Group from Virtual Volumes Adding a Virtual Volume to a Remote Copy Group Moving a Virtual Volume to Another Domain Removing Virtual Volumes Tuning Virtual Volumes Restarting Tuning a Virtual Volume Rolling Back a Tuned Virtual Volume Viewing Virtual Volumes To view a system s virtual volumes 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click Virtual Volumes under the system node you wish to view 320 200231 RevA 251 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Provisioning Virtual Volumes screen appears in the Management Window provides information about system virtual volumes on three tabs Summary Virtual Volumes and Alerts which are explained in the following topics Viewing the Virtual Volumes Summary Tab Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing the Virtual Volumes Aler
76. Repeat steps 1 and 2 to add access to other domains 4 Optional To remove a row from the Domain group box select the row and click Remove 5 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Creating Users Removing Users Viewing Users Viewing the Security System Summary Manager 416 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing Users To remove a user 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Right click the user you wish to remove in the User summary screen Note If you wish to remove multiple users see Selecting Multiple Items select the users you wish to remove before right clicking 3 Click Remove 4 Inthe Remove User dialog box click OK See also Manager Pane Creating Users Editing Users Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Users Viewing the Security System Summary Manager Working with Domains The Security Manager provides functionality to view and work with domains and domain sets as well as objects belonging to domains Viewing Domains Creating Domains Editing Domains Removing Domains Viewing Domain Sets Creating Domain Sets Editing Domain Sets Removing Domain Sets Moving Objects from One Domain to Another Domain 320 200231 RevA 417 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Note
77. See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing the Security System Summary Screen The Security System Summary Screen provides an overview of all users user connections domains domain sets and connections To access the Security System summary screen 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Inthe Security Management Tree select a system The Security System summary screen appears in the Management Window The following figure depicts the Security System summary screen for InServ system S424 320 200231 RevA 409 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide g Security InSerys S424 a General Domain Capacity IV Top 10 ters 13 Domain A2 Size GiB vi Domains 12 domain1 EEE 228 000 Domain Sets 2 Cougar 17 000 Connections 2 Girafffe 0 000 KingsCanyon 0 000 Lion 0 000 Users Tiger 0 000 WileCoyote 0 000 Sobel Yosemite 0 000 browse 1 ebra a super 10 Zion aoo Domain edit 2 My Session User Name root Client IP Address 192 168 101 15 Status Active Secure Connection es Connected Since Jan 26 2010 13 12 59 PST The Security System summary screen provides the following information Group Field Description General Users The total number of system users The Users heading is a link to the Users Screen The number of domains residing on the system Domains The Domains heading is a link to the Domains Screen The number of domain sets on the system Domain Sets The Domains Sets
78. See also Selecting Multiple Items Using the Quick Filter The quick filter allows you to define a quick filter based on what filter text is typed in the top right text box The default behavior is to display rows that have rows matching the input text You can choose to have only certain columns matching the input text by clicking the down arrow which is located immediately to the left of the simple filter text box 42 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Note The columns displayed in the filter list are dependent on the contents Lm of the table you are currently viewing for example ports physical disks etc lt Any column gt contains Pasition WiWNMAC State Type Connected Device Type Connected Device Mode Setting Preferences The InForm Management Console allows you to set global preferences set preferences for each table and set Manager Pane viewing preferences Setting Global Preferences Setting Per Table Preferences Setting Manager Pane Preferences Setting Global Preferences The Preferences dialog box allows you to set global preferences for all systems displayed on the InForm Management Console These preferences are saved on the system and remembered the next time you log in using the InForm Management Console The Preferences dialog box contains three tabs Data Format Settings and Advanced This topic provides procedures for the following Setti
79. Select whether to impose a Maximum Volume Retention Time aa as The default retention time is 14 days a If you wish to change the retention time click Override System b Select Days or Hours c Enter a retention time 1 to 1 825 for Days 1 to 43 800 for Hours 6 Enter any notes in the Comments field 7 Click Add 320 200231 RevA 425 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The new domain appears in the Domains list 8 Repeat steps 3 through 7 if you wish to create additional domains 9 Click OK See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Domains Editing Domains Creating Domain Sets Removing Domains Editing Domains To edit an existing domain access the Edit Domain wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Domain node under the system in which the domain resides 3 Inthe Domains screen click the Domains tab 4 Right click the domain you wish to edit and then click Edit The Edit Domain wizard appears Enter a new domain name Optional Select whether to impose a Maximum Volume Retention Time on The default retention time is 14 days a If you wish to change the retention time click Override System b Select Days or Hours c Enter a retention time 1 to 1 825 for Days 1 to 43 800 for Hours 7 Enter any notes in the Comments field 8 Click OK See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel 426 320 200231 R
80. Selecting Multiple Items Creating a Batch Virtual Copy To create a batch virtual copy Access the Virtual Volumes tab Select two or more virtual volumes with copy space Right click the selected volumes In the menu that appears click Create Batch Virtual Copy a The Create Batch Virtual Copies dialog box appears 5 If you wish to modify the name of a copy double click any name in the Name column and then enter a new name 6 Click the appropriate option button Read Only or Read Write 7 Optional In the Suffix text box enter a suffix to append the existing volume name if you did not modify previously the name 8 If you wish to set a retention time select the Retention Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 9 If you wish to set an expiration time select the Expiration Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 10 Enter any notes in the Comments text box 11 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Selecting Multiple Items 328 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Promoting a Virtual Copy To promote a virtual copy to a base volume 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab to view the system s virtual copies 2 Right click the virtual copy you wish to promote 3 In the menu that appears click Promote Virtual Copy The Pro
81. Storage Server To view the Systems screen for all connected InServ Storage Servers 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree click InServs To view the Systems screen for a specific InServ Storage Server 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree click the InServ Storage Server you wish view For information about each tab displayed in the Systems screen see Viewing System Summary Information 64 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Settings Viewing System Capacity Viewing System Software Viewing System Alerts See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing System Summary Information TO view system summary information access the Systems screen and then click the Summary tab The contents displayed in the Summary tab differs for all connected systems and for a single system Viewing all Connected Systems Viewing a Single System Viewing all Connected Systems If you are viewing information for all connected systems the Summary tab is displayed as follows amp systems InSerys 7 a Introduction Summary alerts Summary 3rows lt Fiter Mi Clear lt Any column contains Clear Name Serial Model OS Version State Fe Total Fe Allocated FC Free NL Total NL Allocated NL Free 55D Total 55D Allocated sso Free Up Since Connection Number GiB Percentage
82. System 1 Fan A 3 Primary A 2 Secondary Node LED Fan Speed 1 Normal Green Normal 5424 0 1 0 Normal Green Normal The following information is displayed The InServ Storage Server name Fan ID as assigned by the system Primary Node Node that has primary control over the fan Secondary Node Node that has secondary control over the fan Current state of the fan See System and Component Status Icons Fan Speed Current fan speed See also Manager Pane Management Tree System and Component Status Icons 320 200231 Rev A 183 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Host Manager Storage servers automatically detect new physically connected host paths and display their World Wide Name WWN for Fibre Channel ports or iSCSI Name for iSCSI ports in the InForm Management Console However you can also use the InForm Management Console to add new WWNs or iSCSI names for unestablished host paths and assign them to a host before they are physically connected This allows a plug and play functionality that avoids the need for manual reconfiguration after establishing new host paths The Host Manager allows you to perform the following View Host Information Create Edit and Remove Hosts Create Edit and Remove Host Sets Note If you are a domain user only information within the domain s you me have access to will be visible If you are a d
83. Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Internal Drives Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Physical Memory Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Adapter Cards Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems SFPs Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Power Supplies Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Batteries Tab 320 200231 RevA 437 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide To access the Hardware Inventory Node Subsystems tab 1 Click Hardware Inventory in the Manager Pane 2 Inthe Management Tree select the InServs node or select a specific system node for example s424 3 In the Management Window click the Node Subsystems tab the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree The resulting depicted screen output display data for all connected systems Note In the following topics each subsystem tab has been accessed from See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Controller Nodes Tab The Node Subsystems Controller Nodes tab displays information about the system s controller node pairs eTo access the Node Subsystems Controller Nodes tab click the Controller Nodes tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab 438 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Hardware Inventory InServs E Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All 7 CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs
84. To view the Common Provisioning Group CPG Summary tab 1 Access the CPG screen 2 In the Management Window click the Summary tab 230 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Summary tab provides information about CPGs in the system E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGs Alerts General Capacity CPGs FC Virtual Yolumes Allocated Device Type al w Logical Raw Mapped Space Thinly Provisioned Fully Provisioned Unmapped Space Health 24 Alerts None State 3 Normal Mapped Space UnmappedSpace Total The following information is displayed 190 500 GiB E User Space 12 000 GiB 61 500 GiB I Copy Space 130 500 GiB E Admin Space 48 000 GiB 252 000 GiB Total 190 500 GiB fied eccrine The total number of CPGs The total number of Fibre Channel FC drives The total number of Near Line NL drives ssp The total number of Solid State Devices SSD Vistual The total number of virtual volumes Volumes ny The total number of thinly provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned Fully a a The total number of fully provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned Alerts The total number of alerts 320 200231 Rev A 231 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide state The current state See System and Component Status Icons Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Near Line NL or Solid State Devi
85. Tree click Virtual Volume Sets under the system node you wish to view The Virtual Volume Sets screen appears as follows H Provisioning InSerys 424 irtual olume Sets Default 3 rows dtt Fiter M Clear Name A 1 System 2 Domain Virtual Comments Volumes testVVWSet 5424 TechPubs1 3 testvyset 5424 TechPubs1 2 vvsetl 5424 TechPubs1 1 The following information is displayed The name of the virtual volume set Each name is a link to that virtual volume set s detail information See Viewing _a_Single_ Virtual_Volume_Set The system on which the virtual volume set resides 290 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The domain in which the virtual volume set resides Virtual The number of virtual volumes belonging to the virtual volume set Volumes Comments Any comments Viewing a Single Virtual Volume Set To view a Single virtual volume set 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click Virtual Volume Sets under the system node you wish to view 3 Click the virtual volume set you wish to view under the Name column or In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click the virtual volume set under Virtual Volume Sets you wish to view The single Virtual Volume Set screen appears as follows A Provisioning InSerys 424 irtual Yolume Sets set testyyset Su
86. VLUN Templates Path Summary Default trow lb Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear LUN Virtual Host Host Ports Inactive Ports InServ Ports Available Healthy Multipath Failed Path Monitoring Host Device volume Paths Paths Policy Interval Name 0 v host1 1 a 1 1 QO Unknown Unknown 0 The following information is provided on the Path Summary tab Column peseripon OOO LUN The exported LUN value Virtual Volume The exported volume The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported WWNs reported by the host but not visible to the InServ Storage Server Inactive Ports 204 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The number of InServ Storage Server ports that can see the host The total number of available distinct paths between the host and Available Paths the InServ Storage Server The number of paths seen by the InServ Storage Server and reported good by the host The multipathing method in use Healthy Paths Failed Policy PPN Path The failed path monitoring method Monitoring The monitoring interval in seconds after which the host checks for Interval failed paths Host Device The device name for the selected VLUN on the host Name See also Hosts Manager Management Tree Viewing Unassigned Paths Viewing Unassigned Paths To view unassigned host paths 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management t
87. about the system s physical disk drives To access the Cage Subsystems Physical Disks tab click the Physical Disks tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages Interface Cards SFPs Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Defaut s 44rows lb Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System 4 1 Name A 2 Manufacturer Model Part Serial Number Firmware Device Type Device Total Number Version Speed K Capacity GiB 183 0 0 0 SEAGATE ST3146855FC SLN2QNVQ P55 FC 15 136 250 a 183 0 0 1 SEAGATE 5T3146855FC SLN2QA0D XPSS Fc 15 136 250 183 0 0 2 SEAGATE ST3146855FC SLN2QP8R P55 FC 15 136 250 183 0 0 3 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LNZQPLR xP55 FE 15 136 250 183 0 1 0 STEC MB8IOPS 50 STSOOO00C23E 2269 1230 55D 150 46 250 183 0 1 1 SIEG MBIOPS 50 STSO0000C234 2269 1230 ssD 150 46 250 183 0 1 2 STEC MB8IOPS 50 ST500000C241 2269 1230 55D 150 46 250 s183 0 1 3 STEC MB8IOPS 50 SsTsoo000C244 2269 1230 SSD 150 46 250 183 0 9 0 SEAGATE 5T3146855FC 3LN31X2V XPSS FC 15 136 250 s183 0 9 1 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2VZCZ xP55 FC 15 136 250 183 0 9 2 SEAGATE 5T3146855FC SLN2VZ9K xP55 FC 15 136 250 183 0 9 3 SEAGATE 5T3146855FC 3LN2VZCH XPSS ES 15 136 250 183 1 0 0 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2QP70 xP55 FC 15 136 250 s183 1 0 1 SEAGATE STS146855FC 3LN2YZCD xP55 PE 15 136 250 s183 1 0 2 SEAGATE ST3146855FC 3LN2QPJG xP55 FC 15 136 250
88. allocation warning percentage and or allocation limit click Enabled and enter a value Distance Remote Copy configuration repeat steps 7 and 8 for the second Note If you are creating a Remote Copy group for a Synchronous Long Backup Volume on list of virtual volumes 9 Click Add 10 Repeat steps 4 through 7 to create additional Remote Copy groups 11 Click OK 320 200231 Rev A 377 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Starting Remote Copy Groups Starting a stopped Remote Copy group resumes mirroring of the selected group between InServ Storage Servers To start a Remote Copy group 1 Access the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 In the upper pane select the stopped group s you wish to start 3 Right click the selection and click Start Remote Copy Group s The Start Remote Copy Group s dialog box appears 4 Optional If you do not wish the source and backup groups to synchronize upon restart select Do not perform initial sync 5 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items Stopping Remote Copy Groups Stopping a Remote Copy group stops mirroring of the selected group between I nServ Storage Servers To stop a Remote Copy group Access the Remote Copy Groups screen In the upper pane select the group s you wish to stop Right click the selection and click Stop Remote Copy Group s Wee The Stop Remote Copy Group s dialog box appears 4 Click O
89. and Maximizing the Manager Pane To minimize the Manager Pane click the down arrow located at the top of the Manager Pane When minimized each manager in the Manager Pane changes to an icon To maximize the Manager Pane click the up arrow located at the top of the minimized Manager Pane When maximized the manager icons are restored to buttons The following figures display the Manager Pane maximized left figure and minimized right figure o Hosts E Provisioning Layout Grid B Remote Copy 4 Performance Events 3 gt Tasks A Security Hardware Inventory Resizing the Manager Pane To resize the Manager Pane 1 Place your mouse on the top edge of the Manager Pane 2 When the resize pointer appears click and drag the mouse to resize the column 48 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide at the bottom of the pane change to icons The icons are restored to buttons Note When making the Manager Pane smaller the Manager buttons located when enlarging the Manager Pane See also Customizing the Manager Pane Displa Manager Pane Customizing the Manager Pane Display The InForm Management Console allows you to customize the Manager buttons that appear in the Management Pane This allows you to set up the Manager Pane to display only commonly used Managers Additionally it allows you to reduce the amount of space used by the Manager
90. bandwidth and the access time Displaying Summary Information To view physical disk summary information select Summary from the filtering list The summary information appears as follows amp Systems InServs 338 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disks Spares Alerts Summary Brows Gib Fiter Clear Device Type peie Speed K lt Any column gt contains Clear Allocated Allocated Capacity GiB Percentage Total Port B Capacity GiB ID Cage State Free Capacity GiB Position Port A cage0 cage0 cage0 caged cage0 cage0 cage0 caged UTOORWNK CO 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 7 0 0 8 0 0 11 0 0 12 0 0 15 0 NL PE NL FE NL FC NL FC Normal 10 10 10 10 Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal 698 250 136 250 698 250 136 250 698 250 136 250 698 250 136 250 557 750 77 000 557 750 77 250 557 750 77 250 557 750 77 250 140 500 0 2 4 59 250 KA 140 500 M 20 59 000 MES 140 500 M 20 59 000 ME 140 500 M 20 59 000 MEES 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 0 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 1 2 4 3 338 000 2 539 750 708 250 J es Primary path The following information is displayed Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system install
91. corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time Total Capacity The total capacity of the disk in GiB See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab 458 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Cage Subsystems Power Supplies Tab The Cage Subsystems Power Supplies tab displays information about the system s physical disk drives To access the Cage Subsystems Power Supplies tab click the Power Supplies tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab Hardware Inventory InServs p E Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages Interface Cards SFPs Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Default 14rows lb Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System A 1 Cage A 2 Name A3 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Cage Type Cage Position Position Name 183 cageO Power Supply 0 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000022 DC4 0 a 183 cage Power Supply 1 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000000 DC4 0 1 s183 cage0 Power Supply 2 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000019 DC4 0 2 183 cageO Power Supply 3 POI 800 0011 50 04 750D0034 DC4 0 3 5183 cagel Power Supply 0 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000013 DC4 1 0 183 cagel Power Supply 1 POI 800
92. disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port Indicates whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Nearline Device Type NL or Solid State SSD drive Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time State State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error Hyperlink reference not valid Total Capacity Total amount of usable storage for this disk drive Volumes Amount of storage on the physical disk being utilized by volumes Spares Amount of storage allocated as spares by the physical disk Fre e of free space on the physical disk regardless of initialized or Unavailable Amount of unavailable space on the physical disk Failed Amount of failed space on the physical disk Displaying Chunklet Usage I nformation To view physical disk chunklet usage information select Chunklet Usage from the filtering list The chunklet usage information appears as follows amp Systems InServs 338 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disk
93. displays an alert severity indicator as well as information about your connection status and the progress of system operations The following icons are used See Alert The status bar displays only the highest severity eres pleri severity level found on connected systems ndicators A to update not Appears when auto refresh is lost The InForm g ena Management Console will not receive any g updated events from the InServ Storage Server foj Connected Appears if at least one system is connected 54 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide fei Disconnected Appears if at least one system is being disconnected or rebooted Pond No connection Appears when there are no systems connected ER Operation Animated icon that indicates the progress of an co progress operation Exception f f f Q Detected Appears if a runtime exception has occurred See also Status Bar Alert Severity Indicators System and Component Status Icons Viewing the Internal Error Log System and Component Status I cons The InForm Management Console provides icons for quick reference which display the status of connected systems system hardware and system objects in the Management Tree and the Management Window icon Name pesenpon Indicates that the component or object is in a healthy state and is operating normally Indicates that the component or object is still operational however either the perf
94. drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type The RAID type of the disk Configured ee tee Availability The availability characteristics Availability The availability of Disk Port Cage or Mag as mee Stepsiee The number of contiguous bytes in KIB Indicates if the selected volume is fully Provisioning provisioned or a thinly provisioned virtual volume Copy Space Ene The name of the Common Provisioning Group Provisioning CPG from which user space is provisioned Allocation Warning If enabled the allocation warning percentage Allocation Limit If enabled the allocation limit P The disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL Device ty Ps or Solid State SSD Device Speed The speed of the disk NOTE The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type The RAID type of the disk
95. e eed 43 Setting the Display UNID sssrinin annaa eee eee ee ee eee ne eee iea eaS 44 Setting the WWN Format cceecee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee etna raat n ee e ene enaee 44 Setting the Date and Time Format ccc cee eect e eee eee teens eae e eee ne na eeaee 44 Resetting Per Table Format Settings to Default SettingS cceeeeeeeeeee tees 44 Configuring Interface Dialog and Tab SettingS ccccceeece eee teeta teeta ene 45 Setting Advanced Display Options ccc cece eee eee eee eee eee eee eee e eee tne nana 45 Setting Per Table References ccceceeee cece ee neta teen e eee tae e nena 45 ColUMN R SIZING wie eee ea a ete ed tac ee ye cee a POE is ents aian see EKE iaa 46 COIUMAVOFASFING meit ktea ia e a a a Maledca ad oh ben yated dele 46 Colum VISIDINITY a wnat ee ies eee aes Sai a eee cee 46 CHOOSING COUMIAS ich a a a a A A a A yt aasein dada a a a Eaa 47 Table ViGW 2 ssc2c occa ntgeiic Auten ye aise ea irade a a eae Seca ey S TEANS 47 Setting Manager Pane Preferences ccceceeee eee eee nent teen e eee ened 48 Minimizing and Maximizing the Manager Pane ceceeeee eee e teen ee ee eee e neta eed 48 Resizing the Manager Pane cceeceee cece eee eee nent nena ened 48 Customizing the Manager Pane Display c ccecceee eee eee e eee e teen e eee e ene e ea eee ees 49 Showing Fewer Manager Buttons ccceece eect eee teeta eae
96. ee etree eed 60 Navigating the Help Topic WindOW ccceceee eee eee eee teeta teeta 60 Viewing Related Topics ccccccceecece cent cease eee eens eats sees eeeeee eset eeaeesaeeeneeeneeenees 60 Working with the I nServ Storage Server eere 62 Creating Users and DoOminS c cece een ena teeta nennu rnaner nnt 62 Logging In and Connecting to SySteMS cc cece eee eee eet neta e teens 62 Forwarding lt Error LogiFileSs vesicle ceases dete te eee iota ade eh deen ead 63 Working with the System Manager cece cece eee eee cee eens teeta eaten ene eeaee 64 Viewing System Information cece eee eee ener neta eae ea enneas 64 Viewing System Summary Information cccccce cece eee ee eee eee eee teeta eee 65 Viewing all Connected SySteMS cece cece eee eee eee ene tee teeta teeta eats 65 Viewing a Single SYStEM 2 cece enna t tetas 67 Viewing System SettindS ccccece cece eee eee e een e eee teeta E i 70 Viewing System Capacity 0 cece eee ere eee needa nate ene eee 72 Viewing System Software ccc cece ee een eee date ene e ae etnies 76 Viewing System Alerts 0 cece eee nen ene eee ene nena eae eee 76 Upper PINE nennir nannaa adhere ei aaa a e aae ei aai tain 77 Lower Pan Erao nona eat abet NEE A ds AANE A aaah eh A AAN AAA ENA 78 Managing Alerts kepnek aa tae a a aa E a A e ea a ane aaa a a 80 Locating a SYSteMes 6 cccsa i d
97. eee ee teeta eae 95 Recharging Controller Node Batteries ccce cece eee eee eee eee eaten etna eats 95 Working with Drive Cages ccccce cece eee eee eee eee nee e eee tena ee tne 96 VIEWING Driv Gage Sika aa a aaa a A tit geared tie dele Midge DEA Ae EAE EAS 96 Viewing the Drive Cage SUMMAary sssssssssssssrrrssssrrirrsserrnrrsnerrrrnnnnterrnrnnerrnnnnennn 97 Viewing Drive Cage Connectivity cece cece eee ee eee eaten tenes 98 Viewing Drive Cage Capacity 0 ccc c cece eee eee eee eee rena eee teeta eae tenets 99 Viewing Drive Cage Power Supplies cece cece eect eee eee renee eee neta e eae e tee need 101 Viewing Drive Cage SRPSii22scccscctouhiakiey och Al tates sie deineis Wide aeeg ae gala 102 Viewing Drive Cage Alerts cccc cece eee ee ee een eee een eet enna eee tate 105 Viewing Drive Cage DetailS ccc eee enna e etd 106 Viewing the Drive Cage Details Summary Tab c cece cece eee teeta eee eee ed 106 Viewing the Drive Cage Interface Card DetailS cece cece eee e eee eee teen ee teed 110 Viewing the Drive Cage Magazine DetallS cic cece cece ee eee eee ee eee nett ee teeta ened 113 Viewing Drive Cage Physical Disks DetailS cece cece cee eee eee eee teeta teeta ened 114 Viewing Drive Cage Power Supply Details c cece cece ee eee e teeta eee a teeta ened 115 Editing Drive Cages ssc denned deb da Pe
98. error dialog box similar to the following appears 3PAR InForm Management Console 2 x InForm Management Console has encountered an unexpected internal error X This application will terminate now Details about the error have been saved in the file C Documents and Settings eenterli InFormMC log InFormMC log Please forward this file to 3PAR Technical Support to help us improve this application further If you experience an unexpected internal error while using the InForm Management Console 1 Record the exact path and filename specified in the dialog box 2 Note the action or sequence of actions that you were performing prior to receiving the error message 320 200231 Rev A 63 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 Contact your local service provider for technical support and services for instructions on forwarding the error log file Working with the System Manager The System manager allows you to perform the following View System Information Manage System Alerts Locate a System Edit a System Work with Controller Nodes Work with Drive Cages Work with Ports See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing System Information Information about your system s provisioning and network settings capacity current software level and system alerts are displayed in tabular format in the Systems screen Information can be displayed for all connected InServ Storage Servers or per selected InServ
99. example 1 Gbps Auto indicates that the system automatically selects the rate Max Rate Maximum rate of connection from the port Settings displayed for FC and RCFC ports Class 2 Indicates whether Fibre Channel service Class 2 is Disabled Ack 1 or Ack 0 For fabric attached ports indicates the VLUN change VCN notification setting When set to Enabled notices are generated and sent to the fabric controller When set to Disabled no notification is sent Unique Node Indicates whether the node s WWN is Enabled or WWN Disabled Configured Rate If Disabled each I O generates a separate interrupt to the HBA port driver rather than generating one interrupt for multiple I O completion Interrupt Coalesce IP Settings displayed for RCIP and iSCI For RCIP ports Media Access Control address of the Ethernet interface 122 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide ports not i shown DHCP For iSCSI ports Indicates if the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP protocol is enabled IP Address IP address of the iSCSI or RCIP port The address of a local IP router on the same network Gateway as the InServ used to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network Netmask address for the iSCSI or RCIP interface Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one MTU physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCS
100. from the port Indicates whether Fibre Channel service Class 2 is Disabled Ack 1 or Ack 0 For fabric attached ports indicates the VLUN change notification setting When set to Enabled notices are generated and sent to the fabric controller When set to Disabled no notification is sent Indicates whether the node s WWN is Enabled or Disabled If Disabled each I O generates a separate interrupt to the HBA port driver rather than generating one interrupt for multiple I O completion Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Identifies which Fibre Channel classes of service are enabled 2 3 or 2 3 2 3 indicates that both Class 2 and Class 3 are enabled 353 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Model of the Fibre Channel adapter that contains the Adaptor Type port for example QLOGIC 2302 Remote Port WWN World Wide Name of the remote port Remote Node WWN World Wide Name of the remote node Indicates whether port mode change from initiator to target or vice versa is Allowed or Prohibited This setting is configured using the InForm CLI command controlport Mode Change Link State The state of the link Inventory Tab The Inventory tab displays information about the Remote Copy ports on a system such as the ports manufacturer and firmware version The upper pane of the Inventory tab displays summary information about the system s RCFC and RCIP ports The low
101. heading is a link to the Domain Sets screen The number of user connections to the system Connections The Connections heading is a link to the User Connections screen Domain Domain The domain name Capacity Size The size in GiB of the domain ChecKiBox If selected only the largest in GB 10 Top 10 system domains are displayed 410 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The number of non domain users This is broken Users Global down by the number of users per access privilege type super edit browse The number of domain users This is broken down Domain by the number of users per domain access privilege type edit browse The user name for the current InForm Management My Session User Name Console session Client IP Address The client IP address Status The session status either Active or Inactive Secure Indicates whether a secure connection is being Connection used Connected The date and time the current connected session Since was started See also Viewing Users Viewing Domains Viewing Domain Sets Viewing User Connections Management Tree Manager Pane Management Window 320 200231 Rev A 411 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Users The Security Manager provides functionality to view and work with InServ Storage Server users Viewing Users Creating Users Editing Users Removing Us
102. if enabled or click Finish 246 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Allocation Settings 1 From the Availability list select Cage default Port or Magazine 2 From the Set Size list select default 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB The default value depends on raid type and device type used If FC or NL drives are used the step size defaults to 256 KiB for RAID O and RAID 1 and 128 KiB for RAID 5 If SSD drives are used the step size defaults to 32 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 64 KiB for RAID 5 For RAID 6 the default is a function of the set size 3 From the Preferred Chunklets list select Fast default or Slow 4 Click Next to use the Disk Filter if enabled or click Finish Step 3 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Filtering Editing a Common Provisioning Group To edit a Common Provisioning Group CPG 1 Access the CPGs tab 2 Right click the CPG you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit CPG wizard appears 320 200231 RevA 247 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide
103. in the background Performance Throughput KBs Sec v A LUE Remote Copy Link op A a AE 2 ES RY R La a oo i i Throughput KBs Sec o b ws 4e i i i 08 32 08 34 08 36 08 38 08 40 08 42 08 44 08 46 K 2i System Y xis Type E 5424 Throughput KBs Sec Send E 5424 Throughput KBs Sec Receive Li 4 Throughput KBs Sec Send E 4 Throughput KBs Sec Receive Right clicking the graph displays a menu which allows you to perform actions such as viewing and setting the chart s properties copying the chart and saving the chart 356 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Properties Copy Save as Print Zoom In b zoom Out gt Auto Range gt Tasks Tab The Tasks tab is divided into an upper pane and lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all Remote Copy tasks for the Remote Copy systems The lower pane displays details about a selected system from the upper pane The format is similar to the format described in Displaying Tasks Alerts Tab The Alerts tab is divided into an upper and lower pane The upper pane displays all Remote Copy related alerts The lower pane displays the details about an alert selected from the upper pane The format is similar to the format described in Viewing System Alerts See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Remote Copy Links Displaying Tasks Viewing Sys
104. is nearly identical between the information displayed for all connected systems and information displayed for a single system with the only exception being an additional System column appears in the upper pane for all connected systems The following figure displays the Alerts tab for all connected systems Introduction Summary Alerts Defaut v 22rows lh Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System Severity ID State Last Time Message 338 P Major 17 Resolved by System Jan 26 2010 15 20 19PST TOC update done to 0 disks out of 8 5338 T Degraded 16 Resolved by System Jan 26 2010 15 20 13 PST The PR is currently getting data from the internal drive on node 0 not the admin volume Previously recorded alerts will not be 5338 T Degraded 20 New Feb 04 2010 10 51 37 PST Node 1 Degraded Link Error 5338 P Major 21 Resolved by System Feb 04 2010 10 51 40 PST Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure 5338 T Degraded 18 Resolved by System Feb 04 2010 10 51 46 PST Cage 0 Degraded Loop Offline 5424 T Degraded 221 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 1 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 I Degraded 222 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 0 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 Y Critical 218 Resolved by System Nov 05 2009 09 02 47 PST Total FC raw space usage at 541G above 95 of total 544G 5424 T Degraded 216 Resolved by System Jan 13 2010 10 17 02 PST The PR is currently gett
105. logical disks supporting volumes created with this Preferred template should tend to use chunklets near the beginning of the Chunklets physical disks or the end of the physical disks Choices are Fast default Slow 3 Click Next to enter disk filter information or click Finish Step 3 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Filtering 320 200231 Rev A 319 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing a Common Provisioning Group Template To edit a Common Provisioning Group CPG template 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the CPG template you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit CPG Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a Optional In the Description text box enter a description of the template 255 character maximum b Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the General group box a In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include proper
106. lt disabled gt 2 0 2 2 64 000 lt disabled gt cpg_01 s071 Normal RAID 1 88 000 nja lt disabled gt lt disabled gt 5 2 5 0 64 000 lt disabled gt cpg_02 s071 Normal RAID 1 80 000 nja lt disabled gt lt disabled gt 5 2 0 5 64 000 lt disabled gt P 252 000 12 4 7 7 The following information is displayed Description mme eme state The state of the system The volume s RAID type Total Capacity The CPG s total capacity in GiB Allocation The percentage The CPG s growth size in GiB at which a warning alert is Growth Warning generated Growth Limit The size limit in GiB after which the CPG will not grow Total VV Count The total number of VVs using the CPG User Space Usage The total number of VVs whose user space is using the CPG Copy Space Usage The total number of VVs whose copy space is using the CPG Growth Increment The CPG grow size in GB 320 200231 RevA 233 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Allocation Warning If enabled the allocation warning percentage Displaying Allocation I nformation To view allocation information select Allocation from the filtering list The allocation information appears as follows E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGs Alerts AEE 3rows Gb Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State RAID Growth Growth Limit Device
107. of CPGs associated with the domains in CPGs the system The number of Fibre Channel objects associated with the domains in the system Domains The number of Solid State Disks associated with the domains in the system NL The number of Near Line objects associated with the domains in the system weal ss The total number of virtual volumes associated with the domains in the system The number of base volumes associated with the Base Volumes an domains in the system 420 320 200231 RevA Virtual Volumes 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Thinly The number of Thinly Provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned associated with the domains in the system Fully The number of fully provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned associated with the domains in the system The total number of virtual copies associated with the domains in the system Virtual Copies The total number of virtual copies associated with the Physical Copies domains in the system Expired The total number of expired virtual volumes Volumes associated with the domains in the system Unexported The total number of unexported virtual volumes Volumes associated with the domains in the system Remote Copy The total number of Remote Copy virtual volumes Volumes associated with the domains in the system Virtual Volume The total number of virtual volumes sets associated Sets with the domains in the system The total number of exported
108. of connected disk C NE The position of the disk in the InServ Storage Server I O Error Count The number of errors on the connected disk The state of the disk See System and Component Status Icons See also Viewing Drive Cages 320 200231 RevA 125 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide SFP The port SFP information is presented on the SFP tab Port Details Q Summary SFP General DDM Type Unit value Low Warnin High Warnin Low Alarm High Alarm Position 1 0 4 i Threshold k PEAME i Threshold beih State Normal Tait C 31 20 90 25 35 Manufacturer FINISAR_CORP voltage pey 3257 2900 3700 2700 3900 Part Number TX Bias m 6 2 14 1 17 Serial Number PB83CTR TX Power uw 385 79 631 67 631 Revision 4 RX Power uw 378 15 794 10 1259 Max Speed 4 1 Gbps Qualified Yes TX Disable No TX Fault No RX Loss No RX Power Low No DDM Support Yes The following information is provided The location of the SFP within the system state Current condition of the SFP Manufacturer Manufacturer of the SFP Part number of the SFP Serial Number Serial number of the SFP Revision SFP s revision level Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Displays whether the SFP has been tested and if the SFP is supported Qualified TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled 126 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide TX Fault Di
109. or disable the VLUN change notification f Interrupt Coalesce Enable or disable the interrupt coalesce g Persona list For systems using InForm OS 2 2 4 Select the port persona Click OK also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Ports Configuring iSCSI Ports To configure an iSCSI port access the iSCSI Port Configuration wizard 1 2 3 160 In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree select the system on which you wish to configure the port In the Common Actions Panel click Configure iSCSI Port The iSCSI Port Configuration wizard appears 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a System list Select the system on which the port will be configured b Port list Select the port to be configured as an RCIP port 2 Inthe IP Settings group box perform the following a Select Obtain an IP Address automatically b MTU list Enter the MTU value or Select Use the following IP address IP Address Enter the iSCSI port s IP address Subnet Mask Enter the iSCSI port s subnet mask Gateway Enter the iSCSI port s gateway address MTU list Enter the MTU value panow 3 Click Finish to complete the iSCSI port configuration or click Next to enter iSNS settings Step 2 iSNS Settings Primary IP Address Enter the Internet Storage Name Service iSNS IP address Secondary IP
110. per track Heads Per Cylinder specify the number of heads to use per cylinder 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish 320 200231 Rev A 307 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Editing a Virtual Volume Template Thinly Provisioned Editing a Virtual Volume Template Thinly Provisioned To edit a virtual volume template 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the virtual volume template you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit VV Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a Optional Description Enter a template description b Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the User Space group box a Inthe Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a
111. physical disks connected to the port This is only displayed if the port is connected to drive cages The current state of the link Displayed if the port is an RCFC port The node WWN Displayed if the port is an RCFC port The port WWN Displayed if the port is an RCFC port Primary Internet Storage Name Service iSNS server IP address ISNS protocol allows for automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI Secondary iSNS server IP address The port on the iSNS server with which to communicate 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Physical Disks The physical disk port information is presented on the Physical Disks tab Port Details A Summary Physical Disks SFP Default x 12 rows at Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear 4L_PA Device Position A I O Error State Count OxE1 SEAGATE 0 0 0 0 Normal 0xE0 SEAGATE 0 0 1 0 Normal OxDC SEAGATE 0 0 2 QO Normal OxDA SEAGATE 0 0 3 0 Normal 0xD9 STEC 0 1 0 nja Normal OxD6 STEC 0 1 1 nja Normal 0xD5 STEC 0 1 2 nja Normal 0xD4 STEC O13 nia Normal OxA SEAGATE 0 9 0 510 Normal 0x46 SEAGATE 0 9 1 0 Normal OxA5 SEAGATE 0 9 2 15 Normal 0x43 SEAGATE 0 9 3 31 Normal The following information is provided AL_PA The arbitrated loop physical address of the device Device The type of connected disk s Y The type of connected disk i
112. provisioning related alerts e See Viewing System Alerts See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Alert Task Connection Pane Alert Severity Indicators Viewing System Alerts Working with Common Provisioning Groups The Provisioning Manager allows you to perform all tasks associated with system Common Provisioning Groups CPGs from their creation to their maintenance and ultimately their removal The following topics are provided Viewing Common Provisioning Groups Creating Common Provisioning Groups Editing a Common Provisioning Group Creating Similar Common Provisioning Groups Saving a Common Provisioning Group as a Template Compacting a Common Provisioning Group Removing a Common Provisioning Group 320 200231 RevA 229 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Common Provisioning Groups To view a system s Common Provisioning Groups CPGs 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click CPGs under the system node you wish to view The Provisioning CPGs screen appears in the Management Window provides information about system CPGs on three tabs Summary CPGs and Alerts which are explained in the following topics Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Summary Tab Viewing the Common Provisioning Group CPGs Tab Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Alerts Tab Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Summary Tab
113. rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type set the VV s RAID type Setsize specify the VV s set size 3 Click Next to enter allocation setting information or click Finish Step 2 Allocation Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template for example a step size of 128 KIB Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a CPG template Allocation Settings screen Property I nclude in the template in order to Availabilit set the level of failure tolerance for a volume created with this y template Choices are Cage default Port Magazine determine the number of contiguous bytes that the system accesses before moving to the next chunklet within logical disks supporting volumes created with this template From the Step Size list select 32 320 200231 Rev A 321 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 64 128 256 or 512 KiB For RAID 6 you can select 32 64 or 128 indic
114. screen 2 In the upper pane click the SFPs tab The SFPs tab appears as follows Systems InServs 5183 Drive Cages f Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts Default x 8 rows att Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Manufacturer Max Speed TX Disable TXFault RX Loss RX Power DDM Support Card Gbps Low 0 0 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No No No Yes 0 0 Normal FINISAR CORP 4 1 No No No No Yes 0 1 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No Yes No Yes 0 1 Normal FINISAR CORP 4 1 No No Yes No Yes 1 0 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No Yes No Yes 1 0 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No Yes No Yes 1 1 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No No No Yes 1 1 Normal FINISAR CORP 41 No No No No Yes SFP Details Q General DDM Interface Card 0 ype ob yaks Low Warning li Warning Low Alarm High Alarm Threshold Threshold Threshold Threshold ar o Temp c 32 20 90 25 95 ae Normal Voltage mv 3190 2900 3700 2700 3900 Manufacturer FINISAR CORP TX Bias rma 7 2 14 1 17 Part Number TX Power uw 380 79 631 67 631 Serial Number PCF3KFB RX Power uw 371 15 794 10 1259 Revision 4 Max Speed 4 1 Gbps Qualified Yes TX Disable No TX Fault No RX Loss No RX Power Low No DDM Support Yes The upper half of the SFPs tab displays summary SFP information The lower half of the SFPs tab displays detailed information about a selected SFP from the upper pane The following information appear
115. screen 2 Right click the virtual volume set you wish to remove Note If you wish to remove multiple virtual volume sets see Selecting Multiple Items select the volume sets you wish to remove before right clicking 3 In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove Virtual Volume Sets dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Viewing Virtual Volume Sets Selecting Multiple Items Working with VLUNs When working with VLUNs you can View VLUNs Create VLUNs Remove VLUNs 320 200231 RevA 295 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing VLUNs To view system VLUNs 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click VLUNs under the system node you wish to view The VLUNs screen provides VLUN information on three tabs Active VLUNs VLUN Templates and Path Summary VLUNs the InForm Management Console also allows you to the same type of information for Remote Copy VLUNs by selecting the Remote Copy child node under the VLUNs node in the Management Tree Note In addition to providing comprehensive information about a system s Active VLUNs Tab The Active VLUNs tab can be filtered to display Summary information and Remote Copy information Displaying Summary Information The Active VLUNs tab for summary information appears as follows lg Provisioning InSerys s040 LUNs Active VLUNs YLUN Templates Path
116. selected virtual volume set For example if your virtual volume set contains virtual volumes named VV1 VV2 and VV3 the destination virtual volumes will be named VV1 copy VV2 copy and VV3 copy If you wish to edit the way the destination volumes are named did ine Edit buron 2 ly te tre right of the Destination Volume field to access the Edit Volume Set Name dialog box 7 Comments Enter any notes 8 If you wish to set a retention time click the Retention Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 9 If you wish to set an expiration time click the Expiration Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 10 Click OK See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Editing a Virtual Copy To edit a virtual copy 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the virtual copy you wish to edit and select Edit The Edit Virtual Copy dialog box appears Destination Volume Enter a new destination volume Comments Enter any notes about the virtual copy Retention Time Select day s or hour s and then enter a value from 1 to 14 or 1 to 366 respectively 6 Expiration Time Select day s or hour s and then enter a value from 1 to 1 825 or 1 to 43 800 respectively ee 326 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 7 Cl
117. that property s value when applying the template Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Space Settings screen Include in the template in order to select the CPG to use for copy space Allocation generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the Warning specified percentage of the VV size Allocation Limit prevent the copy space from growing beyond the specified percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter policy and geometry information or click Finish Step 3 Allocation Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template for example a step size of 128 KIB Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a CPG template Allocation Settings screen Property I nclude in the template in order to Availabilit set the level of failure tolerance for a volume created with this y template Choices are Cage default Port Magazine determine the number of contiguous bytes that the system accesses before moving to the next chunklet within logical disks supporting vo
118. the gateway address for each system port b Optional Click Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links For Fibre Channel links in the Settings groups for each system port a Connection Type Select Point for point to point mode or Loop for arbitrated loop mode b Configured Rate Select 1 2 4 Gbps or Auto default c Click Apply to test the link configuration Click Next correctly or may not be physically connected See Configuring Fibre Channel _ Note If Fibre Channel ports are not displayed the ports may not be zoned Ports for RCFC for additional information Step 3 Groups 1 In the Source group a System Select the system on which the Remote Copy group will reside b Optional Domain Select the domain in which the Remote Copy group will reside c Group Enter a name for the Remote Copy group d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want the Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initial sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group In the Backup group a Name The system s NOT selected as the source system automatically appears Select a system b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic c Sync Period If you selected Periodic select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for
119. then select objects to plot in the objects list 4 If you selected individual objects a Optional If you do not want a plot that combines all selected objects uncheck the Create a plot that aggregate all selected objects checKiBox b Optional If you want to display the aggregate but not an individual plot for the selected objects uncheck the Create an individual plot for each selected object checKiBox 5 From the Y Axis list select a performance metric 6 From the Type list select a value Total Read Write plot both reads and writes Read plot reads only Write plot writes only 7 To change the default color shown click the Color button and select a new color for the plot 8 Click Add to add the new plot to the Plots list 9 If you wish to add additional plots repeat steps 1 through 8 10 Click Next to view the summary or click Finish 320 200231 RevA 395 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Performance Editing a Chart Saving a Chart Saving a Chart To save a chart Create a new chart In the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Performance gt Save Chart Enter a name for the chart and select a save location Click Save EO The saved chart will appear under the Save Charts tree node once saved Note When saving a chart only the char
120. to define specific criteria by which to search Access the complex filter by clicking Filter on the filtering panel Table Filter i xj New Criteria AND OR Property Operator Value Range Name x capybarra 7 zj Add Remove Group Ungroup Negate Criteria Help OK 320 200231 Rev A 41 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Note The entries listed under the Property list correspond to the table headings displayed in the Management Window Adding and Applying New Criteria Select a property from the Property list Select an operator from the Operator list Select a value from the Value list Optional Select the Range checKiBox to define a second value to compare against the first value This is the same as selecting in range from the Operator list Click Apply to apply the criteria To remove listed criteria click Clear Continue to add additional criteria as needed Repeat steps 1 through 5 PUNE oe Removing Criteria To remove criteria defined in the Criteria filed select the criteria and click Remove Grouping and Ungrouping Criteria To group criteria defined in the Criteria field select two or more criteria and click Group TO ungroup a criteria group defined in the Criteria field select the grouped criteria and click Ungroup Negating Criteria To negate criteria defined in the Criteria field select the criteria and click Negate
121. to different InServ Storage Server areas of management The selected manager affects the Management Tree display data displayed in the Management Window and if applicable the actions in the Common Actions Panel Boetanie ystems B Hosts E Provisioning Layout Grid Bg Remote Copy Performance Events pi coe Tasks Security Hardware Inventory The following managers are contained in the Manager Pane System Manager Host Manager Provisioning Manager Layout Grid Manager Remote Copy Manager Performance Manager Event Manager Task Manager 28 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Security Manager Hardware Inventory Manager For instructions on modifying the display of the Manager Pane see Setting Manager Pane Preferences and Customizing the Manager Pane Display System Manager The System Manager allows you to view and perform system level actions and information When the System Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows Systems v H InServs v H s5183 Controller Nodes v hay Ports B Host pa Disk p Free p3 Remote Copy Tm Drive Cages P Physical Disks Fc ssp F Ej 5424 Controller Nodes P B Ports p3 Host p3 Disk p3 Free ial Remote Copy T Drive Cages 7 a Physical Disks Edit System Fc BA Configure FC Port a NL Configure iSCSI Port System Fans g Configure RCIP Port Comm
122. to the Total display at the top of this table Note Only device types Fibre Channel Nearline and Solid State that Ls are on your system are displayed For example if your system contains only Fibre Channel drives only Fibre Channel capacity is displayed 320 200231 RevA 75 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Working with the Hardware Inventory Manager Viewing System Software e TO view a Single system s software information access the Systems screen and then click the Software tab The Software tab displays the Component Versions of each software feature and the License information By default the Component Versions include the CLI Server System Manager Kernel and TPD Kernel Code The License information includes Enabled Features and the Key Generation Date Systems InSerys 424 Introduction Summary Settings Capacity Software Alerts Show Build Levels Show All ersions Component ersions License CLI Server 2 3 1 MUL Enabled Features InForm Suite System Manager 2 3 1 MU1 Key Generation Date Kernel 2 3 1 MUL TPD Kernel Code 2 3 1 MU1 If you wish to view the build level of the Component Versions click the Show Build Levels checKiBox f you wish to view versions of all system software click Show All Versions Viewing System Alerts To view system alert information access the Systems screen and then click the Alerts tab or
123. type Fibre Channel FC Near Line NL System or Solid State Device SSD The capacity and capacity Capacity Device Type usage of the selected device type is displayed in graphical form You can also select All to display capacity and capacity usage for all device types The total number of unexported virtual volumes Virtual Volumes New Alerts The number of new virtual volume alerts state The current state of the system s virtual volumes See the Alert Task Connection Pane for new alerts The number of new CPG alerts The current state of the system s CPGs See the Alert Task Connection Pane for new alerts 226 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Tasks Tab The Tasks tab displays information about running and completed system provisioning tasks Summary Tasks Alerts Default z trow ath Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear if ID Type Name Status W 1 Progress Start W 2 Finish Time Duration Time 11 TuneV YW_Tec Completed Feb 22 Feb22 37 seconds Task Details General Detailed Status System Name 5424 System SN 1100424 ID 11 Type Tune VY Name VV_TechPubs_1 Status Completed Progress Start Time Feb 22 2010 20 09 04 PST Finish Time Feb 22 2010 20 09 41 PST Duration 37 seconds The Tasks tab is divided into an upper pane and lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of provisioning tas
124. type of hardware component See also 320 200231 Rev A 461 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window 462 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Glossary 3 3PAR Domains A 3PAR feature that is used to create distinct domains with domain specific users and objects in an InServ Storage Server 3PAR Remote Copy A 3PAR product that allows you to copy virtual volumes from one InServ Storage Server to another The copy can be used for disaster recovery backup or data migration 3PAR Thin Provisioning A 3PAR product that allows the user to allocate only the physical resources that are actually needed while presenting an arbitrarily large volume that can have its physical resources allocated on demand A active VLUN The connection of a virtual volume and a LUN for a particular host on a particular port An active VLUN is created when a VLUN template is applied to the current system state See also VLUN template admin space See snapshot administration space admin volume The base volume that is used by the system to store administration data such as the system event log The admin volume is created as part of the storage server installation and setup process administration space See snapshot administration space alert A system event requiring immediate operator activity alert pane The alert pane located at the bott
125. volume is Thinly Provisioned in the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 If you wish to edit the virtual volume s policies and geometry select Show advanced options panel s 4 Click Next to configure Copy Space Settings or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 From the CPG list select the CPG to use for copy space or select lt none gt 2 In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 Click Next to configure Policies and Geometry if enabled or to view the summary information or click Finish Step 3 Policies amp Geometry 1 In the Policies group box enable any of the following a Allow stale snapshots b Restrict export to one host c Zero fill on partially written data pages d Retention Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and then select either day s or hour s e Expiration Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and the select either day s or hour s 2 In the Geometry group box a Enter the number of sectors per track or accept the default value b Enter the number of heads per cylinder or accept the default value 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information a
126. volume template 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume from which you wish to create a template 3 In the menu that appears click Save As Template or 4 After accessing the Virtual Volumes tab in the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Provisioning gt Template gt Create VV Template The Create VV Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a System Select the system on which the template will be created b Name Enter the template name c Optional Description Enter a template description d Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the User Space group box a Inthe Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to 310 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template User Space group box Property Include in the template in order to determine the size that the volume created with this templat
127. when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize Click Add Optional Repeat steps 1 through 3 to create additional Remote Copy groups server selected during the first instance of group creation you will create a _ Note When creating additional groups if you select a server other than the bidirectional Remote Copy relationship where each storage server will be both the primary and backup servers to the other For N to 1 Remote Copy you can only create a bidirectional configuration for one Remote Copy group pair 320 200231 RevA 367 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 5 Click Next Step 4 Virtual Volumes 1 Select a Remote Copy group from the Group list 2 Under the Source Volume on list select a virtual volume 3 Under the Backup Volume on list a Select either Existing or New b If you selected Existing select a backup virtual volume c If you selected New i Name Enter a name for the backup virtual volume ii CPG under User CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s user space is allocated iii CPG under Copy CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s copy space is allocated iv Optional In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisionin
128. whether the receive end of the SFP is RX Loss ee experiencing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage RX Power Low Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic Monitoring Tvpe Identifies the monitored parameters temperature yP voltage TX bias TX power and RX power junit The unit of measure used for the monitored parameters Value The current measured value Low Threshold The manufacturer s recommended lower limit warning High Threshold The manufacturer s recommended upper limit warning Low Alarm The manufacturer s recommended lower limit alarm Threshold level High Alarm The manufacturer s recommended upper limit alarm Threshold level 138 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Hosts The host port information is presented on the Hosts tab Port Details Summary Hosts Defaut x trow A Filter E Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Host A Host Name Domain WWA Port ID 5 hosti 10000000C98F5A2E 0 5 1 The following information is provided Host 1D The ID of the host Host Name The name of the host Domain The domain in which the host resides w The hosts WWN Por The hosts location in N S P Node Slot Port format Viewing System RCFC Ports To view system Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC port information 1 Access the Ports scr
129. 0 10 625 vY nachos 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 000 ooo 0 10 000 vy _horchata 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 500 0 000 0 10 625 YY _aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 500 ooo C 0 O 10 625 160 000 80 000 80 000 3 000 0 000 83 750 The following information is displayed Column Description a eee System The name of the InServ Storage Server Domain The domain to which the virtual volume belongs 320 200231 Rev A 257 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide state The state of the system Type Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or yP virtual copy Indicates if the volume is fully Full or thinly provisioned TPVV The volume s RAID type Virtual Size The size of the volume in GiB Provisioning Reserved User Size The size of the volume s reserved user space in GiB Used User Size The amount of used user space in GiB ei User Size The percentage of used user space a en Copy The size of the volume s reserved copy space in GiB Used Copy Size The amount of used copy space in GiB vN Copy Size The percentage of used copy space Total Reserved The total amount of reserved space in GiB 258 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Displaying Raw Capacity Information To view raw capacity information select Raw Capacity from the filtering list T
130. 0 0 183 Internal Drive Seagate 57910082145 SNIO8NA4 SATA 3 446 93 160 a 0 5338 Internal Drive 0 Seagate 57910082145 SNIOGNBQ SATA 3 446 93 160 0 0 5338 Internal Drive 0 Seagate 57910082145 SNIOWWNS SATA 3 446 93 160 1 0 5424 Internal Drive 0 Hitachi HDT 22516DLATS0 VD271BTCCA 46C ATA V4304708 153 385 0 0 5424 Internal Drive 0 Hitachi HDT722516DLAT80 VD271BTCCA4GXC ATA V 4304704 153 385 1 0 accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Internal Drives tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example 424 the resulting information displayed on the I nternal Drives tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Internal Drives tab has been The Node Subsystems Internal Drives tab displays the following information 320 200231 Rev A 441 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide System The system on which the drive resides Manufacturer The manufacturer of the drive Model Part Number The model and or part number of the drive Serial Number The drive s serial number Type The type of drive either SATA or ATA Firmware Version The drive firmware version The size in GiB of the drive Node Position The position O or 1 of the controller node in the node chassis The position of the drive in the controller node See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the No
131. 0 000 bytes e 1 GB 10 bytes 1000 MB 1 000 000 000 bytes e 1 TB 10 bytes 1000 GB 1 000 000 000 000 bytes Related Documentation In addition to the topics in this Help system the following documents also provide information related to administering InServ Storage Servers For information about Read the Installing starting and using the 3PAR InForm OS CLI Administrator s InForm Command Line Interface CLI Guide Using 3PAR Remote Copy software 3PAR Remote Copy User s Guide Using the InForm Command Line 3PAR InForm OS Command Line Interface CLI Interface Reference S Class and T Class Storage Server 3PAR InServ S Class T Class Storage 320 200231 RevA 19 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide hardware configurations component Server Physical Planning Manual numbering and layout and system cabling E Class and F Class Storage Server InServ E Class F Class Storage Server hardware configurations component and Third Party Rack Physical Planning numbering and layout and system Manual cabling Identifying storage server components InForm OS Messages and Operator s and fixing problems Guide Working with the I nterface This topic outlines how to use the InForm Management Console and provides an overview of the major tasks you can perform The InForm Management Console interface contains a menu bar toolbar management tree common actions panel manager pane management window
132. 000 185 00 2 The Summary tab provides the following information The drive cage name The drive cage state See System and Component Status Icons The drive cage model The port on the InServ Storage Server to which the A loop is connected The port on the InServ Storage Server to which the B loop is connected The port speed in Gbps The number of disks in the drive cage The bottom of the Disks column displays a total disk count The total Fibre Channel capacity in GiB The bottom of the FC Total FC Total i column displays total FC capacity FC Allocated The percentage of used Fibre Channel capacity The bottom of the FC Allocated Percentage column displays the total used percentage The total SSD capacity in GiB The bottom of the SSD Total column 29D Total displays total SSD capacity 320 200231 Rev A 97 Percentage 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide SSD Allocated The percentage of used SSD capacity The bottom of the SSD Percentage Allocated Percentage column displays the total used percentage Note The device types displayed in the summary are dependent on the devices installed in your system For example if you have Near Line and disk drives installed the summary will display NL Near Line Total NL Allocated Percentage columns The Summary tab can be further filtered to view drive cage connectivity and drive cage capacity Viewing Drive Cage Connectivity Viewing
133. 01018 05 05PST Alert 5378 changed from state New to Resolved by System Change J Degraded Feb 17 2010 18 05 04 PST Port 1 4 2 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline Compo W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 04 PST Alert 5378 changed from state Resolved by System to New Change W Info Feb 17 2010 18 04 54 PST Port 1 4 2 Normal Online Compot Infa Feh 17 2010 1A N4 54 PST Poart 1 4 2 Hast 442 SanRlazeP Normal Online Comet Event Details Q Node ID 1 Component Port 1 4 2 Severity Info Type Component state change Sequence 3545589 Time Feb 17 2010 18 05 05 PST Message Port 1 4 2 Normal Online The events tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of events on the system The lower pane displays details about a selected event from the upper pane Filtering Events To view a events with finer granularity 1 In the Manager Pane click Events 2 In the Management Tree click the system node for which you wish to view events 3 In the Management Window click the Events tab 4 Click Advanced gt gt 5 In the Start Time box enter a date and time the entered value will display events greater than or equal to this time 6 Optional Click the End Time checKiBox and enter a date and time the entered value will display events less than or equal to this time 7 Click Get Events See also Alert Severity Indicators Viewing System Alerts 404 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InFo
134. 1 C 87 8 F Oxas Normal 0xa5 Normal Normal 11 0 9 3 2000001862EFB0F3 Green 26 C 78 8 F 0x43 Normal OxA3 Normal Norma The following information is provided Physical disk ID as assigned by the system For unadmitted disks this columns is blank Position Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port The World Wide Name WWN assigned to the disk Status LED for DC1 DC2 and DC4 Current state of the disks drive cages Current internal temperature of the disk drive Loop A AL_PA The loop A arbitrated loop physical address of the disk Loop A State Status of the Interface Card loop to the node See System and Component Status Icons 114 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Loop B AL_PA The loop B arbitrated loop physical address of the disk Loop B State Status of the Interface Card loop to the node See System and Component Status Icons Status of the physical disk See System and Component Status Icons ESI State State of the ESI Enclosure Services Interface See rar DG DCA andes System and Component Status Icons drive cages See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Summary Viewing Drive Cage Power Supply Details To view power supply details 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen click the Summary tab and then click a drive cage
135. 167 Domain Sets reri i 428 DOMAINS c cece aaee eii 417 425 Creating ois civics iruei ia else ee 425 Drive Cage Details 106 Drive Cage Details Summary Tab 106 Drive Cage Physical Disks Details 114 Drive Cage Power Supply Details 115 VIQWING 2 aaa A eee ee ee eee 115 Drive Cages srece 116 117 EGIEING Aora aoe beast ewe eee 116 LO GALING a e teen Tease eee ee eos 117 471 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide E Editing 93 94 116 117 308 386 415 Controller Node Batteries 94 Controller Node Power Supplies 93 Drive Cage Power Supplies 117 Drive CaQeS cecceee cece cece ee eee ees 116 Physical Copy cecceeeeeee eee eee ees 331 Remote Copy Targets 06 386 TPVV Template sse 308 USETE os cane inti aiaa teenies 415 Editing Drive Cage Power Supplies 117 EGITING es anina Nana eerie aac 117 Enabling sse medsen aoatra tiaan 167 Remote Copy Interface 068 167 Events Managet ceeeeeee ener eae 398 Exporting 606 215 220 284 294 Virtual Volume Sets 294 Virtual Volumes 215 220 284 F Failover Remote Copy Groups 387 G Global Preferences ccecce 43 SS CLEA O iciiecd desl aa Seal yen AA 43 H Help Menu Bar neeese 57 USING kirni ees ceived liaise begets 57 Help Navigator cceeeeeeeeeee teen need 58 USINO eaaa ei
136. 18 34 PST Total FC raw space usage at 307G above 50 of total 544G See also Alert Severity Indicators Viewing System Alerts Working with the Tasks Manager Viewing User Connections Managing Alerts Status Bar The Status Bar is located at the bottom of the InForm Management Console The left side of the Status Bar displays the last action performed with the InForm Management Console The right side of the Status Bar displays icons representing the highest alert level connection status and data retrieval process status Created CPG CPG_Rich on System 5424 rB The right side of the Status bar also displays an icon for any runtime exceptions The icon can be clicked to view details about the exception 2J 3 320 200231 Rev A 37 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Alert Severity Indicators Status Bar Icons About Introduction Tabs Managers are groups of displays and actions which are specific to different nServ Storage Server areas of management The selected manager affects the Management Tree display data displayed in the Management Window and if applicable the actions in the Common Actions Panel Each manager is provided with an Introduction tab in the Management Window Each Introduction tab contains topical overview information about the selected manager For example when selecting the Remote Copy Manager the Introduction tab provides overview infor
137. 2 000 0000 1 5183 DIMM1 0 SimpleTech STEC a 14EC9703 4 slot 30900 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMM1 0 SimpleTech 5STEC 14E49703 4 slot 30900 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 183 DIMM1 1 SimpleTech STEC 14ED9703 4 slot 30800 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMM1 1 SimpleTech STEC 10FA7A02 4 slot 30800 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 183 DIMM2 0 SimpleTech STEC 10F77402 4 slot 31300 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMM2 0 SimpleTech STEC z 10F97402 4 slot J1300 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 183 DIMM2 1 SimpleTech STEC 10FC7A02 4 slot 31200 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMM2 1 SimpleTech STEC 10FB7A02 4 slot 31200 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 333 DIMMO Micron Technology 18HF25672FD667E1D4 D8341DC9 nja J4200 Control FB DIMM 2 000 4531 0 accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Physical Memory tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example 424 the resulting information displayed on the Physical Memory tab does not display the System column _ Note In the screen output above the Physical Memory tab has been The Node Subsystems Physical Memory tab displays the following information The system on which the DIMM resides The DIMM name Manufacturer The manufacturer of the DIMM Model Part Number The model and or part number of the DIMM 320 200231 Rev A 443 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User
138. 2 000 GiB E Admin Space 2 250 GiB Virtual 14 000 GiB I Used User Space 0 000 GiB Total 38 250 GiB Savings 14 000 GiB The following information is displayed Description Virtual The total number of virtual volumes Volumes Base Volumes The total number of base volumes Thinly tae The number of thinly provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned Fully T The number of fully provisioned virtual volumes Provisioned Virtual Copies The total number of virtual copies Physical Copies The total number of physical copies Remote Copy The total number of Remote Copy virtual Volumes volumes Expired The total number of expired virtual volumes Volumes 320 200231 RevA 253 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Unexported Volumes New Alerts The total number of new alerts The current state See System and Component Status Icons The total number of unexported virtual volumes Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Near Capacit Line NL or Solid State Device SSD The j Devica Type capacity and capacity usage of the selected device type is displayed in graphical form Virtual Volume Allocation Displays the allocation of admin copy and user space Thinly Provisioned Savings Base Volumes Displays the amount of space saved through thinly provisioned virtual volumes See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volumes Syst
139. 200231 RevA ix 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Similar Common Provisioning GroupPS cce cece cece eee e eee ee eee ee eee teen eed 249 Saving a Common Provisioning Group as a Template 0ccceeee cece eee eee eens 249 Compacting a Common Provisioning Group ccceee cece cece eee eee eee teeta teeta 250 Removing a Common Provisioning GrOup 2 cceeee cece e eee ee eee eee teeta teen eee ne ed 250 Working with Virtual VOIUMES 0 cece ee nena eed 251 Viewing Virtual VOIUMES 0c cece cee nee eee enna ee tate 251 Viewing the Virtual Volumes Summary Tab c cece eee cece e ee eee eee ee teeta teed 252 Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab cece cece aetna teeta ene eneed 254 WJ PPerPaMme seid dosewteas dipai o A EE AiE EED SSE 255 Displaying Summary Information 0c cece cece eee eee eee eee eee teeta 255 Displaying Allocation Information cece eee eee eee eee ee tenet eae 256 Displaying Capacity Information ccc cece cece eee eee eee tee eee eae tena naenaes 257 Displaying Raw Capacity Information c cece cece eee eee ee eee ee ene ene a eaten 259 Displaying History Information cccecce cece eee eee eee eae e nett neta eee eee 260 Displaying Remote Copy Information cc cece eect eee e eaten ee tee 261 Lower PAN Erroren ones tera ban uite iad aa A a A is eee t tan ties
140. 3 In the lower pane click the Power Supplies tab The Power Supplies tab appears as follows Drive Cage Details Summary Interface Cards Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Alerts 2 Cage ID a State _ Model AC State Fan State Fan Speed j cage 0 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cage 1 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cage0 2 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cageO 3 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal 320 200231 RevA 115 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is provided Column Description Cage The drive cage to which the power supply belongs Numeric ID of the power supply Status of the physical disk See System and Component Status Icons Model name of the power supply AC State Indicates the presence of AC power to the power supply Power supply fan operational status Fan Speed Speed of the power supply fan See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Summary Viewing Drive Cage Power Supplies Editing Drive Cages To edit a drive cage 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree click Drive Cages under the system whose drive cage you wish to edit 3 In the Summary tab of upper pane displayed in Management Window right click the drive cage you wish to edit and click Edit Enter the drive cage location the Location field Click OK he
141. 333 VICWING 0 ccc cece cece ee ee tees teeta eed 330 Physical Disk Summary Tab 169 VIEWING ensata tiano ea eee 169 Physical DISKS 168 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide VICQWING 2 2 c cece eect ee eee eees 168 Physical Disks Spares Tab 181 VIQWING 00 cece ee eee eee eee eae eee 181 PINGING aitai enoa ee ee eee ees 168 375 383 PORT geran EaI TEE a cht eta dunce 168 Remote Copy Links 375 383 POPE asinn enna aaaea 164 168 PINGING oes sescc dee ess deed eae Ena sens 168 Resetting sca sis anaa an 164 Port Offline ssssssssesssrssesrrrrrereenns 165 Setting spna a aAa 165 Port Parameter S uane i eee 164 Clearing isee iieiea een eens Ea 164 Preferences ccceceeee cece ences teen estas 43 S CUEING kaiih a edie iaa 43 PFOMOTING isane eee aa E 329 Virtual COPY sssssssssssssssrrersrrrrrerssns 329 Provisioning_Manager e 28 R Recharging ssessssssesssrrrssrrrrrrrerrrrrnes 95 Controller Node Batteries 95 Refreshing ssssssssesessrsrssssrrrrrsrrrrrrses 40 InForm Management Console 40 Remote Copy cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 361 Configuring 0 e cece eect eee eae 361 Remote Copy Disaster Recovery 387 Remote Copy Groups 358 376 378 381 Creating cceceee cece eee teen nena eee 376 REMOVING cceeceee cece ee ee eee e teen ees 381 Starting sees ieee ee
142. 378 StOPPING iseis eee sees didi eee ee eee 378 VIQWING 2 cece cece eee e eee eee teen aeees 358 Remote Copy Information 345 VIEWING cect anteuncigaire thy nat Penang 345 Remote Copy Interface 00000 167 DISADIING 2 524 senuis crete tree eae 167 320 200231 Rev A Enabling iraran es 167 Remote Copy Links 375 381 382 383 Creating riena in eee ees 382 PINGING ae auaa aas 375 383 Remote Copy Targets 384 386 EGIEING anaon raa n araa oa a Aa AN 386 Remote Copy Virtual Volumes 359 VIQWING 2 cece siant tden 359 Removing 214 219 302 324 332 381 434 Host S ts aende ea anra 219 HOSTS arei a a A Aai 214 Physical Copy ecceeeee eee e ee eae 332 Remote Copy GroupS ceeee ees 381 Template iis ont esakera 324 User Connections sacccccccccrrrre 434 VEON S o rane iee E duis altace aa a 302 Resetting sssssessssenreserrrrreeeres 95 164 Controller Node Battery Test Log 95 POM ixesistedemiadish vee O ted 164 Restore Remote Copy Groups 391 Restoring_the_Introduction_Tab 38 S SAVING iia iia eian 249 283 396 Chara eso hetero 396 Common Provisioning Group 249 Virtual VOlUME ceceee eee eee eee 283 Saving a Chart 396 Security Manager seese 409 Selectih gama s as SE oe 39 Multiple ItemMS e 39 Stein vi saw deve aaa a ai Ea 43 45 165 Global Preferences 43 Per Table
143. 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain license For additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Note For further information about 3PAR Domains and users see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Manager Pane Viewing Domains You can view information about domains for all connected InServ Storage Servers or a single InServ Storage Server Viewing Domains for All I nServs To view domain information about all connected InServ Storage Severs 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 In the Security Management Tree click InServs 3 In the Management Window click the Domains tab The Domains tab can be filtered to display Summary and Capacity information about the domains in all connected systems e Summary information includes the system on which each domain resides and each domain s domain sets number of CPGs virtual volumes hosts and active VLUNs and each domain s total capacity e Capacity information includes 418 the size of each domain s base volume user copy and admin space the size of each domain s CPG user copy and admin space the size of each domain s unmapped space the total size of each domain 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Domains for a Single Server The Domains screen provides summary and detail information for an InServ Storage Server s domains To access the Domain screen 1 Click Security in the Manager P
144. 3PAR InForm Management ion Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Part No 320 200231 RevA July 2010 For Printed Material Copyright 2010 3PAR Inc All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written consent of 3PAR Inc 4209 Technology Drive Fremont CA 94538 For Electronic Material The user may print one copy for personal use Production of multiple copies or copies for sale is strictly prohibited Trademarks 3PAR the 3PAR logo InServ InForm and InSpire are trademarks or registered trademarks of 3PAR Inc All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners Changes The material in this document is for information only and is subject to change without notice While reasonable efforts have been made in the preparation of this document to assure its accuracy 3PAR Inc assumes no liability resulting from errors or omissions in this document or from the use of the information contained herein 3PAR reserves the right to make changes in the product design without reservation and without notification to its users 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Table of Contents WV LCOS siti ei ae eed ea a ee 19 About Units of MGaSuUre sradan dete beg sieded ene de diene gh E a a aa a a aa 19 Related DoCUMENTATI
145. 4 1 Name A 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Expiration Time Node Position Power Position Number Supply j Position 5183 Battery POL 800 0013 50 04 74900470 Nov 11 2031 0 0 0 183 Battery POL 800 0013 50 04 74900470 Jun 04 2011 0 1 0 5183 Battery POL 800 0013 50 04 74900460 Jun 10 2011 1 0 0 s183 Battery POL 800 0013 50 04 74900460 Jun 04 2011 1 1 0 338 Battery MAG 800 0016 50 0B 70315366 Jul 17 2010 0 0 0 338 Battery MAG 800 0016 50 0B 70315363 Jul 17 2010 1 1 0 5424 Battery MAG 800 0016 01 02 60303195 Dec 12 2010 0 0 0 5424 Battery MAG 800 0016 01 02 60308193 Dec 12 2010 il 1 0 the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Batteries tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Batteries tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Batteries tab has been accessed from The Node Subsystems Batteries tab displays the following information The system on which the battery resides The battery s name Manufacturer The manufacturer of the battery Model Part Number The model and or part number of the battery Serial Number The battery s serial number Expiration Time The battery s expiration date Node Position The position O or 1 of the node in the node chassis 320 200231 Rev A 449 3PAR InForm Management Con
146. 46 250 4 185 000 0 Capacity Device Type All Overview Yolume Raw Space Volumes Thinly CPGs 4 ging A System Internal 7 System x Spare 6 Full Free 83 ravan ed 95 E Volumes CPGs 98 000 GiB E Fully Provisioned 26 000 GiB E System Internal 172 000 GiB E Thinly Provisioned 1 375 GiB System Spare 136 250 GiB Total 27 375 GIB Free 1 962 750 GiB Total 2 365 000 GiB Health New Alerts None Disk States 16 Normal The following information is displayed Stow Rett peseripton O The type of physical disk either Fibre Channel FC Near Devige TYRE Line NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed The disk speed NOTE The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time Device Types 170 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Device Size The disk size in GiB The number of each type of disk Total Capacity The total capacity in GiB for each type of disk Allocated Amount of storage in percent consumed by the disk Percentage drive
147. 6 11 06 PDT Virtual volume 51 vvcp 47 42 Failed Stale amp Security 5424 Major 258 Mar 23 2010 11 21 04 PDT Virtual Volume 31 3 ra Failed Stale Hardware Inventory 5424 P Major 269 Apr 09 2010 22 13 08 PDT Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure 5424 P Major 268 Apr 07 201006 10 43PDT Remote Copy Link 15 4 0 1 1 Failed Down Due To Send Error Or Missing Heartbeat 4 gt Connected to s183 See also Management Tree Manager Pane System and Component Status Icons 36 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Alert Task Connection Pane The Alert Task Connection pane is provided for quick reference to new system alerts recent tasks and user connections Each set of information is displayed on its own tab within the pane New Alerts Recent Tasks My Connections System Severity A 1 Time V2 Message 183 P Major Jan 01 2010 17 58 10 PST Error in Track mkinfofile Internal error Could not close File tmp _tpdtcl_conninfo 18786 no spa 183 Minor Jan 11 2010 11 15 52 PST Port 0 5 1 is used for disk or host 5424 I Degraded Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 1 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 I Degraded Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 0 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 5424 W Info Jan 13 2010 10 19 38 PST Total available FC raw space has reached threshold of 800G 236G remaining out of 544G total 5424 W Info Jan 13 2010 10
148. 7 Editing a Common Provisioning Group Template 0 cceee eee e eee eee teeta teeta ed 320 Copying a Template wiuccsccseee cies eee ie ei be een ee dee ein ae ee ed eee eed eevee relent 323 Creating Similar Templates 00 cece etna eta ened 323 Removing a Template c cece cece ee eee eee ene tne eee nena ena eae nena enaee 324 320 200231 RevA xi 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Virtual COpie S cece ene enter eed 324 Viewing Virtual COpieS errire irii iaa aK Fede webs bese a Eia 325 Creating a Virtual Copy iisoc einan aa ta et eee eA oe 325 EdItING a Virtual COPY sirieni a ntact Radin dete eed area Radha hele echolalia dened 326 Removing a Virtual COPY 0 cece cece eee eee Aa EE eae eae a aaa aA 327 Creating a Consistency Group Virtual Copy c ce ccee cece eee eee e teeta e ee eee teeta eee 327 Creating a Batch Virtual Copy ccc cece eee een ene nee taeda e eee ena eae 328 Promoting Virtual Copy spireo pipat aa Ee hda araa baa sudel abide dees vesseaee 329 Working with Physical Copies 0 00 cece cece eee eee nena teeta ene e nates 329 Viewing Physical Copies ccc cece ee ene nee eee ene e eens eee 330 Creating a Physical COPY a els Aba pe elite ad aa ele aaa deeded 330 Editing a Physical Copy aren marire cede ek eee eid ce ete eee See dee EEE ends ey da eevya sie ee eres 331 Removing a Physical COPY
149. C3 Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port A2 drive cages A3 Port for DC3 Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port A3 drive cages BO Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port BO B1 Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B1 B2 Port for DC3 Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B2 drive cages B3 Port for DC3 Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B3 drive cages Daisy 3 f Indicates whether the drive cages are daisy chained Viewing Drive Cage Capacity To view drive cage capacity information select Capacity from the filter list The capacity summary appears as follows Systems InSerys 183 Drive Cages i Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts F 2rows ath Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name State FC Total FC Free FC Allocated FC Allocated SSD Total SSD Free 55D Allocated 55D Allocated GiB GiB GiB Percentage GiB GiB GiB Percentage cage0 Normal 1 090 000 822 750 267 250 MN 274 185 000 181 000 4000 2 caget Normal 1 090 000 823 000 267 000 2 180 000 1 645 750 534 250 24 J 185 000 181 000 4000 2 320 200231 RevA 99 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is provided The drive cage name The drive cage state
150. Cages Tab The Cage Subsystems Drive Cages tab displays information about the system s drive cages To access the Cage Subsystems Drive Cages tab click the Drive Cages tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages Interface Cards SFPs Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Default bd Srows dh Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System 1 Name 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Firmware Cage Type Cage Position Version s183 cage FLH 920 1062 03 x4 00000051 2 37 DC4 0 s183 cagel FLH 920 1062 03 4 00000050 2 37 DC4 1 5338 cage0 xyratex R51602 F544 OPS69907C012DF2 n a DC3 0 5424 cage0 Xyratex R51602 F544 OPS69907C012F95 nja DC3 0 5424 cagel xyratex R51602 F544 OPS45811C010719 n a DC3 1 from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Drive Cages tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Drive Cages tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Drive Cages tab has been accessed The Cage Subsystems Drive Cages tab displays the following information The InServ Storage Server name 320 200231 RevA 451 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Manufacturer The manufacturer of the drive cage Model Part
151. Capacity Information To view raw capacity information select Raw Capacity from the filtering list The raw capacity information appears as follows E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGS Alerts M 3rows A Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Allocation Growth Growth Limit Copy Space Admin Admin Admin Admin Warning Alert Warning Alert Alert Failure Allocation Growth Growth Limit Space Warning Alert Warning Alert Alert Failure RemoteCopy s071 Normal cpg_01 s071 Normal cpg_02 s071 Normal The following information is displayed Column Description The volume name System The name of the InServ Storage Server The domain to which the virtual volume belongs The state of the system Total Raw Capacity The CPG s total raw capacity in GiB Raw User Size The raw user space size in GiB Raw Used User Size The amount of used raw user space in GiB 236 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Raw Copy Size The raw copy space size in GiB Raw Used Copy Size The amount of used raw copy space in GiB Raw Admin Size The total amount of raw admin space in GiB Raw Used Admin Size The total amount of used raw admin space in GiB Displaying Alert Information To view alert information select Alerts from the filtering list The ale
152. Copy LUNs Create Physical Copy Remote Copy E Create CPG D Cougar Create VLUN See also Working with the Provisioning Manager 320 200231 RevA 31 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Layout Grid Manager The Layout Grid Manager allows you to view the layout of virtual volumes Common Provisioning Groups CPGs and logical disks of InServ Storage Servers When the Layout Grid Manager is selected the Management Tree appears as follows Layout Grid v InServs amp s183 Virtual volumes E cPGs aye Logical Disks F E 5424 6 Virtual volumes E PGs ap Logical Disks See also Working with the Layout Grid Manager Remote Copy Manager The Remote Copy Manager allows you to view and perform Remote Copy actions and information When the Remote Copy Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows Remote Copy 9 amp Available In5erys amp s183 pa Ports v E s338 p3 Ports F E 5424 g Forts Common Actions EY New Configuration f amp Create Remote Copy Group RA Configure RC Port See also Working with the Remote Copy Manager 32 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Performance Manager The Performance Manager allows you to view system performance information and work with performance charts When the Performance Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Action
153. D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 1 5 1 100000062B0F4D3C 2 000 Host Sees s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 1 5 1 100000062B0F4D3D 2 000 Host Sees s040 5 v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 0 4 3 100000062B0F4D3D 2 000 Host Sees s040 eh vy pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 0 4 3 100000062B0F4D3C 2 000 Host Sees 298 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The VLUN Templates tab is split into an upper tab and a lower tab The upper tab displays summary information about system VLUN templates The lower pane displays active VLUN information about a selected template from the upper pane Upper Pane The following information is displayed in the upper pane System Name The name of the InServ Storage Server LUN The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value Domain The domain in which the VLUN template resides Virtual Volume The name of the virtual volume RAID Type The VLUN RAID type The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported The InServ Storage Server port on which the VLUN is exported MOST WUN ISESI The WWN or iSCSI name of the host Name Exported Size The VLUN s exported size in GiB Type The VLUN type Host Sees Host In Set or Matched Set Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs Lower Pane The lower pane displays Acti
154. Distance Remote Copy 320 200231 Rev A 383 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Remote Copy Targets Remote Copy target definitions are descriptors on one Remote Copy system that identify another a Remote Copy system In a Remote Copy server pair the servers are each defined as targets relative to each other for Remote Copy operations The InForm Management Console allows you to perform the following Create Remote Copy Targets Edit Remote Copy Targets Remove Remote Copy Targets Creating Remote Copy Targets You can add Remote Copy targets to your existing Remote Copy configuration s e If you add a new target to an existing 1 to 1 Remote Copy configuration you will effectively create a 1 to N or N to 1 Remote Copy configuration e If you add a new target to an existing 1 to N or N to 1 Remote Copy configuration you will be adding an additional backup or primary target respectively e You cannot add new targets to a Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy configuration The following restrictions apply For the current release a 1 to N Remote Copy configuration can have a maximum of two backup servers e In an N to 1 Remote Copy relationship a maximum of four primary source InServ Storage Servers use the same InServ Storage Server as backup server In order to configure Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy at least two of the servers must have Fibre Channel ports The sy
155. FP Serial Number The SFP serial number The SFP s maximum speed in Gbps 454 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The name of the port on which the SFP resides The position O or 1 of the drive cage in the drive chassis See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Magazines Tab The Cage Subsystems Magazines tab displays information about the system s drive magazines To access the Cage Subsystems Magazines tab click the Magazines tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab 320 200231 RevA 455 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Hardware Inventory InSerys E Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages Interface Cards SFPs Physical Disks Power Supplies Defaut d 29 rows lh Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System 4 1 Name 2 Manufacturer Model Part Serial Cage Type Number Number 183 0 0 DC4 s183 0 1 DC4 s183 0 9 DC4 s183 1 0 DC4 183 1 9 DC4 5338 0 0 nja nja nja DC3 5338 0 3 nja nja nja DC3 5338 0 4 nja nja nja DC3 5338 0 7 nja nja nja DC3 5338 0 8 nja nja nja DC3 5338 0 11 nja nja nja DC3 338 0 12 nja nja nja DES 5338 0 15 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 0 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 3 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 4 nja nja nj
156. Feb 17 2010 10 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 10 27 00 PST Instant a 183 1559 SystemTask remove_expired_yvs Completed Feb 17 2010 09 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 09 27 01 PST 1 second 183 1558 System Task remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 08 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 08 27 00 PST Instant 183 1557 SystemTask remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 07 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 07 27 01 PST 1 second 183 1556 SystemTask remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 06 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 06 27 00 PST Instant 183 1555 SystemTask remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 05 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 05 27 00 PST Instant 183 1554 System Task remove_expired_yvs Completed Feb 17 2010 04 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 04 27 01 PST 1 second 183 1553 SystemTask remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 03 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 03 27 00 PST Instant 183 1552 System Task remove_expired_vvs Completed Feb 17 2010 02 27 00 PST Feb 17 2010 02 27 00 PST Instant xl Task Details A Q General Detailed Status System Name 5183 System SN 1200183 ID 1560 Type System Task 2010 02 17 10 27 00 PST Created task Name remove_expired_vvs 2010 02 17 10 27 00 PST Updated Executing remove_expired_vvs as 0 16200 Status Completed 2010 02 17 10 27 00 PST Updated no vv removed Progress F 2010 02 17 10 27 00 PST Completed scheduled task Start Time Feb 17 2010 10 27 00 PST Finish Time Feb 17 2010 10 27 00 PST Duration Instant See also Manager Pane Mana
157. Form Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing VLUNs To remove a VLUN 1 Access the VLUNs screen 2 Right click the VLUN you wish to remove Note If you wish to remove multiple VLUNs see Selecting Multiple Items select the VLUNs you wish to remove before right clicking 3 In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove VLUN s dialog box appears 4 Optional In the Removal VLUN s dialog box that appears click the After removal checKiBox to prevent the storage server from issuing a Loop Initialization Primitive LIP or Registered State Change notification RSCN after removing the VLUN 5 Click OK See also Viewing VLUNs Selecting Multiple Items Working with Templates The InForm Management Console allows you to create templates that enable you to apply a set of parameters again and again to create virtual volumes or Common Provisioning Groups CPGs with the same or similar characteristics The following general rules apply to templates A property can either be included in a template or not included unincluded Properties are Virtual Volume VV or Common Provisioning Group CPG attributes such as set size A property included in a template can have a defined value or have a value that is left unspecified A property with a defined value has had a specific value assigned to it for example a set size of 2 A property with an unspecified value does not have a specific value assigned
158. Gbps or Auto default c Click Apply to test the link configuration 4 Click Next correctly or may not be physically connected See Configuring Fibre Channel Note If Fibre Channel ports are not displayed the ports may not be zoned 7 Ports for RCFC for additional information Step 3 Groups 1 In the Source group a System Select the system on which the Remote Copy group will reside b Optional Domain Select the domain in which the Remote Copy group will reside c Group Enter a name for the Remote Copy group d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want the Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initial sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group 2 In the first Backup group a Name The system NOT selected as the source system automatically appears b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic 320 200231 RevA 373 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide c Syn Period If you selected Periodic select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize 3 In the second Backup group a Name The system NOT selected as the source system automatically appears b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic c Syn Period If you selected Periodic select second s minute s hour s or d
159. I port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Configured For RCIP ports The configured data transfer rate A Rate value of 0 indicates that no data is being transferred For iSCSI ports Data transfer rate A value of 0 indicates that no data is being transferred TCP Port The TCP port number used by the iSCSI card oi For RCIP The duplex speed Half or Full Adapter Tube For RCIP ports Model of the adapter that contains the P yp port for example Intel PRO LOOOMT Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Topology Point Point eee Identifies which Fibre Channel classes of service are dis ead for FC Class enabled 2 3 or 2 3 2 3 indicates that both Class p ay 2 and Class 3 are enabled and RCFC ports Model of the Fibre Channel adapter that contains the Adaptor Type port for example QLOGI C 2302 320 200231 Rev A 123 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide iSNS Settings displayed for iSCSI ports not shown 124 Mode Change Physical Disks Remote Node WWN Remote Port WWN Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address TCP Port Indicates whether port mode change from initiator to target or vice versa is Allowed or Prohibited This setting is configured using the InForm CLI command controlport The number of hosts connected to the port This is only displayed if the port is connected to hosts The number of
160. Icons 112 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Drive Cage Magazine Details To view drive magazine details 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen click the Summary tab and then click a drive cage 3 Inthe lower pane click the Magazines tab The Magazines tab appears as follows Drive Cage Details Summary Interface Cards Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Alerts Default 3rows A Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position A Status LED Hot Plug Disks Loop A Loop B LED State State 0 0 Green Off 4 Normal Normal 0 1 Green Off 4 Normal Normal 0 9 Green off 4 Normal Normal The following information is displayed Position Position of the drive magazine within the drive cage Status LED for DC2 and DC4 drive cages The current state of the drive magazine See System and Component Status Icons Hot Plug LED for DC2 and DC4 drive The current state of the hot plug LED cages pists Number of disks in the drive magazine Loop A State Status of the Interface Card loop A to the node Loop B State Status of the Interface Card loop B to the node See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Summary 320 200231 RevA 113 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Drive Cage Physical Disks Details To vie
161. K See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items 378 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Synching Remote Copy Groups To synchronize source and backup Remote Copy groups 1 Access the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 In the upper pane select the group s you wish to synchronize 3 Right click the selection and select Sync Remote Copy Group s The Sync Remote Copy Group s dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Editing Remote Copy Groups To edit a Remote Copy group 1 Access the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 In the upper pane right click the group you wish to edit 3 Click Edit Remote Copy Group The Edit Remote Copy Group wizard appears Step 1 Groups 1 Optional If you wish to display advanced editing options select Show advanced options 2 Inthe Backup group a Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic b Optional Sync Period If you selected Periodic select this checKiBox and then select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize their data If not selected no period is used c Stop group Select to stop the Remote Copy group stop mirroring for editing d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want the Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initi
162. Low No DDM Support Yes The following information is provided Group riei Desert OO O Position The location of the SFP within the system state Current condition of the SFP Manufacturer Manufacturer of the SFP 144 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Part number of the SFP Serial Number Serial number of the SFP SFP s revision level Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Qualified Displays whether the SFP has been tested and if the SFP is Supported TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem RX Loss Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is experiencing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage RX Power Low Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic Monitoring Thee Identifies the monitored parameters ao yp voltage TX bias TX power and RX power junit The unit of measure used for the monitored parameters The current measured value Low Threshold The manufacturer s recommended lower limit warning Warning level High Threshold The manufacturer s recommended upper limit warning Warning level Low Alarm The manufacturer s recommended lower limit alarm Threshold level 320 200231 RevA 145 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide High Alarm The manufacturer s recommended upper limit alarm
163. MRead I write The following information is provided Sas as oee OOOO O Ol 320 200231 Rev A 133 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Resources 134 Port WN Port World Wide Name Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or InServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cageO Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Current state of the port Total Data Throughput The throughput in KIB sec Connection Mode The type of port connection Connection type or port connection setting Loop Connection Point or Loop point When the port is set to Loop Type point both loop and point to point connections are enabled Data transfer rate setting for example 1 Gbps Auto indicates that the system automatically selects the rate Maximum rate of connection from the port Class 2 Indicates whether Fibre Channel service Class 2 is Disabled Ack 1 or Ack 0 For fabric attached ports indicates the VLUN change VCN notification s
164. Magazine Details Viewing the Drive Cage Physical Disks Details Viewing the Drive Cage Power Supply Details Viewing the Drive Cage Details Summary Tab The Drive Cage details Summary tab displays detailed information about a drive cage selected from the Summary tab in the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen 1 To view drive cage details access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen click the Summary tab and then click a drive cage 3 Inthe lower pane click the Summary tab The details Summary tab appears as follows 106 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Drive Cage Details A Q Summary Interface Cards Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Alerts General Connectivity Name cage0 Loop A Revision 2 37 Model DC4 AO Port 0 0 1 Split Loop No A1 Port Interface Cards 2 Loop B Revision 2 37 SFPs 4 BO Port Magazines 3 B1 Port 1 0 1 Free Drive Bays 7 Daisy Chained No Physical Disks 12 Position A 0 Power Supplies 4 Position B 0 Location Resources Health Loop A 0 0 1 Total 39 KBps 0 01 New Alerts None State Normal __ 4Gbps Firmware Current version 2 37 State Description Normal Loop B 1 0 1 Total 3 KBps 0 4 Gbps WRead I Write The following information is provided Name The drive cage name Modei The drive cage model Node WWN for DC1 and DC3 The World Wide Name of the controller node drive c
165. Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Physical DISKS 168 Physical Disks Spares Tab 181 Remote Copy GroupS eeeee 358 Remote Copy Information 345 Remote Copy Virtual Volumes 359 SFP Information ceeeee eee 153 System Information 64 System RCFC Ports ccceeeee eee 139 System RCIP Ports ssassn 150 Tasks SUMMAL Y cceeee eee ee eee ees 405 Virtual VOIUMES c ce eeeee eee eees 251 Virtual Volumes Summary Tab 252 Virtual Volumes Tab scce 254 VLEUN Sirrini ia rida wtieds a ae 296 Viewing Cage Subsystems SFPs Tab 454 Viewing the Alerts Summary 398 Viewing_Drive_Cage_ Capacity 97 Virtual Copy cece eee 324 325 329 320 200231 RevA Creating sisane ee Asie 325 PrOMOUING iv 2 eei heeds eireta ia 329 Virtual Volume Set 290 294 EXPOMLING siaacd ive acai h medida nt ia 294 Virtual Volumes 215 220 251 283 284 Exporting oseese 215 220 284 SAVING v4 este ceayes sth eee Ee 283 VIEWING eadsin gianni niad ee ea eee 251 Virtual Volumes Summary Tab 252 ANT ae E E eect ee eee eee e ee ee eee 252 Virtual Volumes Tab ceecee 254 VIEWING is ineo iii a ee tees 254 VLUNS iria cece eee 295 296 301 302 Creating sink ipenira eee ees 301 REMOVING eseina Aa aaa 302 VIEWING sasietan eee eee eee a 296 VEUNS TAD anaram awane oe ianiai 254 475
166. Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for filtering details 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Restarting Tuning a Virtual Volume To restart a previously interrupted tune task on a virtual volume 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume for which you wish to restart the tuning task 3 In the menu that appears click Restart Tune 4 Click Yes See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Rolling Back a Tuned Virtual Volume To roll back a previously tuned virtual volume to its previous state Access the Virtual Volumes tab Right click the volume you wish to roll back In the menu that appears click Rollback Tune Click Yes Pen rE 320 200231 RevA 289 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Working with Virtual Volume Sets When working with virtual volume sets you can View Virtual Volume Sets Create Virtual Volume Sets Edit a Virtual Volume Set Export Virtual Volume Sets Remove a Virtual Volume Set Adding a Virtual Volume to a Virtual Volume Set Viewing Virtual Volume Sets To view a system s virtual volume sets 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management
167. Meee easan de canes cobb sepa dene ee hte dieses sane dete aaa 422 Capacity Information koeee duis cdk peck depen ia paea e teehee ioe a a Ea a donee 424 EREL BLETA oe IE AE T E E E cand E E ray Aah itseaiethns 425 Editing DOMAINS ee oe a a a a AE EA AAEE Sane nee 426 Removing DOMAS ara a cans hes totes gee Aa a a Hes neal de lees he Ate atone 427 Viewing Domain Sets aissadis dinie een eee ee eee eee nena eae tate 428 Creating Domain Sets rrara seven ieee iieii NA Deedee eee ie dec a iaai 429 Editing Domain Sets essre iaeiae ek ves eevee ie cede Sie eee ese Skee eed TAa EEE oie 430 REMOVING DOMAIN Sets sinnir aneen nee eee eee eee eee ne eae 431 Moving Objects from One Domain to Another Domain 0 cece cece eee eee ee teeta ened 432 Working with Connections 0 cece cece ee enna ane nee eee 433 Viewing User Connections 0 ccee eee eee nee eee eee eee ate 433 Removing User Connections cc cece ee enna eee tneene ed 434 Working with the Hardware Inventory Manager 05 435 Viewing the Hardware Inventory Summary Tab cccceee cece eee ee eee e teeta tee eneed 436 Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab c cece cece cece eee eects eee nett nae e eee need 437 Viewing the Node Subsystems Controller Nodes Tab cceeeeeeee eee ee eee teen nena eed 438 Viewing the Node Subsystems CPUS Tab 0 ccc eee eect eee ee eee eee ee teen a teeta eneed 440 Viewing the N
168. Number The model and or part number of the drive cage Serial Number The drive cage serial number Firmware Version The drive cage firmware version Cage Type The type of drive cage DC2 DC3 or DC4 Cage Position The position O or 1 of the drive cage in the drive chassis See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems I nterface Cards Tab The Cage Subsystems Interface Cards tab displays information about the system s interface cards To access the Cage Subsystems Interface Cards tab click the Interface Cards tab after accessing the Cage Subsystem tab E Hardware inventory Inservs _ Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Drive Cages SFPs Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Defaut x 10 rows att Fiter M clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System 4 1 Cage 4 2 Name amp 3 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Firmware Cage Type Cage Position Version 183 cage0 FC AL 0 FLH 920 1061 03 4 oo0000c8 nja DC4 0 5183 cage0 FC AL 1 FLH 920 1061 03 XA 00000048 nja DC4 Click to specify sorting Control click t 183 cagel FC AL 0 FLH 920 1061 03 4 oooo00c nja DC4 1 183 cagel FC AL 1 FLH 920 1061 03 4 00000095 nja DC4 1 5338 cage0 FC AL A xyratex 1M5659433142D3B 08 DC3 0 5338 cage0 FC AL B xyratex 1M5659433142D23 08 DCS 0 5424 cage0 FC AL A Xyratex
169. ON 0 c eee ee enna enat neta ena e aes 19 Working with the I nterface 0 0 ccc cece cece eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 20 Components of the Interface cece eee eee eee tenet nae eaes 21 Main M nu Bari moneri note ete cic a T ae elated e a aa aTa detent Gaeta Sede 22 Mains Toolbar eeni annia indore paddeeseeeh tide ered a eden ies Ree a 25 Management Tree ieia na ta ia aa a aa aee aaae a aa aa a a a aa E a 26 Management Tree Structure sssssserrerrssrserssrrerrerrurresnuesrenresrosrornerreorrorrns 26 Commion Actions Paea a a a a A E E A 27 Manager Pane r tee tei ee vend nET A ELENE Ee En EN EEEE R EE E OEE A AERE NEEDED 28 System MANAGES iisi giaa a a E a aa a ea a aia 29 H st Manager mese i ii aK a nation E A AE dae ven oie i aa a E 30 Provisioning MANAGES eaaa a a a E E nee a E O aaa KE aaa 31 Layout Grid Manageria ae E A EE TA sedate OA ARNES 32 Remote Copy MANAGER sai si iinan te i a n a a a aaa 32 Performance Manager ssssssssssssessrrrsssrrrrrtssrrrrntssrirtnnntrrrunnsterrnnnenerrrnnnnernt 33 Event Manajer s a a aa shin a E E Da n eaa 34 Task Manager reesen serene rodena e a A T gehts vena ede Aa ERE T aAa aa EAn 34 Security Managerin reit Er eee ee ene eee eee EE SAn E AAAA E aaa ai 35 Hardware Inventory Manager sssssssssssssrrrsssrrrrnsrerrrrnsrerrrrnsrerrnrnnnrirrrennnnn 35 Management WINdOW sssssssssssssisrrsnsrrrrtnrnttt entre aetna tne Ennn 36 Alert Task Connect
170. PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide See also Viewing Domains Viewing Domain Sets Viewing User Connections Management Tree Manager Pane Management Window 320 200231 RevA 413 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Users To create a user access the Create User wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Click Create User in the Common Actions Panel The Create User wizard appears Step 1 Authentication 1 From the Systems group box select the system on which the user will be created 2 In the Credentials group box enter the user name password and confirm the password Note The password must be between six and eight characters 3 Click Next Step 2 Authorization 1 In the Privilege group box select the following a Domain select a domain from the list Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain license For additional ces information about the license and for information about 3PAR Domains and users see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide b Privilege select the new user s privilege level in the selected domain 2 Click Add to add the new user s selected privilege settings to the list in the Domain group box 3 Optional Repeat steps 1 and 2 to add access to other domains 4 Optional To remove a row from the Domain group box select the row and click Remove 5 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish 414 320 200231 RevA 3PAR I
171. PG Select a CPG from which the volume s copy space is allocated iv Optional In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Size To clear the filter click Clear 4 Click Add 5 Optional Repeat steps 1 through 4 to add additional virtual volumes to your Remote Copy group s 6 Click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems 320 200231 Rev A 365 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring 1 to N Remote Copy Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For eee additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide In a 1 to N Remote Copy relationship a single primary source InServ Storage Server uses multiple InServ Storage Servers as backup servers 1 to N Remote Copy configurations can operate in either a combination of unidirectional and bidirectional for a single Remote Copy group pair or in complete unidirectional functionality For the current release a 1 to N Remote Copy configuration can have a maximum of two backup servers Note In order to configure 1 to N Remote Copy you must have at least two Le available InServ Storage
172. Physical Disks 1 cell 1 chunklet 256MB All types of chunklet grid screens share the same basic features e The far left column lists all physical disks in the storage server using the format lt cage_ID gt lt magazine_position gt lt disk_position gt e lt cage _ID gt can be 0 left side of the drive chassis or 1 right side of the drive chassis e lt magazine_position gt can be 0 1 2 3 or 4 e lt disk_position gt can be 0 1 2 3 or 4 where 0 is the position closest to the backplane 320 200231 Rev A 335 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide e Each row represents the storage space of the disk indicated in the left column with each cell in the grid representing one chunklet or 256 megabytes e Markers indicating the quantity of chunklets in multiples of 10 appear along the top of the grid Viewing Layout Information for All InServs To view layout information for all connected InServ Storage Servers 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click InServs The Layout screen displays information for each connected InServ Storage Server including the number of physical disks chunklets free chunklets failed chunklets and chunklet size in GiB for each system Layout Grid InSerys Default 4rows lb Filter M i Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear System A 1 Model A 2 Physical Disks Total Chunklets Free Chunk
173. Position 1 Control Memory 1 083 GiB 54 15 Name enodec33 Online Yes Di 2x 1 000 cB InForm OS ersion 2 3 1 Slots 4 Data Memory 0 206 GiB 10 3 Free 1 2x 1 000 GIB Ports 6 ri Control Memory 2 000 GiB Data Memory 2 000 GiB cpu Cache Availability 100 o Status LED Green Blinking CPU Usage 0 MHz 0 2x 2 794 MHz Health New Alerts 1 Degraded State Normal State Description Normal 86 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Summary tab provides the following information The position of the node in the node chassis ee ie Poston peme omme ranerne oe o9 The InForm OS version Free The number of unused slots on the node Ports The total number of ports on the node The amount of control memory in GiB Memory Data Memory The amount of data memory in GiB Cache Availability Status LED The current status of the node as indicated by the node LED Now Alors Any new alerts See Alert Severity Indicators Current state of the node either Normal Degraded or Failed See System and Component Status Icons Description of the node state Description Control The amount of used control memory displayed in GiB Memory and percentage The percentage of available cache Physical Memory The amount of used data memory displayed in GiB and Data Memory percentage 320 200231 RevA 87 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide CPU U
174. Provisioning Events Layout Grid Tasks Performance Security m Hardware Inventory ae ey Help OK Cancel 4 Select the order in which the Manager buttons in the Show list are displayed by selecting a Manager and then clicking the up and down arrow buttons to move the Manager to its display location 5 Click OK The Manager buttons that you chose to display are displayed in the Manager Pane in the order you specified The Manager buttons that you chose to hide are not displayed as buttons or icons in the Manager Pane Adding and Removing Manager Buttons To remove Manager buttons from the Manager Pane 1 Click the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane 2 Click Add or Remove Buttons gt uncheck the Manager button you wish to remove Note After removing a Manager button the Manager Pane automatically Le resizes itself to equal the total length of displayed Manager buttons To add Manager buttons to the Manager Pane 1 Click the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane 2 Click Add or Remove Buttons gt check the Manager button you wish to add 52 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide manually resize the Manager Pane in order for all Manager buttons to display Note When adding a Manager button back to the Manager Pane you must See Resizing the Manager Pane Restoring Defaults To restore the default view of the Manger Pane 1 C
175. R InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Virtual Volumes Creating VLUNs Creating a Remote Copy Group from Virtual Volumes additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For res Guide To create a Remote Copy group from virtual volumes 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Select the volumes from which you wish to create a Remote Copy group 3 Right click your selection 4 Inthe menu that appears click Create Remote Copy Group The Create Remote Group wizard appears 5 Follow the directions in Creating Remote Copy Groups under Working with the Remote Copy Manager See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Selecting Multiple Items Creating Remote Copy Groups 320 200231 RevA 285 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Adding a Virtual Volume to a Remote Copy Group Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Le additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide To add a virtual volume to a Remote Copy group Access the Virtual Volumes tab Select the volume s you wish to add to a Remote Copy group Right click the selection In the menu that appears click Add to Remote Copy Group Sa The Add Volumes to Remote Group wizard appears 4 Select the
176. RC Group not shown The WWN or iSCSI name of the host The exported Remote Copy group Writable LUNs not shown The number of writable LUNs VLUN Templates Tab The VLUN Templates tab appears as follows BA Provisioning InServs s040 LUNs Active VLUNs YLUN Templates Path Summary Defa 207 rows Gl Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v D Clear System amp LUN Domain Virtual volume RAID Type Host Port Type Active Name YLUNSs s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_ Host Sees 8 E s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_E Host Sees 8 s040 6 v pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_ Host Sees 8 s040 0 sles_boot_sqa pe2 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 18_E Host Sees 8 s040 5 v pe2650 18_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 18_E Host Sees 8 s040 6 vv pe2650 18_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 Host Sees 8 s040 0 sles_boot_sqa pe2 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 19_E Host Sees 8 x anan r Lae AEn 4a Loa nam wae oearren talk SETE a LUN Template Details Active LUNs System LUN Domain Virtual Volume RAID Type Host Port Host WWN iSCSI Exported Size Type Name Name GiB s040 Ss vy pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 51 vy pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4
177. Right click the disabled Remote Copy port you wish to enable and then click Enable Interface in the menu that appears The Enable Interface dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information Disabling a Remote Copy Interface Disabling a Remote Copy Interface Note This operation can only be performed on Remote Copy over IP RCIP m To disable a Remote Copy interface 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the Remote Copy port you wish to disable and then click Disable I nterface in the menu that appears The Disable I nterface dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information Enabling a Remote Copy Interface 320 200231 Rev A 167 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Pinging a Port To ping an iSCSI or RCIP port 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the iSCSI or RCIP port you wish to ping and then click Ping in the menu that appears The Ping Port wizard appears 3 In the General group box enter the following a System Select a system from the list b Port Select the port from which you are initiating the ping c Destination IP Address Enter the destination port s IP address d Count The number of times from 1 to 25 to ping the specified IP address e Wait Time Enter the wait time in seconds 5 to 30 for each ping f Packet Size Enter the number of packets 1 to 65 507 to send with each ping
178. See Error Hyperlink reference not valid State Description of the drive state Description Displaying Paths Information Device Type Note Paths information is available for display for systems using InForm OS version 2 3 1 and later To view physical disks paths information select Paths from the filtering list The physical disks paths information appears as follows 320 200231 RevA 179 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Systems InSerys 338 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disks spares Alerts 7 Srows ath Filer clear Position State 0 caged Normal Normal Normal 1 caged 0 3 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal 170 2 cage0 0 4 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal 170 3 cage0 0 7 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal oji 4 cage0 0 8 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal 0 1 5 caged 0 11 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal 170 6 cage0 0 12 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal 170 7 caged 0 15 0 Normal 0 2 4 1 2 4 Normal Normal oft The following information is displayed Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 The drive cage in which the disk resides Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error Hyperlink reference not valid The port location of the physical disk s A port in lt node g
179. Step 1 General 1 2 3 Name Enter a new name for the CPG 31 character maximum Growth I ncrement Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MiB GiB TiB Growth Wanrning Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MiB GiB TiB Growth Limit Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MB GB TB Device Type Select FC for Fibre Channel drives NL for Nearline drives or SSD for Solid State drives Device Speed Select the appropriate speed or lt default gt _ Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for 7 8 9 the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type Select the RAID type for the volume Set Size Select the set size If you wish to configure the CPG s allocation settings and list of disks select Show advanced options panel s 10 Click Next to configure Allocation Settings if enabled or click Finish Appears only if the Show advanced options panel s is selected Step
180. Summary Summary x 1 428 rows lb Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System LUN Domain Virtual Volume RAID Type Host Port Host WWN iSCSI Name Exported Size Type Name a s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 20 000 Host Sees E s040 Toe v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vv pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 20 000 Host Sees s040 S v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vv pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 Q SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 20 000 Host Sees s040 5 v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 v pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 20 000 Host Sees s040 5 v pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 vv pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 2 4 2 100000062B0F4D3F 2 000 Host Sees s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 1 5 1 100000062B0F4D3C 20 000 Host Sees s040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 15A 100000062B0F4D3C 2 000 H
181. T oa 463 DENI oyn a aa a e a E a E aA 471 xvi 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 320 200231 RevA xvii 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Welcome Welcome to the 3PAR InForm Management Console Online Help The topics in this Help system contain information about managing 3PAR InServ Storage Servers via the InForm Management Console The InForm Management Console enables secure configuration and monitoring capabilities while providing simultaneous access to multiple storage servers The InForm Management Console and the topics in this Help system are for use by system and storage administrators who monitor and direct system configurations and resource allocation for InServ storage systems 3PAR technical documents can be found by logging into 3PAR Central s Document Control System from 3PAR s Support page at http support 3PAR com Contact your local service provider for technical support and services at http www 3PAR com services html About Units of Measure All units of storage capacity are calculated base 2 x 1 024 e 1 KIB 1 024 bytes e 1 MiB 2 bytes 1 024 bytes 1 048 576 bytes e 1 GiB 2 bytes 1 024 MiB 1 073 741 824 bytes e 1 TiB 2 bytes 1 024 GiB 1 099 511 627 776 bytes All units of performance speed are calculated base 10 x1000 1 KB 1000 bytes e 1 MB 10 bytes 1000 KIB 1 00
182. Threshold level Viewing System iSCSI Ports To view system iSCSI port information 1 Access the Ports screen 2 Inthe Management Window click the iSCSI tab The iSCSI tab appears as follows Systems InSerys 424 Ports Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iSCSI RCIP SFPs Alerts Default 2rows Gil Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Position A MAC State IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MTU 0 2 1 OOCODDO77401 Loss Sync 1500 0 2 2 OOCODDO77403 LossSync 1500 iSCSI Port Details Summary Sessions Hosts General IP Settings ISNS Settings Position 0 2 2 DHCP Disabled Primary IP Address Type iSCSI IP Address Secondary IP Address Rate 1 Gbps Gateway TCP Port 3205 Connected Device Type Host Subnet Mask Connected Device MTU 1500 Mode Target Rate 1 Gbps State Loss Sync TCP Port 3260 MAC 00C0DD077403 TPGT 22 Resources Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 1 Gbps MRead W write The iSCSI tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all iSCSI ports in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single port selected from the upper pane Upper Pane Lower Pane 146 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Upper Pane The upper pane presents the following information Position The port location in node slot por
183. Tree right click the InServ Storage Server you wish to locate and then click Locate System 3 Select a Duration for the LED s to oscillate from 1 and 255 seconds 80 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 4 Optionally if you want the drive cage LEDs to turn amber or oscillate as well click the Include Cage s checKiBox 5 Click OK to start the locate Note This operation can only be performed by users with Super Service or we Edit privilege levels See also Manager Pane Management Tree Editing a System You can edit the identification identification information properties and alert settings for any InServ Storage Server connected to the InForm Management Console Note Editing storage servers can only be performed by users with Super Pee Service and Edit privilege levels To edit a storage server access the Edit System wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 Inthe Management Tree click the system you wish to edit 3 Inthe Common Actions Panel click Edit System The Edit System wizard appears In the Edit System wizard edit the following information as needed 1 In the General group box select the following a Name enter a new system name b FC Raw Space Alert Select whether to enable or disable the raw space alert for Fiber Channel drives If Enabled enter a value from 100 to 100 000 GiB c NL Raw Space Alert Select whether to enable or disa
184. Type Device Growth Allocation Availability Warning GiB GiB Speed kK Increment GiB Warning RemoteCopy s071 Normal RAID 1 lt disabled gt lt disabled gt FC 10 64 000 lt disabled gt Cage cpg_01 s071 Normal RAID 1 lt disabled gt lt disabled gt FC 10 64 000 lt disabled gt Cage cpg_02 s071 Normal RAID 1 lt disabled gt disabled gt FC 10 64 000 lt disabled gt Cage _______ _____ The following information is displayed mone ewan en enmener omen eeraa verano The state of the system The volume s RAID type p The CPG s growth size in GiB at which a warning alert is Growth Warning generated Growth Limit The size limit in GiB after which the CPG will not grow The type of physical disk either Fibre Channel FC Near Line Device Type NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed The disk speed NOTE The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the 234 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time If enabled th
185. Vi link to that system s Virtual Volume screen Virtual Volume Sets The number of virtual volume sets on the system Virtual Volume The total amount of virtual volume logical capacity in GiB Logical Capacity Virtual Volume Raw ee Capacity The total amount of virtual volume raw capacity in GiB The number CPGs on the system Each value is a link to that system s CPGs screen CPG Logical Capacity The total amount of CPG logical capacity in GiB CPG Raw Capacity The total amount of CPG raw capacity in GiB The bottom row of the table displays the column totals 320 200231 RevA 223 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Alerts Tab The Alerts tab displays provisioning related alerts for all connected systems The information displayed in the provisioning Alerts tab is identical to the information contained in the systems Alerts tab e The Provisioning Alerts tab displays only provisioning related alerts e See Viewing System Alerts See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing Provisioning for a Single System To view the provisioning for a single system 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click the system under the InServs node you wish to view The Provisioning screen appears in the Management Window and provides information on three tabs Summary Tasks and Alerts 224 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User
186. Window 1 Access the Export Data dialog ejExport Data Ea Please select a Format esv Format Destination Range Clipboard All C File Selection Help OK E From the Select a format list select either CSV Format or HTML Format From the Destination group box select either Clipboard default or File If more than one row was selected from the table containing the data to be saved from the Range group box select either All default or Selection WN 40 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 5 Click OK 6 If you selected File as the save destination the Save Chart dialog appears Navigate and save the file Filtering The InForm Management Console provides a filtering panel which is located at the top of most Management Window displays Summary F rows dll Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name Domain Set Host Ports a Ports Node ID s Persona Volumes Total Exported Exported Size GiB HostJeff domaint hostset2 0 ES O Unset 0 1 000 a TestHost2 domain1 hostset2 0 0 0 Unset 0 0 000 test01 1 0 0 Unset 0 0 000 test02 1 0 0 Unset 0 0 000 test03 1 0 0 Unset 0 0 000 tewst domaint 1 g 0 Unset 0 1 000 Host_TechPubs Cougar 1 0 0 Unset 0 2 000 xl The filtering panel provides two filtering options Complex Filter Quick Filter Using the Complex Filter The complex filter allows you
187. _boot_ RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F02 20 000 Host Sees a 5 vv pez2650 RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F02 2 000 Host Sees 6 vv pe2650 RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F02 2 000 Host Sees 0 sles_boot_ RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F03 20 000 Host Sees 5 vv pe2650 RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F03 2 000 Host Sees 6 gt vv pe2650 RAID 1 sqa pe2 3 3 2 100000062B0F4F03 2 000 Host Sees 0 sles_boot_ RAID 1 sqa pe2 2 4 2 100000062B0F4F02 20 000 Host Sees The following information is provided Description System Name not shown The name of the system 320 200231 RevA 195 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Domain sd The domain in which the VLUN belongs Virtual Volume The exported volume RAID Type The volume s RAID type Most The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported pot The port to which the path is connected Host WWN iSCSI Name The host s World Wide Name WWN or iSCSI name Exported Size The size of the VLUN in GiB See also Hosts Tab VLUN Templates The VLUN Templates tab appears as follows Host Details a Summary LUNs Active VLUNs YLUN Templates Path Summary 0 Default x Srows ll Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear LUN Domain Virtual RAID Type Host Port Type Active volume VLUNs 0 sles_boot_ RAID 1 sqa pe2 Host Sees 0 5 vy pe2650 RAID 1 s
188. a DC3 5424 0 7 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 8 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 11 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 12 nja nja nja DC3 5424 0 15 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 0 nja nja nja DEJ 5424 1 3 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 4 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 7 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 8 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 11 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 12 nja nja nja DC3 5424 1 15 nja nja nja DC3 Note In the screen output above the Magazines tab has been accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Magazines tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example 424 the resulting information displayed on the Magazines tab does not display the System column The Cage Subsystems Magazines tab displays the following information Description The InServ Storage Server name Name The drive magazine name in node slot format Manufacturer The manufacturer of the drive magazine Model Part The model and or part number of the drive magazine Number 456 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Serial Number The serial number of the drive magazine The drive cage type DC2 DC3 or DC4 in which the drive Cage Type magazine resides See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Physical Disks Tab The Cage Subsystems Physical Disks tab displays information
189. a rai aea iaa 58 Help Toolbar ssssssssssseesessrsrssererrrsssnes 57 USING iiron a daa 57 Host Sets cceeeeeeeeeeee eee eee ee 217 219 REMOVING o eessen dnas 219 FIOSES NEE E E Ricldaielerele whee 214 REMOVING sssssssssssrssssrerrrsrerrrrrsessrs 214 Hosts Manager scceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 184 472 I InForm Management Console 40 RefreShing ccceeeeeeee eee eee eeeee eee 40 Interface decades even aera de neea eves 21 Component cccceee eee eeeeeeeeeees 21 L LOCATING 1224s chiedrbncitred hates eechan als 80 117 Drive CaQe S cece cece eee eeeeeeeees 117 System isar saae Urania irea eave 80 M Manager Pane sssserresressesrssrserrerres 28 Multiple IteMS ccc eeee cece ee eee eee 39 SelOCting a E ee eee teeta eee 39 N Name Serve ec ccececeeeee eee eect eee eee ees 166 Node Subsystems Controller Nodes Tab a eA E I TOPEA EAEN 438 VIEWING sesadean en ana a ane aa 438 Node Subsystems Internal Drives Tab 441 VICWING arnie cuss idee wes fides 441 Node Subsystems SFPs Tab 446 VIEWING tidoveiione a sido 446 P Per Table Preferences i c 45 Setting tact anaient ie ion aneian 45 Performance ssssssssserressrrrrererrerrenes 392 VICWING nisaee a aua An a 392 Performance Manager 392 Physical Copy 0006 330 332 333 Creating sranie inaia ieee 330 REMOVING 20 0 cee eee eect ee eee eee teens 332 StOPPING x 2esa ae aaa Mice ae
190. a set Also known as mirror depth for RAID 1 sets and parity set for RAID 5 sets SFP High speed data transceiver small in size and hot pluggable allowing for an individual SFP connector to be replaced without replacing the entire module small form factor pluggable optical transceiver See SFP snapshot A virtual or physical copy of a virtual volume snapshot administration space The space on a virtual volume that is used to track changes to the data since a snapshot of a virtual volume was created snapshot data Data written to the base volume s snapshot data space to record changes to the base volume after the first virtual copy of that volume was created snapshot data space The space on a virtual volume that holds the data that has been changed since the first virtual copy was created solid state drive A data storage device that uses solid state memory to store persistent data source server See primary server source volume The virtual volume from which a copy is made spare spare chunklet A chunklet that is reserved for use in case of a failure in the system A certain number of chunklets are reserved for use as spares during the system setup and installation process However the system may temporarily set aside additional spares even though these chunklets are not permanently designated for use as Spares SSD See solid state drive stale snapshot A snapshot that does not track the most recent changes to its bas
191. ab The Summary tab appears as follows Systems InSerys 424 Controller Nodes Summary Alerts Default 2rows Ab Filter W Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear ID Name amp State StatusLED Ports Control Data Memory GiB Memory GiB Availability 1 enodec33 Normal Green Blinking 6 2 000 2 000 100 0 enodec34 Normal Green Blinking 8 2 000 2 000 100 The Summary tab provides the following information The node ID me eee The current state of the node either Normal Degraded or Failed See System and Component Status Icons Status LED The current status of the node as indicated by the node LED Pons The total number of ports on the node The amount of control memory in GiB Memory Data Memory The amount of data memory in GiB Cache Availability The percentage of available cache space 84 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing Controller Nodes System and Component Status Icons Viewing Controller Node Alerts To view the Controller Node alerts screen 1 Access the Controller Nodes screen 2 In the upper pane click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab appears as follows E Systems InServs 424 Controller Nodes Summary Alerts Perat x 4rows db Filter Ml Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Severity ID A State Last Time Message Repeat First Time Count
192. about connected systems using 3PAR Remote Copy Use the InForm Management Console to view the following Available Remote Copy Systems Remote Copy System Ports Configured Remote Copy Systems Remote Copy Groups Remote Copy Virtual Volumes Remote Copy Links Remote Copy Targets Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Le additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide 320 200231 RevA 345 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Available Remote Copy Systems Remote Copy ready systems are displayed under the Available I nServs node in the Management Tree Copy license and has Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC or Remote Note A Remote Copy ready system means that the system has a Remote omy Copy over IP RCIP ports but has not yet set up Remote Copy To view available Remote Copy systems 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Available InServs The Available InServs screen appears as follows in the Management Window Remote Copy Available InServs f Remote Copy Ports System RCFC RCIP Total 5424 0 4 4 4 o 2 2 The Available I nServs screen displays systems with available Remote Copy over Fibre Channel and or Remote Copy over IP ports Each numeric value displayed in blue under the RCFC RCIP and Total columns is a link to that system s Remote Copy port informatio
193. achos 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 000 0 vy_horchata 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 0 WV_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 0 500 i 160 000 80 000 3 000 The following information is displayed frame ewinerome state The state of the system Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or virtual copy Provisioning Indicates if the volume is fully Full or thinly provisioned TPVV RAID O O The volume s RAID type Virtual Size The size of the volume in GiB Reserved User Size The size of the volume s reserved user space in GiB 320 200231 Rev A 255 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Used User Size The percentage of used user space Reserved Copy Size The size of the volume s reserved copy space Used Copy Size The percentage of used copy space The host to which the volume is exported A red entry indicates an Expored 79 inactive VLUN A blue entry indicates an active VLUN Virtual volumes are displayed in a parent child hierarchy A volume displayed with a plus icon indicates that there are virtual or physical copies children of that volume The child volumes can be displayed by clicking the plus icon Displaying Allocation I nformation To view allocation information select Allocation from the filtering list The allocation information appears as follows H Provisio
194. ager Working with the Remote Copy Manager Working with the Performance Manager Working with the Events Manager Working with the Tasks Manager Working with the Security Manager Working with the Hardware Inventory Manager Management Tree The Management Tree displays information relevant to the selected manager from the Manager Pane At its most basic the Management Tree displays which storage servers are connected to the InForm Management Console Additional icons displayed on the Management Tree are specific to the manager selected For example in the figure below the Management Tree displays icons specific to the Systems manager The Management Tree also has shortcut menus that contain useful commands Management Tree Structure When you click an icon on the Management Tree the associated data is displayed in the Management Window For example if you click the Ports icon information about a system s ports is displayed Each icon displayed with an expandable triangle P to its left is called a node An expandable triangle also indicates that that node can be expanded to display additional information The Management Tree nodes are displayed in a parent child relationship For example in the figure below the connected storage servers S183 and S424 are displayed as child nodes of the InServs parent node Ports and Physical Disks are further displayed as child nodes of the connected servers Also included for quic
195. ages Serial Number for DC3 drive The drive cage serial number cages Split Loop for DC2 and DC4 Whether the drive cage is in split loop mode drive cages ID Switch for DC3 drive The number of ID switches cages Interface Cards The number of interface cards ses The number of SFPs The number of drive magazines Free Drive Bays The number of available drive magazine bays 320 200231 Rev A 107 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Physical Disks The number of physical disks Power Supplies The number of power supplies The location of the drive cage The throughput in KIB sec for the Loop A port Resources The throughput in KIB sec for the Loop B port Revision of firmware running on the FC AL for port A AO Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port AO Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port Al A2 Port for DC3 drive cages Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port A2 A3 Port Connectivity for DC3 drive cages Revision of firmware running on the FC AL for port B BO Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port BO B1 Port Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B1 B2 Port for DC3 drive cages Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port A3 Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B2 108 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm M
196. ain and again to create common provisioning groups with the same characteristics using the InForm Management Console D data cache The dual in line memory modules DIMMs that support the 3PAR ASIC located in a controller node data space See snapshot data space DC2 drive cage A storage server component consisting of a drive cage midplane two drive cage FCAL modules four power supplies and up to 40 physical disks in a maximum of ten drive magazines DC3 drive cage A storage server component consisting of a drive cage two drive cage FCAL modules two power supplies and up to 16 physical disks DC4 drive cage A storage server component consisting of a drive cage midplane two drive cage FCAL modules four power supplies and up to 40 physical disks in a maximum of ten drive magazines 464 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide destination volume The virtual volume to which data is copied during a physical copy operation drive cage See DC2 DC3 and DC4 drive cage drive cage FCAL An interface module located in a drive chassis connecting a drive cage to a controller node or to another drive cage enclosure services interface Interface on the DC2 and DC4 drive cages through which the node software communicates to the cage enclosure services controller to obtain status and control the cage behaviors ESI See enclosure services interface event Logs created by the system which al
197. al Disks spares Alerts state srows A Filter i clear Position Device Type Device State State Description cageO 0 0 0 NL 7 Normal Normal 0 1 caged 0 3 0 FC 10 Normal Normal 2 caged 0 4 0 NL Normal Normal 3 caged 0 7 0 FC 10 Normal Normal 4 caged 0 8 0 NL Normal Normal 5 caged 0 11 0 FC 10 Normal Normal 6 caged 0 12 0 NL 7 Normal Normal 7 caged 0 15 0 FC 10 Normal Normal The following information is displayed 178 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 The drive cage in which the disk resides Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port frees whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Nearline or Solid State SSD drive Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time State of the disk as identified by the kernel
198. al Size The size of the volume in GiB Raw Reserved User f s Size The size of the volume s reserved raw user space in GiB Reserved User Size The size of the volume s reserved user space in GiB Raw Reserved Copy Size The size of the volume s reserved raw copy space in GiB Reserved Copy Size The size of the volume s reserved copy space in GiB 320 200231 Rev A 259 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Total Raw Reserved The total amount of reserved raw space in GiB Total Reserved The total amount of reserved space in GiB Displaying History I nformation To view history information select History from the filtering list The history information appears as follows H Provisioning InServs 4 Virtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts t6rows dil Fiter E Clea lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name System Domain State Type amp Provisioning Creation Date Retention Time Expiration Time Copy Space Comments Calculation Date admin 4 Normal Base Full Feb 10 2010 16 08 54 PST V_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 05 31 PST VV _quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 06 54 PST v burrito 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 07 49PST vv torta 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 08 48 PST wv nachos 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 09 31 PST wv _horchata 4 Normal Base Full Mar 08 2010 10 10 21 PST
199. al help file Note This feature is not used by the InForm Management Console Help Closes the Help system Sets the font and size of the Help text See also Using Help Using the Help Toolbar Using the Help Navigator Using the Help Topic Window Using the Help Toolbar The following shortcuts are available in the Help Toolbar located at the top of the Help system window Button Command Description g Back Displays the last topic viewed 320 200231 RevA 57 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide gt Forward Displays the last topic viewed prior to clicking the Back 4 button B Print Topic Prints the currently displayed topic B Print Setup Sets up the page to be printed SS Add to Adds the displayed topic to the favorites tab in the Help Favorites Navigator See also Using Help Using the Help Menu Bar Using the Help Navigator Using the Help Topic Window Using the Help Navigator The Help Navigator provides the following five tabs Table of Contents Index Search Glossary Favorites Using the Table of Contents Tree The Table of Contents tab displays a hierarchical tree that lists all Help system topics Use the Table of Contents tab as follows e Click the Table of Contents tab to see the Help system table of contents e Double click any folder icon to see all available topics listed under that subject heading in the table of contents Double cl
200. al sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group f Optional Auto Recover Select if you want the group to be restarted automatically after Remote Copy links come back up should the links go down 320 200231 RevA 379 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide g Optional Over Period Alert Select if you want an alert to be generated if the synchronization of a periodic group takes longer than its set synchronization period This option is not available for groups in synchronous mode 3 Click Next Displayed if Show advanced options is selected Step 2 Virtual Volumes 1 In the Source Volume on list select a source virtual volume from the virtual volume list In the Backup Volume on list select a backup virtual volume from the virtual volume list or click New to create a new backup volume 2 Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking m the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Size To clear the filter click Clear 3 If you clicked New a Enter a volume name b Select CPG for the user space c Select a CPG for the copy space d Optional If you wish to enter an allocation warning percentage and or allocation limit click Enabled and enter a value Note If you are creating a Remote Copy group for a Synchronous Long we Distance Remote Copy configuration rep
201. alert task connection pane and status bar See Components of the Interface for further information When starting the InForm Management Console and logging into an InServ Storage Server or multiple storage servers the interface appears displaying the Systems overview screen as well as the management tree and alert pane The status bar is located at the bottom of the interface Topics discussed here include Components of the Interface About Introduction Tabs Selecting Multiple Items Refreshing the InForm Management Console Exporting Data Filtering Setting Preferences Understanding Icons Using Help 20 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Components of the I nterface The InForm Management Console is made up of the following components Main Menu Bar Main Toolbar Management Tree Common Actions Panel Manager Pane Management Window Alert Task Connection Pane Status Bar Main Menu Bar fie vew Actors Window Heb es Main Tool Bar Management Tree Common Actions Common Actions Panel ei Back te amp i Inery 8400 1400583 3 4 1 DEVEL 2 2 Degraded 10 4 Fated 4 A O 4 Faled 2 24 2 Degraded 2 Nom Alerts Recent Tasks My Connecnons ford Expert Data Disconnect Ede Locate Management Window Abocaed os W Srem Internal Serem Severty D Tine Message D
202. alert was issued Frequency The last occurrence of the alert a The first occurrence of the alert Configuring Ports The InForm Management Console allows you to configure the following types of ports Fibre Channel e iSCSI Remote Copy over Fiber Channel RCFC e Remote Copy over IP RCIP To learn how to configure ports with the InForm Management Console see the following Configuring Fibre Channel Ports Configuring iSCSI Ports Configuring an RCFC Port Configuring an RCIP Port 320 200231 RevA 159 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring Fibre Channel Ports To configure a Fiber Channel port access the Fibre Channel Port Configuration wizard 1 2 3 See In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree select the system on which you wish to configure the port In the Common Actions Panel click Configure FC Port The Fibre Channel Port Configuration wizard appears In the General group box a System list Select the system on which the port will be configured b Port list Select the port to be configured as a Fibre Channel port In the Settings group box a Connection Mode list Select the mode of the port as Disk Host or RCFC b Connection Type list Select whether the connection type is Loop or Point c Unique Node WWN Enable or disable the node WWN d Configured Rate Select Auto default 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps e VLUN Change Notification VCN Enable
203. alid Yes Yes 0 2235 Normal Available valid Yes Yes 0 2236 Normal Available valid Yes Yes a 2237 Normal Available valid Yes Yes 0 2238 Normal Available Valid Yes Yes a 2239 Normal Available Valid Yes Yes 0 2240 Normal Available Valid Yes Yes 0 2241 Normal Available valid Yes Yes 0 2242 Normal Available valid Yes Yes 0 2243 Normal Available Valid Yes Yes xl The following information is displayed Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 Chunklet ID which indicates the location of the chunklet on the physical PD chunkise disk Chunklets are numbered contiguously beginning with 0 Name of the logical disk that is using the spare chunklet LD Chunklet The position of the chunklet in the logical disk State of the chunklet as identified by the kernel See System and Component Status Icons usage Indicates whether the chunklet is reserved by a logical disk or available for use 320 200231 Rev A 181 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Current status of the physical disk media for the chunklet Valid or Failed The spare status of the chunklet Yes indicates the chunklet is reserved as a Spare and No indicates a free chunklet that has been selected by the system as a Spare User Reserved Clean status of the chunklet Yes indicates tha
204. ame The template type General Description User entered information about the template Override Unincluded Indicates if non default values for unincluded Properties properties when applying the template can be set Property The attributes of the object Properties Allow Override Indicates if template overrides are allowed Defined Value The value specified in the template for the corresponding property See also Manager Pane Management Tree Creating Virtual Volume Templates Thinly Provisioned To create a virtual volume template 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume from which you wish to create a template 3 In the menu that appears click Save As Template or 4 After accessing the Virtual Volumes tab in the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Provisioning gt Template gt Create VV Template 320 200231 Rev A 305 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Create VV Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a System Select the system on which the template will be created b Name Enter the template name c Optional Description Enter a template description d Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the User Space group box a Inthe Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes t
205. anagement Console 4 1 0 User s Guide B3 Port for DC3 drive cages Controller node initiator port connected to drive cage port B3 7 Displays if the selected drive cage is connected to Daisy Chained f f another drive cage i e daisy chained Distance the drive cage is from the controller node port 0 directly connected to InServ ports 1 there is one device between the node and this drive cage etc Position A Distance the drive cage is from the controller node port 0 directly connected to InServ ports 1 there is one device between the node and this drive cage etc Position B New Alerts Any alerts Current state of the drive cage either Normal Degraded or Failed See System and Component Status Icons Temperature Sensor Value for DC3 drive cages The temperature value of the drive cage Firmware for DC2 and DC4 The firmware version on the drive cage drive cages State Description Description of the drive cage state See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Summary 320 200231 Rev A 109 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Drive Cage Interface Card Details To view interface card details 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen click the Summary tab and then click a drive cage 3 Inthe lower pane click the Interface Cards tab The Interface Cards tab appears as follows the
206. and or part number of the SFP Serial Number The SFP s serial number The maximum rate in Gbps of the SFP See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Power Supplies Tab The Node Subsystems Power Supplies tab displays information about the system s physical memory To access the Node Subsystems Power Supplies tab click the Power Supplies tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab Hardware Inventory InSerys a Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Defaut z Brows A Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v l Clear System 4 1 Name A2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Node Position Position Number s183 Power Supply 0 PO1 800 0019 50 04 AABBCCDD 0 0 183 Power Supply 0 POL 800 0019 50 04 741D0242 1 0 s183 Power Supply 1 PO1 800 0019 50 04 99999999 0 1 s183 Power Supply 1 PO1 800 0019 50 04 735D0153 1 1 338 Power Supply 0 MAG 800 0015 50 06 70315366 0 0 5338 Power Supply 1 MAG 800 0015 50 06 70315363 1 1 5424 Power Supply 0 MAG 800 0015 01 02 6900FF 0 0 5424 Power Supply 1 MAG 800 0015 01 02 60308193 1 1 320 200231 Rev A 447 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the P
207. ane 2 Inthe Security Management Tree select the Domains node for the system whose users you wish to view The Domains screen is displayed in the Management Window and provides a Summary tab default and a Domains tab See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing the Domains Summary Tab Viewing the Domains Tab Viewing the Domains Summary Tab After accessing the Domains screen the Summary tab is displayed by default The Domains Summary tab displays all objects and capacity information for all system domains cumulative view To view information about a single domain see Viewing the Domains Tab 320 200231 Rev A 419 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide c Security InSerys 5424 Domains Summary Domains General Domain Capacity JV Top 10 Domains 12 Domain A2 Size GiB vi domaini EN 228 000 Cougar E 17 000 Objects in Domains Girafffe 0 000 KingsCanyon 0 000 PGs ji Lion 0 000 FC Tiger 0 000 ilies 2 wileCoyote 0 000 Virtual Yolumes 11 E 0 000 Base Yolumes 9 Zebra 0 000 Thinly Provisioned 0 Zion 0 000 Fully Provisioned 9 irtual Copies 1 Physical Copies 1 Expired Yolumes 0 Unexported Yolumes 8 Remote Copy Yolumes 0 irtual Yolume Sets 3 Active LUNs 0 Hosts 4 Host Sets 1 The Domains Summary tab provides the following information Sroup Pea Beseriptom O O General Domains The number of domains residing on the system The number
208. ansmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Configured Rate The duplex speed Half or Full Model of the adapter that contains the port for example Intel PRO 1000MT Adapter Type The TCP port number used by the iSCSI or RCIP card Resources Total Data ieee Throughput T e throughput in KIB sec Viewing SFP Information To view port SFP information 1 Access the Ports screen 2 In the Management Window click the SFPs tab 320 200231 RevA 153 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The SFPs tab appears as follows Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iscst RCIP SFPs alerts Default v Brows t Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position A 1 State A 2 Manufacturer Part Number Serial Revision Max Speed Qualified TX Disable TX Fault RXLoss RX Power DDM Support Number Gbps Low 0 0 1 Normal FINISAR_CORP PCDIKRG a 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 0 0 2 Normal FINISAR_CORP PCDOUMZ 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 0 0 3 Normal FINISAR_CORP PCD2XJ2 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 0 0 4 Dear FINISAR_CORP PCDOLCW 41 Yes No No No Yes Yes 1 0 1 Normal FINISAR_CORP PB8359L 4 4 1 Yes No No No No Yes 1
209. any provisioning task via the Domains node in the management tree The information and procedures when working in the Domains node are identical to those under the InServs node except information is filtered by domain See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Provisioning for All Systems To view provisioning for all connected systems 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click InServs The Provisioning screen appears in the Management Window Summary alerts Default z 4rows Gib Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear System Virtual Virtual Virtual Volume Virtual volume CPGs CPG Logical CPG Raw Volumes Volume Sets Logical Raw Capacity Capacity GiB Capacity GiB Capacity GiB GiB 338 1 0 10 000 20 000 0 0 000 0 000 s040 569 0 1 556 500 3 113 500 3 80 000 176 000 183 17 5 55 875 111 125 9 78 500 173 000 5424 15 3 40 312 81 188 5 97 500 219 000 602 8 1 662 687 3 325 812 i 1 256 000 568 000 The Provisioning screen provides information on two tabs Summary and Alerts 222 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Summary Tab The Summary tab displays the general provisioning of all connected systems The following information is included System The InServ Storage Server name g The number of virtual volumes on the system Each value is a Virtual Volumes F le
210. at contains the hosts you wish to view 186 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The systems hosts overview appears as follows E Hosts InSerys 5183 General Active LUNs Capacity Exported Hosts 5 Average perHost 0 Average Yirtual Size 0 000 GiB Host Sets 1 Operating Systems Host Active VLUNs Vv Host Total Exported Size GiB VW Unknown 5 host1 ee host a 1 000 Paths 2 generic host 0 generic host 0 000 Unassigned 1 hpux test 0 hpux test 0 000 host3 0 host3 0 000 host22 0 host22 0 000 Initiators per Node Initiators per Port Max 64 Node A Initiators Pot Type Initiators v 0 es E G E FC A 1 5 1 FC ee rS FG 0 1 0 4 FE 0 0 0 4 Fc 0 0 0 3 Fe 0 The following information is provided Description The total number of hosts This is also a link to the Host screen The total number of host sets This is also a link to the Host Sets summary screen Operating Provides a breakdown of operating systems If Host Systems Explorer is not running this field displays Unknown Total number of paths This is also a link to the Paths screen Unassidned Total number of unassigned hosts This is also a link g to the Unassigned paths screen Average per The average number of active VLUNs Host Active VLUNs Host o The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host screen Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs per host 320 200231 R
211. at one time to add to the domain set JS see Selecting Multiple Items Click the down arrow to move the selected domains to the Assigned list From the Assigned list select the domains you wish to remove from the domain set Click the up arrow to move the selected domains to the Available list Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Domains Sets Removing Domain Sets To remove an existing domain set 1 2 3 Click Security in the Manager Pane From the Management Tree select the Domain Sets node under the system in which the domain set resides In the Domains Sets screen right click the domain set you wish to remove _ Note If you wish to remove multiple domain sets see Selecting Multiple Items select the domain sets you wish to remove before right clicking 5 Click Remove 320 200231 Rev A 431 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 6 In the Remove Domain Sets dialog box click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Domains Sets Moving Objects from One Domain to Another Domain To move objects from one domain to another domain access the Move to Domain wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Click Move to Domain in the Commo
212. ate User Space group box Property Include in the template in order to determine the size that the volume created with this template presents to the host eee create a base volume template select Fully Provisioned from Provisioning PDs set the disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed set the speed of the disk in K RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type set the VV s RAID type jsetsize fasttewssetsze O 3 Click Next to enter copy space information or click Finish Device Type 314 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify
213. ate whether the logical disks supporting volumes created with this Preferred template should tend to use chunklets near the beginning of the Chunklets physical disks or the end of the physical disks Choices are Fast default Slow 3 Click Next to enter disk filter information or click Finish Step 3 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing Templates Filtering 322 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Copying a Template To copy a Common Provisioning Group CPG or virtual volume template 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the CPG or virtual volume template you wish to copy 3 In the menu that appears click Copy Template The Copy Template dialog box appears Note In the Source group box the System and Template fields are oe populated from the template you selected to copy from You can choose a different template to copy 4 In the Destination group box a Select the system where you wish to copy the template b Enter a name for the new template 31 character maximum in the Template Name text box 5 Click OK See also Viewing T
214. ater resync checKiBox 320 200231 Rev A 333 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 8 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Physical Copies Promoting a Physical Copy To promote a physical copy 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab to view the system s physical copies 2 Right click the physical copy you wish to promote 3 Inthe menu that appears click Promote Physical Copy The Promote Physical Copy dialog box appears 4 Click Yes to confirm the copy promotion See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Physical Copies 334 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Layout Grid Manager The Layout Grid Manager allows you to view layout grids showing patterns of physical disk logical disk virtual volume and Common Provisioning Group CPG usage These grids can be used to monitor resource allocation in the InForm Management Console to display logical disk information See Note Logical disk information only appears if you have set your preferences Setting Global Preferences The following topics discuss each layout grid Viewing Layout Information for All InServs Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout Screen Viewing the CPGs Layout Screen Viewing the Logical Disks Layout Screen The following figure describes the structure of each layout grid 10 Chunklet Marker 30 Chunklet Marker List of all
215. ation beginning with 0 The drive cage in which the disk resides Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port Column Indicates whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Nearline Device Type NL or Solid State SSD drive Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into 172 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error Hyperlink reference not valid Total Capacity Total amount of usable storage for this disk drive Amount of free space in the disk drive regardless of initialized or Free Capacity not Allocated Amount of storage remaining for use on the disk drive Capacity Allocated Percentage Amount of storage in percent consumed by the disk drive Location of the primary initiator port to which the disk is attached Location of the secondary initiator port to which the disk is attached Displaying Capacity I n
216. ay s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize Note The synchronous connection must be a Fibre Channel connection 4 Click Add 5 Optional Repeat steps 1 through 4 to create additional Remote Copy groups 6 Click Next Step 4 Virtual Volumes 1 Select a Remote Copy group from the Group list Under the Source Volume on list select a virtual volume 3 Under the first Backup Volume on list a Select either Existing or New b If you selected Existing select a backup virtual volume c If you selected New i Name Enter a name for the backup virtual volume ii CPG under User CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s user space is allocated iii CPG under Copy CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s copy space is allocated iv Optional In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 4 Under the second Backup Volume on list a Select either Existing or New b If you selected Existing select a backup virtual volume c If you selected New i Name Enter a name for the backup virtual volume ii CPG under User CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s user space is allocated iii CPG under Copy CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s copy space is allocated iv Optional In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the approp
217. be used as a host name This protects the volume from accidental export to multiple hosts which could lead to data corruption if both hosts are writing to the volume original parent base volume The original base volume from which a series of virtual and or physical copies has been created Any volume can be the parent from which one or more virtual copies is created but for each set of related copies there is only one original parent base volume P parent volume A virtual volume from which a virtual or physical copy is made See also original parent base volume parity A data redundancy technique used by some RAID levels and in particular RAID 5 to provide data protection on a storage array parity set See RAID 5 set parity set position The group of chunklets that occupy the same position within a RAID 5 logical disk parity set physical copy A physical copy is a snapshot that duplicates all the data from one base volume to another base volume the destination volume for use should the original become unavailable physical copy promoting Promoting a virtual copy copies the changes from a virtual copy back onto the base volume physical parent The source volume for a physical copy Port availability Creates a virtual volume that can tolerate two port failures because its RAID sets use chunklets from devices on different cage loops port presents VLUN template A VLUN template that allows any host connected to a part
218. ble The default is GiB Note Minimum permitted volume size is 256MiB maximum is 16TiB Provisioning Select Fully Provisioned from PDs Device Type Select FC for Fibre Channel drives NL for Nearline drives or SSD for Solid State drives Device Speed Select the appropriate speed or lt default gt speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time 320 200231 RevA 277 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide e RAID Type Select the appropriate RAID type for the volume f Set Size Select the appropriate set size 3 In the Grouping group box a Count Enter the number of volumes to create b Set Name Select a virtual volume set name or if not required select lt none gt 4 If you wish to configure the virtual volume s allocation settings disk information and policies and geometry select Show advanced options panel s 5 Click Next to configure Copy Space Settings or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 From the CPG list select the CPG to use
219. ble the raw space alert for Nearline drives If Enabled enter a value from 100 to 100 000 GiB d SSD Raw Space Alert Select whether to enable or disable the raw space alert for SSD drives If Enabled enter a value from 100 to 100 000 GiB 320 200231 RevA 81 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide example if your system contains no SSD drives the SSD Raw Space Alert Note These fields only appear for devices installed on the system For field will not be present e Select whether to enable or disable the Copy Space Reclaim feature which reclaims logical disk space f To select a Maximum Volume Retention time select Enabled select hour s or day s and then enter a value of 1 to 1 825 days or 1 to 43 800 hours 2 In the Descriptors group box enter the following a Location Enter the physical location of the storage server for example Lab 1 b Owner Enter the owner of the storage server c Contact Enter any contact information d Comments Enter any relevant notes about the storage server 3 Click OK The storage server is updated accordingly See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing System Information Working with Controller Nodes The InForm Management Console allows you to View Controller Nodes Edit Controller Node Power Supplies Edit Controller Node Batteries Recharge Controller Node Batteries 82 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm
220. c For TPVVs only Zero fill on partially written data pages d Retention Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and then select either day s or hour s e Expiration Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and the select either day s or hour s 2 In the Geometry group box a Enter the number of sectors per track or accept the default value b Enter the number of heads per cylinder or accept the default value 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 6 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Editing Virtual Volumes To edit a virtual volume access the Edit Virtual Volume wizard 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a Name Enter a new name for the volume b Comments Enter any notes about the volume 2 In the User Space group box a Size Enter the size of the volume Change the Size list value to MiB or TiB as applicable The default is GiB 320 200231 RevA 279 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Note Minimum permitted volume size is 256MiB maximum is 16TiB b If the volume is Fully Provisioned from CPGs select a CPG from the CPG list c If the
221. c cece ene tenet eet ened 359 Viewing Remote Copy Targets c ccceecee ete eee e eee nent eee t een e tate e etna ened 360 Configuring Remote COpy 2 cece cece cee eee eee ener ate neta ena eaeee 361 Configuring Remote Copy Ports cceeee cece eee eee ener nena eae 362 Configuring 1 to 1 Remote Copy c cece eee ene enna ened 363 Configuring 1 to N Remote COpy cceccec cece eee ene eee eee neta nana 366 Configuring N to 1 Remote COpy cccecece eee terete teen ena een eee nee teens 369 Configuring Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy cceeceee eee e eens test eee aene ees 372 Pinging REIP LINKS uenet lesa scence teed leis des eee dubouadeuns deen dit araa ae aa e adenin 375 Configuring and Pinging the Remote Copy LINKS cee eeee cece eee eee e eens 375 Pinging the Remote Copy LINKS ce ccec cece ee eee eee eee e teeta ena e ate ene 376 Working with Remote Copy GrouPS ccc cece eee eee e eee aetna eee nents 376 Creating Remote Copy Grou 0 cece cece ee enna e eed 376 Starting Remote Copy GroupS c cece cece eee ene eee ene neta ents 378 Stopping Remote Copy GrouPS cece cece eee nena ene e nena tae e ee eee 378 Synching Remote Copy GroupS ccc cece eee eee ene eee etna 379 Editing Remote Copy Grou 0 cece cece eee eee eee ene ee tne e teen nena anaes 379 Removing Remote Copy GroupS 0 cece eee e e
222. capacity for the selected InServ Storage Server is displayed for Total Fibre Channel Near Line and Solid State capacities Each of these top level capacity items can be further expanded to the following Note In the normal situation the capacity displays show you the space that is consumed by provisioning e g CPGs Volumes and underlying LDs and the space that is reserved by the system for spares When chunklets or PDs fail the data that was on those chunklets is moved onto the spares The total amount of space consumed by provisioning does not change nor does the total amount of spares in the system However there is an overlap in the numbers because the used spares are counted in the total number of spares total spares unused used spares AND in the provisioning because parts of the LDs CPGs Volumes are now using those Spares In this case an asterisk appears to indicate that the numbers will not add up due to this shared space 72 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide ret peseription Total amount of usable storage on the storage server Amount of storage Allocated capacity currently allocated Amount of storage Volumes allocated to volumes Amount of volume space Base Volumes allocated to base volumes allocated for user space copy space and admin space Total Amount of volume space allocated to CPGs Amount of CPG space allocat
223. ce SSD The capacity and capacity Device Type usage of the selected device type is displayed in graphical form You can also select All to display capacity and capacity usage for all device types Capacity Logical Select to display logical capacity row Select to display raw capacity Allocated Displays mapped and unmapped allocated space Mapped NE Displays the distribution of mapped space Viewing the CPGs Tab To view the CPGs tab 1 Access the CPG screen 2 In the Management Window click the CPGs tab The CPGs tab presents information in an upper pane and lower pane Upper_Pane Lower_Pane Upper Pane The table displayed in the upper pane can be filtered to display Summary Allocation Capacity Raw Capacity and Alert information Displaying Summary I nformation To view summary information select Summary from the filtering list The summary information appears as follows 232 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGs Alerts Summary 3rows Ab Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name System Domain State RAID Total Allocation Growth Growth Limit Total vv TPYY Count User Space Copy Growth Allocation Capacity GiB Warning GiB GiB Count Usage Space Increment GiB Warning I l li i l uluseoe 1 sal RemoteCopy s071 Normal RAID 1 84 000 nja lt disabled gt
224. chPubs 5424 0 000 test s183 PubsHost2 5424 0 000 test02 5424 test s183 0 000 test03 5424 test02 5424 0 000 tewst 5424 test03 5424 0 000 tewst 5424 0 000 E 2 0 a a o o a 0 o The following information is provided Description The total number of hosts The total number of host sets Operating Provides a breakdown of operating systems If Host Systems Explorer is not running this field displays Unknown Average Paths per Host ties per The average number of VLUNs per host ost Active i f VLUNs Top 10 Select to display only the top ten active VLUNs 320 200231 RevA 185 The average number of paths per host 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host screen The system on which the host resides Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs pias Virtual The average virtual size in GiB Select to display only the top ten hosts with the Top 10 greatest capacity exported Capacity Exported The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host screen The system where the export originated ey Exported The total exported size in GiB See also Manager Pane Management Tree Overview of a System s Hosts Viewing Host Information Overview of a System s Hosts To access the overview of a single system s hosts 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click the InServ Storage Server th
225. column gt contains v Clear Name amp Domains Comments test 4 test2 4 test_set 2 Domain Set Details A Summary 7 2 rows dit Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Domain Creation Time Maximum Comments Volume Retention Time TechPubs1 Jan 27 2010 16 06 41 PST Cougar Feb 23 2009 14 14 59 PST lt disabled gt The upper pane of the Domain Sets screen provides the following information The name of the domain set Domains The number of domains belonging to the domain set Any user entered notes when the domain set was created 428 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The lower pane of the Domain Sets screen provides details about the selected domain set in the upper pane The name domains belonging to the selected domain set Creation Time The date and time the domain was created Maximum Volume Retention The domain s maximum volume retention time if Time any Comments Any user entered notes when the domain was created See also Creating Domain Sets Editing Domain Sets Removing Domain Sets Viewing Domains Management Tree Manager Pane Creating Domain Sets To create a domain set access the Create Domain Set wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Click Create Domain Set in the Common Actions Panel The Create Domain Set wizard appears Step 1 General Select a storage server on which th
226. creen Working with Ports Viewing Controller Node Power Supplies Details To view the Controller Node Power Supplies details screen Access the Controller Nodes screen In the upper pane click the Summary tab Select a node In the lower pane click the Power Supplies tab eS 320 200231 RevA 89 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Power Supplies tab appears as follows Controller Node Details Summary Ports Power Supplies Batteries Alerts 5 Node A 1 Power A 2 Serial State Fan State Fan Speed Battery ID Supply Number State ID 1 1 60308193 Normal Normal Normal Normal The Power Supplies tab provides the following information Node ID The node ID Power Supply ID The power supply ID Serial The power supply serial number jstate Te state of the power supply See System and Component Status Icons me fan state Normal Degraded or Failed See System and jFan state The fon st Status Icons Fan Speed The current fan speed The power supply battery state Normal Degraded or Failed See Battery State System and Component Status Icons See also System and Component Status Icons Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen 90 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Controller Node Batteries Details To view the Controller Node Batteries details screen Access the Controller Nodes scre
227. criteria as follows High Medium High Medium OLow Click a topic in the results to view that topic in the Help Topic Window Using the Glossary The Glossary tab allows you to view terms and definitions in the Help Navigator Window Use the Glossary tab as follows e Click the Glossary tab to access the Help system glossary e Type a word or words in the Find box or choose an item from the list to see the definition appear in the bottom pane of the Glossary tab Using the Favorites Tab The Favorites tab allows you to view favorite help topics you have added with the Add to Favorites button on the Main Tool Bar To view your favorites click the Favorites tab and click a saved favorite 320 200231 RevA 59 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Using Help Using the Help Menu Bar Using the Help Toolbar Using the Help Topic Window Using the Help Topic Window The Help Topic Window displays the contents of the selected Help topic Navigating the Help Topic Window Viewing Related Topics Navigating the Help Topic Window Click any Back to the Top A arrow to return to the top of a Help topic Use the Back and Forward gt buttons on the Help Toolbar to return to previously viewed topics Use the Previous Topic and Next Topic lt A gt arrow buttons embedded at the top and bottom of each Help topic to navigate back and forward between topics in the Table of Contents Se
228. ction A 2 user A1 Client IP Address Domain Privilege Status Connected Since My Session Client ID Name 26788 root 192 168 101 15 all super Active Jan 26 2010 13 12 59 PST oY remote 26806 root 192 168 101 15 all super Active Jan 26 2010 13 13 15 PST remote The Connections screen provides the following information Column Description Connection ID The InServ Storage Server ID CO 320 200231 Rev A 433 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Client IP The IP address where the connection exists Address The domain to which the user belongs Privilege The user s domain privilege level super edit browse The user status on the InServ Storage Server either Active or Inactive ieee The connection duration since the displayed date and time Indicates with a check mark the connection for the current running IMC instance Client Indicates if the client is local or remote My Session See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Users Removing Users Connections Removing User Connections To remove a user connection 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Connections node under the system in which the domain resides 3 In the Connections screen right click the connection you wish to remove Note If you wish to remove multiple connections see Selecting Multiple Items select the connections you wish to remove before right clicking 4 Click Remov
229. d To view the CPG layout for a single system 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click the system with the CPGs you wish to view 3 In the Management Window click the CPGs tab Layout Grid InSerys 424 Virtual volumes CPGs Py 9 9 99 e e On DHSS oo Viewing the Logical Disk Layout Grid To view the logical disk layout for a single system 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click the system with the logical disks you wish to view 3 In the Management Window click the Logical Disks tab BE Layout Grid InServs 424 Virtual Volumes CPGs Logical Disks See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Layout Information for All InServs 338 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout Screen The virtual volumes layout screen allows you to see the distribution of virtual volumes across physical disks and which chunklets are used by each virtual volume The virtual volume layout screen is split into an upper pane which shows a summary of virtual volumes in the system and a lower pane which shows the chunklet layout details for a selected volume from the upper pane To view the virtual volumes layout screen 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click Virtual Volumes under the system you wish to view The virtual vo
230. d This setting is configured using the InForm CLI command controlport The state of the link Note Persona information is not displayed on systems using InForm OS 2 3 1 or higher Persona not shown Persona 320 200231 RevA Number for the current port persona setting 143 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Manufacturer of the host computer s network adapter Vendor This value is determined by the port persona Host computer s network adapter This value is Adapter Type Jetermined by the port persona Host computer s operating system This value is determined by the port persona Indicates whether the connection is Connection Direct Connect or Fabric Attached as determined by the port persona PN When a persona has been edited by a user Modified Modified appears in this column Otherwise this column remains blank SFP The RCFC SFP information is presented on the SFP tab Port Details Q Summary SFP General DDM Type Unit Value Low Warnin High Warnin Low Alarm High Alarm Position 1 0 4 Mi Threshold Tene Threshold Threshold State Normal Temp Fa 3 20 90 25 95 Manufacturer FINISAR_CORP voltage W 3257 2900 3700 2700 3900 Part Number TX Bias m 6 2 14 1 17 Serial Number PB83CTR TX Power uw 385 79 631 67 631 Revision 7 RX Power uw 378 15 794 10 1259 Max Speed 4 1 Gbps Qualified Yes TX Disable No TX Fault No RX Loss No RX Power
231. d be SKEN Eiaa iE Eiaa 296 Active VEUNS Tab isiin inana ed okie a a ea a an a a A a 296 Displaying Summary Information c cece eee eee eee eee eee ene neta e eee 296 Displaying Remote Copy Information cece cece eee eee teeta ene ee ene 297 VLUN Templates Tab 0 ccc cece eiea S aetna tenet a 298 Upper Pane ireann Pineadantaeesastensudunuandensid hresdebadd anaa EAA T DET ENA 299 Lower Pan eiris an e a aa A aa pully dade saan E E Aa AAA EEA ET a aA 299 Path Summan Tab a e e easels a cL eras aioe ea poe RE eee ed 300 Creating VEUNS ra a tenes oe elie hala 8 She ee eta te tt ea A allel 301 Removing VLUNS cicien anay eee ie eee ee ey ee edie ey Hh ed ve ee eee ene Seb 302 Working with Templates ccc ce ee enna eae eae 302 Viewing Templat Sensini 6204 rae otaeeati neon tea a Aa aoe at ees eee ee 303 Upper RIO isniinir na a aai ai aa i a a encanta aandittelceictarte 304 Lower Pan ersen noe sind et E AE A Sina aAa a aA AAA E E AA 305 Creating Virtual Volume Templates Thinly Provisioned essssseeseeerssererrreseree 305 Editing a Virtual Volume Template Thinly Provisioned c ceeeeeeeeeee eee eeeen eee 308 Creating a Virtual Volume Template Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks 310 Editing a Virtual Volume Template Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks 313 Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates cceeee cece eee eee eee ee eee aeee 31
232. de Clearing Port Parameters Note This operation can only be performed on Remote Copy over Fibre Channel Remote Copy over IP and iSCSI ports To clear a port s parameters 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port to be cleared and then click Clear in the menu that appears The Clear Port Configuration dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information Resetting a Port Note This operation cannot be performed on Remote Copy over IP RCIP ports To reset a port 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port you wish to reset and then click Reset in the menu that appears The Reset Port dialog box appears 3 Optional Select Reload Firmware if you wish to reload the port firmware upon reset 4 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information 164 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Setting a Port Offline Note This operation cannot be performed on Remote Copy over IP ports To set a port offline 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port you wish to set offline and then click Set Offline in the menu that appears The Set Offline dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information Initializing a Port I nitializing a Port Note This operation can only be performed on Fibre Channel and Remote s Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC ports To initial
233. de Subsystems Tab 442 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Node Subsystems Physical Memory Tab The Node Subsystems Physical Memory tab displays information about the system s physical memory To access the Node Subsystems Physical Memory tab click the Physical Memory tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab Hardware Inventory InServs E Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default x 3 rows lh Filter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System A 1 Name A 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number _ Serial Riser Slot ID Usage Type Size GiB Revision Node Position Humbet sal s183 DIMMO SimpleTech STEC s 00000000 nja J4200 Control FB DIMM 2 000 0000 0 a s183 DIMMO SimpleTech STEC 00000000 nja J4200 Control FB DIMM 2 000 0000 1 183 DIMMO 0 SimpleTech STEC 14E89703 2 slot 30901 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMMO 0 SimpleTech STEC 14 99703 2 slot 30901 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 183 DIMMO 1 SimpleTech STEC 10FD7A02 2 slot 30801 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 0 s183 DIMMO 1 SimpleTech STEC 10F87402 2 slot 30801 Data DDR SDRAM 2 000 0100 1 183 DIMMI SimpleTech STEC 00000000 nja J4300 Control FB DIMM 2 000 0000 0 5183 DIMM1 SimpleTech STEC 00000000 nja J4300 Control FB DIMM
234. dress for the RCIP interface 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Configured Rate The duplex speed Half or Full Model of the adapter that contains the port for example Intel PRO 1000MT Adapter Type Resources Total Data ete Throughput The throughput in KIB sec RCFC Tab The RCFC tab displays a summary of all Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC ports ona system The TCP port number used by the iSCSI or RCIP card 3 Remote Copy Remote Copy Configuration s183 Ports 320 200231 Rev A RC Ports RCIP RCFC Inventory Summary x Zrows ilk Fiter M i Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position State Type Mode Topology Rate Remote Port WWM Remote Node WiWN 7 Gbps B 0 5 2 Ready RCFC Initiator Fabric Attached 4 20110002AC000144 2FF700024C000144 TSZ Ready RCFC Initiator Fabric Attached 4 21110002AC000144 2FF70002AC000144 RCFC Details Q Summary General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 1 5 2 Connection Mode RCFC Topology Fabric Attached Port WWN 215200024C0000B7 Connection Type Point Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type
235. ds to both a Copy Space performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the Allocation number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time Growth Limit and RAID Type The CPG s RAID type Admin Space Allocation Availability The availability of Disk Port Cage or Mag The set size The number of contiguous bytes in KIB The filtering used for the disks making up the CPG Virtual Volumes Tab The Virtual Volumes tab displays the virtual volumes that make up the selected CPG The Virtual Volumes tab appears as follows CPG Details Summary Settings Virtual Volumes Layout Alerts allocation ar 4rows dl Fiter Mi Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name System Doman State Type Provisioning User CPG Copy CPG RAID Device Type Device j Speed K vvfromcpg2 0 5424 TechPubs1 Normal Base Full cpgl RAID 1 FC 10 vvfromepg2 1 5424 TechPubs1 Normal Base Full cpgl RAID 1 EG 10 WW_TechPubs_1 5424 TechPubs1 Normal Base Full cpgl RAID 1 FC 10 VWW_TechPubs_2 5424 TechPubs1 Normal Base Full cpgl RAID 1 FC 10 320 200231 Rev A 241 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is displayed The name of the virtual volume The system on which the volume resides The domain in which the volume resides The current s
236. e 116 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Locating Drive Cages This operation locates a drive cage or components of the drive cage such as drive magazines or ports in the storage server by setting the related LED s to amber or oscillate a In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree click Drive Cages under the system whose drive cage you wish to locate 3 In the Summary tab of upper pane displayed in Management Window right click the drive cage you wish to locate and click Locate 4 In the Duration field enter a value of 1 to 255 seconds 5 In the Target Component list select the component you wish to locate 6 Click OK N See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Editing Drive Cage Power Supplies To edit a drive cage power supply 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree click Drive Cages under the system whose drive cage you wish to edit 3 In the Power Supplies tab displayed in Management Window right click the drive cage power supply you wish to edit and click Edit 4 Enter the drive cage power supply model number in the Model field 5 Click OK 320 200231 Rev A 117 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Working with Ports The InForm Management Co
237. e presents to the host Provision i create a base volume template select Fully Provisioned from rovisioning PDs set the disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed set the speed of the disk in K RPM Device Type Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type set the VV s RAID type 3 Click Next to enter copy space information or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Space Settings screen Property Include in the template in order to CPG selec
238. e volume The No Stale Snapshots virtual copy policy halts writing data to the base volume so as to prevent loss of sync between the volume and any snapshots See also virtual copy policy and no stale snapshots step size The number of contiguous bytes that the system accesses before moving to the next chunklet system manager Software component that negotiates between the storage server and the user interfaces such as the InForm Management Console and InForm CLI T target mode The firmware setting for a port that is connected to a host target target port The port that is connected to and receives commands from a host computer Also known as a host port template See VLUN template thin provisioning See 3PAR Thin Provisioning thinly provisioned virtual volume TPVV A virtual volume that maps to logical disk Space associated with a common provisioning group CPG and is therefore capable of growing on demand TPVV See thinly provisioned virtual volume 320 200231 RevA 469 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide U unspecified property When using the InForm Management Console a property that has been included in a template but does not have a defined value When applying the template the system will either use the default value when applicable or calculate the optimized setting for you user data For standard base volumes the data that is written to the user space user size The amount of user
239. e Drive Cages Edit Drive Cage Power Supplies Viewing Drive Cages The Drive Cages screen displays summary information about system drive cages and drive cage components To access the Drive Cages screen 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select Drive Cages under the system whose drive cage information you wish to view The Drive Cages screen provides four tabs Summary Power Supplies SFPs and Alerts For information about each see Viewing the Drive Cage Summary Viewing Drive Cage Power Supplies Viewing Drive Cage SFPs Viewing Drive Cage Alerts Additionally you can view drive cage details See Viewing Drive Cage Details See also Manager Pane Management Tree 96 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Drive Cage Summary To view the Drive Cage Summary screen 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane click the Summary tab The Summary tab appears as follows Systems InSerys 183 Drive Cages Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts 2rows ath Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name State Model Loop LoopB Speed Disks FC Total FC Allocated SSD Total 55D Allocated L Gbps GiB Percentage GiB Percentage cage0 Normal DC4 0 0 1 1 0 1 4 12 1 090 000 24 185 000 2Y cagel Normal DC4 0 0 2 1 0 2 4 8 1 090 000 MT 24 20 2180
240. e Inventory Summary tab appears in the Management Window Note The Hardware Inventory Summary tab is only available if the we InServs node is selected in the Management Tree E Hardware Inventory InSerys Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Summary x 3rows ib Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System System SN Model Nodes Adapter Cages Magazines Disks Name Cards 338 1300338 InSery F200 2 4 1 8 8 5424 1100424 InSery E200 2 7 2 16 16 5183 1200183 InSery T200 2 6 2 5 20 The Hardware Inventory Summary tab provides the following information 436 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide System Name The system name System SN The system serial number The InServ Storage Server model type The number of controller nodes in the system Adapter Cards The number of adapter cards in the system Magazines The number of drive magazines in the system The number of disk drives in the system Cages The number of drive cages in the system See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab The Hardware Inventory Node Subsystems tab provides information about controller node components The information is included on eight additional tabs which are discussed in the following topics Viewing the Node Subsystems Controller Nodes Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems CPUs
241. e Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initial sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group In the Backup group a Name The system NOT selected as the source system automatically appears b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic c Sync Period If you selected Periodic select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize Click Add Optional Repeat steps 1 through 3 to create additional Remote Copy groups server selected during the first instance of group creation you will create a Note When creating additional groups if you select a server other than the bidirectional Remote Copy relationship where each storage server will be both the primary and backup servers to the other 5 Click Next 364 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 4 Virtual Volumes 1 Select a Remote Copy group from the Group list 2 Under the Source Volume on list select a virtual volume 3 Under the Backup Volume on list a Select either Existing or New b If you selected Existing select a backup virtual volume c If you selected New i Name Enter a name for the backup virtual volume ii CPG under User CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s user space is allocated iii CPG under Copy C
242. e User Connection 5 In the Remove User Connection dialog box click OK 434 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing User Connections Working with the Hardware Inventory Manager The Hardware Inventory Manager provides information about all hardware used in the connected InServ Storage Servers The Hardware Inventory screen provides four tabs Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems and All These tabs are discussed further in the following topics Viewing the Summary Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab Viewing the All Tab To access the Hardware Inventory screen 1 Click Hardware Inventory in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select either the InServs node to view the hardware inventory for all connected InServ Storage Servers or select one of InServ Storage Server nodes for example S424 to view hardware inventory for that server See also Manager Pane Management Tree 320 200231 RevA 435 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Hardware Inventory Summary Tab The Hardware Inventory Summary tab provides quick summary information about hardware used in all connected InServ Storage Servers To access the Hardware Inventory Summary tab 1 Click Hardware Inventory in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select the InServs node The Hardwar
243. e allocation warning percentage The availability of Disk Port Cage or Mag Displaying Capacity Information To view capacity information select Capacity from the filtering list The capacity information appears as follows E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGs Alerts M 3rows Gib Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Total User Size Used User Copy Size Used Admin Size Used Capacity GiB GiB Size GiB GiB Copy Size GiB Admin Size GiB GiB RemoteCopy s071 s Normal 84 000 4 000 4 000 64 000 5 000 16 000 0 750 cpg_01 s071 Normal 88 000 10 000 10 000 62 000 0 000 16 000 0 500 cpg_02 s071 Normal 30 000 0 000 0 000 64 000 7 000 16 000 1 000 E 252 000 14 000 14 000 190 000 12 000 48 000 2 250 The following information is displayed The name of the InServ Storage Server The domain to which the virtual volume belongs Total Capacity The CPG s total capacity in GiB The user space size in GiB Used User Size The amount of used user space in GiB state The state of the system 320 200231 Rev A 235 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Copy Size The copy space size in GiB Used Copy Size The amount of used copy space in GiB Admin Size The total amount of admin space in GiB Used Admin Size The total amount of used admin space in GiB Displaying Raw
244. e also Using the Help Toolbar Viewing Related Topics At the bottom of many sections in the Help topics are links to related topics The following figure displays the Security Manager section of the Manager Pane topic The section s related topics follow the See also text 60 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Security Manager The Security Manager allows you to view and work with system users domains and connections When the Security Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows Security Vv Domains amp Domain Sets Connections F E 5424 Users Domains Common Actions amp Domain Sets amp Create User Connections Create Domain a Move to Domain amp Create Domain Set See also Working with the Security Manager A See also Using Help Using the Help Menu Bar Using the Help Toolbar Using the Help Navigator 320 200231 Rev A 61 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the I nServ Storage Server This section contains the following operations Creating Users and Domains Logging In and Connecting to Systems Forwarding Error Log Files Creating Users and Domains A user account is required to access a 3PAR InServ Storage Server via the InForm Management Console To create a user account see Creating Users To create a domain see Creating Domains
245. e bub ns cetbead indeed dese civers a aus aeaaeai iN 116 Locating Drive Cages a sarene dere aee Seda AE EE Hebd vee seeder eh A Ea AE Celtis Ee 117 Editing Drive Cage Power Supplies cece cece eee teeter teen nena teeta ened 117 Working WIth POrts a a Wathen iia Aum iness Wil beagle asl tll Aa alee A oe ale 118 Viewing System Ports nassi mouraen dinie ae iaa es ei tee eee ine Sb bees veda eed eran 118 Viewing Port Summary Information ccc eee eee ee eee ee eee 119 Upper Pane vaccecharr E eee E e A a Ra Da NA Sia debate dante 120 Lower Pane inuniieti i iaiia naa an ai i aii a e neia a 120 Port Details SUMMARY assia nate be nn ag lca tea deer ewes 121 Physical DISKS s 2vnedeub i iiaPers dep acdu treats ti dlenge sh pate e ea peesdaur aad erage eee 125 SEP onanerer et an vena cedure e satiate ar eens Vel ete ate eE 126 SESSIONS eek ext pe cenure desea thse ant bad eaa renee eure debseaeaangvnniagedeltdcu de pera dense tie 128 HOSES hited coded ieee i ea gt nae AE aa yehvaureduaeed cutee test 129 Viewing System Fibre Channel Ports c ccee cece eee eee eee e tenet nena ed 130 Upper PANG i rinnoin EEE rls dials pial duu liaaiesi ts eee dale inane Aba EOE aed 131 Lower Pane csirogem candle a a elves Wedd a E aa E nde aE A a N E E IE aliens 133 Fibre Channel SUMMAary sssssssssssssssssrsresersrnrrstrirnrnstsrrirnsnsrrrnnsterrrnnnnernt 133 Physical DISKS isien ina an ap eee ee dee Oi daw endian Eaa K ia 136 v
246. e by the system Number of chunklets used for sparing but containing data that is spare Used Failed currently inaccessible to the system because they have failed 320 200231 Rev A 175 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Number of chunklets currently free and available for use but only Spare Unused Free as Spares Number of spare chunklets being cleaned A chunklet that is clean Spare Unused Unit has been set to all zeros and therefore does not contain any data Number of uninitialized chunklets reserved as spares but Spare Unused Faved currently unusable because they have failed Displaying Inventory Information To view physical disk inventory information select Inventory from the filtering list The inventory information appears as follows Systems InSerys 338 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disks Spares Alerts Brows fb Filter clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear ID Cage Position Device Type Device State WWAN Manufacturer Model Serial Firmware Speed K Number version 0 caged 0 0 0 NL 7 Normal 2210000433001278 SEAGATE 57137506405 3QD007D4 AF1 1230 1 cage0 0 3 0 FC 10 Normal 20000011C647C19F SEAGATE ST3146707FC 3KSONNSG XR36 2 cage0 0 4 0 NL 7 Normal 22100004330013C4 SEAGATE 5T3750640N5 3QD0L53J AF1 1230 3 cage0 0 7 0 Ee 10 Normal 20000011C64B7DD7 SEAGATE S5T3146707FC 3KSOM6TD XR36 4 cage0 0 8 0 NL 7 Norma
247. e default value 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary eReview the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab 282 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Similar Virtual Volumes You can create new virtual volumes based on existing virtual volumes To do this 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to use as the basis for your new volume 3 In the menu that appears click Create Similar The Create VV wizard appears 4 Follow the instructions in Creating Virtual Volumes See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Creating Virtual Volumes Saving a Virtual Volume as a Template You can save a virtual volume as a template To do this 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish save as a template 3 In the menu that appears click Save As Template The Create VV Template wizard appears 4 Follow the instructions in Creating Virtual Volume Templates See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Creating Virtual Volume Templates 320 200231 RevA 283 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Exporting Virtual Volumes To export a virtual volume access the Export Virtual Volume wizard 1 Click Hosts or Provisioning in the Manager Pane 2 If you are working in the Hosts manager in the Common Acti
248. e domain set will be created from the System list Enter a domain set name Optional Enter any notes in the Comments field Click Next PWN a 320 200231 Rev A 429 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Domains 1 From the Available list select the domains you wish to add to the domain set Note You can select multiple domains at one time to add to the domain set see Selecting Multiple Items 2 Click the down arrow to move the selected domains to the Assigned list 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Domains Viewing Domain Sets Editing Domain Sets To edit an existing domain set access the Edit Domain Set wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Domain Sets node under the system in which the domain set resides 3 In the Domains Sets screen right click the domain set you wish to edit The Edit Domain Sets wizard appears Step 1 General 1 Enter a new domain set name 2 Optional Enter any notes in the Comments field 3 Click Next 430 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Domains 1 From the Available list select the domains you wish to add to the domain set Note You can select multiple domains
249. e eee eee eee eee nett eee tenet naenaee 381 Working with Remote Copy LINKS ec cece cece eee eee tenet eae ea ed 381 Creating Remote Copy LINKS cece eee eee enna e nena e eee eats 382 Removing Remote Copy LiNKS ccce cece ee een ene e nena 382 PINGING RCIP LINKS sseseKe eed cerns e eine EAE T AA A EAEI AEDE aad ake ne ees 383 Configuring and Pinging the Remote Copy LinNKS eceeeeceee eee eee eee eee eee 383 Pinging the Remote Copy LINKS cc cece cece eee eect ee teeta e eee eee nate teenies 383 Working with Remote Copy Targets ccceeeee eee eee eee eee rae teeta tae eed 384 Creating Remote Copy Targets ccce cece cent eee eee e tenet teeta tata teeta nana 384 320 200231 RevA xiii 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing Remote Copy TargetS sssssssssssrrsssresrrsrsrirrrrnsrirrntnerirrnannrsrinannrererentet 386 Removing Remote Copy Targets cccece cece eee eee eee ene ena teen e etna 386 Remote Copy Disaster RECOVELY c cece ee ener e nena t need 387 Failover Remote Copy GroupS ccc cece e eee eee eee eee ttnn netr nee ee etna nena 387 Switch Failover Remote Copy GroupS cece cece cece e ee eee eae eee teeta tata eee 388 Revert Remote Copy GroupS ccccceece ii ee eee eee eee eee tenants nee eens tenses E 389 Recover Remote Copy GroUpS sssssssrserrurrerrusrssruesnesresrosreeneornor
250. e notification RSCN click After export do not issue VLUN change notification no LIP or RSCN 2 Click Finish if you wish to export the volume s as configured or click Next to view the summary Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Virtual Volumes Creating VLUNs Working with the Provisioning Manager The Provisioning Manager allows you to perform all provisioning tasks for your InServ Storage Server These tasks include Creating editing and maintaining virtual volumes virtual volume sets and virtual volume templates as well as exporting virtual volumes e Creating editing and maintaining Common Provisioning Groups CPGs and CPG templates Additionally the Provisioning manager provides several ways to monitor the health of your system s provisioning To learn how to use the Provisioning manager see the following topics Viewing Provisioning for All Systems Viewing Provisioning for a Single System Working with Common Provisioning Groups Working with Virtual Volumes Working with Virtual Volume Sets Working with VLUNs Working with Templates 320 200231 RevA 221 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Note If you are a domain user only information within the domain s you Lee have access to will be visible If you are a domain user you can perform
251. e number of heads to use per cylinder 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 6 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Editing a Virtual Volume Template Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks Editing a Virtual Volume Template Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks To edit a virtual volume template 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the virtual volume template you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit 320 200231 RevA 313 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Edit VV Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a Optional Description Enter a template description b Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the User Space group box a Inthe Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV templ
252. e server to assign Repeat for the other storage server graphics Note Only available InServ Storage Servers which satisfy requirements appear See the 3PAR Remote Copy User s Guide for additional information 3 Optional Under Update System s Location enter a location for each storage server e g Lab 1 New York 4 Optional Under Name Targets the Target Name fields are automatically populated with the storage server names You can enter an alternate name if you wish 5 Click Next 320 200231 Rev A 369 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Links 1 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for the other Remote Copy ports For IP links in the IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links a Optional Enter the gateway address for each system port b Optional Click Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links For Fibre Channel links in the Settings groups for each system port a Connection Type Select Point for point to point mode or Loop for arbitrated loop mode b Configured Rate Select 1 2 4 Gbps or Auto default c Click Apply to test the link configuration Click Next correctly or may not be phys
253. ears 4 Click OK See also Viewing System Alerts Selecting Multiple Items Viewing System Events To view system events In the Manager Pane click Events In the Management Tree click the system node for which you wish to view events In the Management Window click the Events tab In the Last text box enter the appropriate number to narrow the displayed events Select the drop down list increment day s hour s minute s Click Get Events Se ee a 320 200231 RevA 403 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The events tab appears as follows Events InServs s040 Alerts Events Advanced gt gt Last fi hours x Get Events Last Retrieval Feb 17 2010 18 05 18 PST Defaut v 1 626 rows att Fiter M clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Severity Time Vv Description I Degraded Feb 17 2010 18 05 16 P5T Port 1 4 2 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline Compouis W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 16 PST Alert 5378 changed from state Resolved by System to New Chang W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 16 PST Port 1 4 2 Normal Online Compo W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 16 PST Port 1 4 2 Host 442 SanBlazeP2 Normal Online Compor W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 16 PST Alert 5378 changed from state New to Resolved by System Change i Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 05 PST Port 1 4 2 Normal Online Compor W Info Feb 17 2010 18 05 05 PST Port 1 4 2 Host 442 SanBlazeP2 Normal Online Compot W Info Feb 17 2
254. eat steps 2 and 3 for the second Backup Volume on list of virtual volumes 4 Click Add If you wish to remove a volume from the group select a volume from the volume list at the bottom of the wizard and click Remove 6 Click Next to review a summary of changes or click Finish 380 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Removing Remote Copy Groups To remove a Remote Copy group 1 Access the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 In the upper pane select the group s you wish to remove 3 Right click the selection and click Remove Remote Copy Group s The Remove Remote Copy Group s dialog box appears 4 Click Stop group s in order to remove the associated Remote Copy targets 5 When prompted for confirmation click Yes to continue 6 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items Working with Remote Copy Links The InForm Management Console allows you to create and remove Remote Copy links Creating Remote Copy Links Removing Remote Copy Links Pinging Remote Copy Links 320 200231 RevA 381 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Remote Copy Links Note Only two Remote Copy links are allowed To add a Remote Copy link 1 Access the Remote Copy Links screen 2 Inthe right pane rig
255. ecific type of template These include CPG templates Virtual Volume templates and LD logical disk templates In order to view logical disk template information you must first set your preferences to view logical disk information see Setting Global Preferences _ Note In addition to providing comprehensive information about a system s The Templates screen appears as follows 320 200231 Rev A 303 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide H Provisioning InServs s183 Templates Defaut x 2 rows at Fiter M clear 183 fully_proy_pd volume 183 thin_proy volume Template Details General Properties Name fully_prov_pd Property Allow Override Defined Type volume value Description Provisioning Full Override Unincluded Properties No The Templates screen is divided into an upper pane and lower pane The upper pane displays summary information about the system s templates The lower pane displays details about a template selected from the upper pane Upper Pane The following information is displayed in the upper pane The name of the InServ Storage Server Name The template name Type The template type Description User entered information about the template 304 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Lower Pane The following information is displayed in the lower pane group ried peseripton OOOO O The template n
256. ecommended lower limit warning High Threshold The manufacturer s recommended upper limit warning Low Alarm The manufacturer s recommended lower limit alarm Threshold level High Alarm The manufacturer s recommended upper limit alarm Threshold level 156 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Port Alerts To view port alerts 1 Access the Ports screen 2 In the Management Window click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab appears as follows Systems InServs 5183 Ports 3 Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iscs1 RCIP SFPs Alerts Defaut x 2 rows at Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Severity D State Last Time Message Repeat First Time Count W Minor 47 New Feb 08 2010 11 12 34 PST Port 0 5 1 is used For disk or host 9 Jan 10 2010 11 15 45 PST I Degraded 58 Resolve Feb 08 2010 12 31 22 PST Port 0 0 4 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 9 Feb 04 2010 11 11 01 PST Alert Details A General Component Severity Degraded System 183 Type Component state change SystemSN 1200183 Message Port 0 0 4 Degraded Target Mode Port Node ID 0 went Offline Component Port 0 0 4 ID 58 State Resolved by System Frequency Message Code 0x300de Sequence 3019597 Repeat Count 9 Last Time Feb 08 2010 12 31 22 PST First Time Feb 04 2010 11 11 01 PST Resolved By Event Node ID 0 Component Port 0 0 4 Severity Info Type Component sta
257. ed Data transfer rate setting for example g 1 Gbps Auto indicates that the system automatically Rate selects the rate Max Rate Maximum rate of connection from the port 142 320 200231 Rev A Unique Node WWN Interrupt Coalesce Topology Adaptor Type Sah i Remote Port anne WWN Settings Remote Node WWN Mode Change 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Indicates whether Fibre Channel service Class 2 is Disabled Ack 1 or Ack 0 For fabric attached ports indicates the VLUN change notification setting When set to Enabled notices are generated and sent to the fabric controller When set to Disabled no notification is sent Indicates whether the node s WWN is Enabled or Disabled Not available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower If Disabled each I O generates a separate interrupt to the HBA port driver rather than generating one interrupt for multiple I O completion Not available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Identifies which Fibre Channel classes of service are enabled 2 3 or 2 3 2 3 indicates that both Class 2 and Class 3 are enabled Model of the Fibre Channel adapter that contains the port for example QLOGIC 2302 World Wide Name of the remote port World Wide Name of the remote node Indicates whether port mode change from initiator to target or vice versa is Allowed or Prohibite
258. ed to Copy Amount of Copy space that is used or not used Amount of Admin CPG space allocated to 320 200231 Rev A 73 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Amount of admin space that is used or not used Amount of volume Unmapped space that is not mapped Amount of allocated System space used by the system Amount of system space used internally Amount of Space allocated to spares Spare space allocated for LDs when underlying PDs have Unused space Amount of free space on the system regardless of initialized Amount of initialized Initialized free space on the system Amount of Uninitialized uninitialized free space 74 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide on the system This includes any chunklets that are currently being cleaned Amount of failed space Total amount of Fibre Channel FC storage on the storage server Fibre Channel Note Subcontents of the Fibre Channel Total display are identical to the Total display at the top of this table Total amount of z Nearline Nearline NL storage on the storage server Note Subcontents of the Nearline Total display are identical to the Total display at the top of this table Total amount of Solid State SSD storage Solid State on the storage server Note Subcontents of the Solid State Total display are identical
259. eed K i Capacity GiB Capacity GiB GiB Through tew usr 0 5424 domain Normal FC 10 RAID 1 5 000 5 000 10 000 No Yes CPG User 0 1 tew usr 1 5424 domaint Normal FC 10 RAID1 5 000 5 000 10 000 No Yes CPGUser 1 0 tp 5 sa 0 0 5424 domaini Normal FC 10 R ID1 7 500 0 125 22 500 No Yes CPG Admin 0 1 tp 5 sa 0 1 5424 domaint Normal FC 10 RAID 1 0 500 0 000 1 500 No No CPG Admin 1 0 tp 5 sd 2 0 5424 domaini Normal NL 7 RAID1 16 000 0 250 32 000 No Yes CPGData 0 1 tp 5 sd 2 1 5424 domain Normal NL 7 RAID 1 16 000 0 000 32 000 No No CPG Data 1 0 JeffV 2 usr 0 5424 domaint Normal FC 10 RAID1 4 500 4 500 9 000 No Yes CPG User Of 1 Jeffv 2 usr 1 5424 domain Normal FC 10 RAID1 0 250 0 250 0 500 No Yes CPG User 0 1 JefFV 2 usr 2 5424 domaint Normal FC 10 RAID1 0 250 0 250 0 500 No Yes CPG User 1 0 Jeff 3 usr 0 5424 domaint Normal FC 10 R AID1 2 000 2 000 4 000 No Yes CPG User 0 1 I 57 000 17 375 122 000 l I The following information is displayed on the Logical Disks tab Column Name o The name of the logical disk The system on which the logical disk resides Domain The domain in which the logical disk resides The current state of the logical disk See System and Component Status Icons Device Type Device Speed Description The disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State SSD The speed of the disk in K RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotat
260. een 2 In the Management Window click the RCFC tab 320 200231 RevA 139 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The RCFC tab appears as follows Systems InServs 5183 Ports p Summary Fibre Channel iSCSI RCIP SFPs Alerts Summary X trow A Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Position Mode Topology Remote Port WWN Remote Node W WN Ready Initiator Private Loop 4 211100024c000144 2FF700024C000144 RCFC Details A Q Summary General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 1 5 2 Connection Mode RCFC Topology Private Loop Port WWN 215200024CO0000B7 Connection Type Loop Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type EMULEX LP11002 Type RCFC Max Rate 4 Gbps Remote Port WWN 211100024C000144 Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Remote Node WWN 2FF700024C000144 Connected Device Type InSery CN Disabled Mode Change Allowed Connected Device 211100024c000144 Unique Node WWN Disabled Link State New Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 4 Gbps MRead I write e R E The RCFC tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all RCFC ports in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single port selected from the upper pane Upper_Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane presents the following informat
261. em BA Configure FC Pert Manager Pane Status Bar Connected to 5163 320 200231 Rev A 21 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Main Menu Bar The following items are available from the Main Menu Bar Menu command peseription Displays the Connect dialog box allowing you mie comet to connect additional storage server s Displays the Disconnect dialog box allowing you to disconnect from storage server s n Closes all windows and exits the InForm GUI Mow nenes Refreshes the InForm Management Console Auto Refresh Automatically refreshes the InForm Management Console By default Auto Refresh is selected Expands the Application Window so it consumes the entire InForm Management Console window Displays the Export Data window allowing you Export Data to save table data as CSV or HTML format Displays a submenu for setting the Zoom lt Set Clear gt Grid Sticky lt Show Hide gt Details Table Opens the Preferences window allowing you to Preferences define Data Format and Look and Feel options for determining how data is displayed See Setting Preferences 22 320 200231 Rev A Provisioning Remote Copy Tile Horizontally Tile Vertically im 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Displays a submenu providing access to system level options Displays a submenu providing access to host creation edit and removal functions Display
262. em and Component Status Icons Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab To view the Virtual Volumes tab 1 Access the virtual volume screen 2 In the Management Window click the Virtual Volumes tab The Virtual Volumes tab presents information in an upper pane and lower pane Upper_Pane Lower_Pane 254 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Upper Pane The table in the upper pane can be filtered to display Summary Allocation Capacity Raw Capacity History and Remote Copy information Displaying Summary Information To view summary information select Summary from the filtering list The summary information appears as follows H Provisioning InServs 4 Virtual olumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts Summary lt 16rows ath Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type amp Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported To GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual admin 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 VW_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 1008 oso O V_quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 b 0 500 o 4 V _burrito 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 O vv torta 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 0 V _n
263. ement Help Exporting Date Console Help Topic Table of Contents Fitering Windo E o Setting Preferences The Inform Management Console enables secure configuration l we and monitoring capabilities while providing simultaneous access to Using Help multiple storage servers Working with the Systems Manager Editing System Locating a System Viewing System Information Configuring Ports Working with the Hosts Manager Viewing Host Information Working with the Provisioning Manager Viewing Provisioning Information ee ee a E ff The InForm Management Console and the topics in this Help system are for use by system and storage administrators vho monitor and direct system configurations and resource allocation for InServ storage systems SPAR technical documents can be found by logging into SPAR Central s Document Control System from 3PAR s Support page at ort IPAR http su com Contect your local service provider for technical support and services at http vvw SPAR coms services htrnl x The following Help Menu components are discussed further Help Menu Bar Help Toolbar Help Navigator 56 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Help Topic Window Using the Help Menu Bar The following menus and commands are available from the Help Menu Bar Manu command meseripton O Opens a help page URL or a loc
264. emote Copy links The method by which information is sent and received between Remote Copy targets Remote Copy pair The pair of storage servers on which Remote Copy operations are performed Remote Copy target The description of a Remote Copy system on one server in the Remote Copy pair Each server in a Remote Copy pair must have a target definition for the other server Remote Copy volume group A group of virtual volumes that are logically related and for which there is a cross volume ordering or writes resynch resynchronize To copy changes from one volume in a physical copy pair to the other because that volume was modified at some point after the physical copy operation took place See also physical copy row A grouping of RAID sets Data is striped across the rows of RAID 10 and RAID 50 logical disks row size The number of sets in a row A row is a grouping of RAID sets Data is striped across the rows of RAID 10 and RAID 50 logical disks RSCN See registered state change notification S SCSI reservation registration Allows multiple hosts to share a SCSI interface to access exported volumes Multiple hosts can have registrations to a single volume but only one host can have the reservation secondary volume group In Remote Copy the set of copied volumes on the storage server set See set size 468 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide set size The number of chunklets in
265. emplates Creating Similar Templates You can create new Common Provisioning Group CPG and virtual volume templates based on existing templates To do this 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the CPG or virtual volume template you wish to use as the basis for your new template 3 In the menu that appears click Create Similar The Create CPG Template or Create VV Template wizard appears 4 Follow the instructions in Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates or Creating Virtual Volume Templates See also Viewing Templates Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates Creating Virtual Volume Templates 320 200231 RevA 323 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing a Template To remove a template 1 Access the Templates screen 2 Right click the template you wish to remove 3 In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove Template dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Viewing Templates Working with Virtual Copies The InForm Management Console allows you to view create edit remove and promote virtual copies Viewing Virtual Copies Creating a Virtual Copy Editing a Virtual Copy Removing a Virtual Copy Creating a Consistency Group Virtual Copy Creating a Batch Virtual Copy Promoting a Virtual Copy 324 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Virtual Copies Virtual copies are displayed on the Vir
266. ems Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Remote Copy Links Remote Copy links are associated with Remote Copy target definitions and are used to transmit and receive data between Remote Copy systems To view Remote Copy links 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Links under the Remote Copy Configuration node for the Remote Copy links you wish to view Information about the Remote Copy links appears on two panes in the Management Window The left pane displays a graphical representation of the selected Remote Copy configuration The image includes the type of Remote Copy relationship Remote Copy over IP or Remote Copy over Fibre Channel between the servers in the Remote Copy 320 200231 Rev A 359 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide configuration the number of links between the Remote Copy systems and the current state of the links whether the links are up or down You can optionally view the systems physical connectivity by selecting the View Physical Connectivity checKiBox at the lower left side of the pane When selected the image displays the Remote Copy systems port locations the link IP addresses and how the ports are connected e The right pane displays information about the Remote Copy links for each Remote Copy system in tabular format Transmitting links are displayed as the target system s name under the Targets column Receiving links are displa
267. en In the upper pane click the Summary tab Select a node In the lower pane click the Batteries tab D i The Batteries tab appears as follows Controller Node Details Summary Ports Power Supplies Batteries Alerts Se ey ce Node A 1 Power Battery A 2 Serial State Charge State Charge Level Maximum Test In Expiration Time ID Supply ID ID Number Battery Life Progress 1 1 0 60308193 Normal Fully Charged 100 25 minutes No Dec 12 2010 The Batteries tab provides the following information Node ID The node ID Power Supply ID The power supply ID Battery ID The battery ID Serial Number The battery serial number Charge State The charge state of the battery Charge Level The charge level of the battery Maximum Battery The battery s maximum life Life Test In Progress Indicates if any tests are in progress site The state of the battery See System and Component Status Icons 320 200231 RevA 91 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Expiration Time The battery expiration date See also System and Component Status Icons Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen Viewing Controller Node Alerts Details To view the Controller Node Alerts details screen Access the Controller Nodes screen In the upper pane click the Summary tab Select a node In the lower pane click the Alerts tab ai all The Alerts tab displays the information fo
268. ene eneed 49 Showing More Manager BUttOnS c ccce cece eee eee eae teeta teeta ed 50 Selecting Manager Buttons to Display ccecceee cece eee eee teeta tate a teeta ened 51 Adding and Removing Manager Buttons ccceceee eee eee ee eee e eee ee eaten 52 Restoring Defaults ss inak a wate eae eae lathes A Ei 53 Understanding l CONS secce 4b eeieseel a a ind pecs ue wise ne Pse ae EEEE Aa ARAA piad pihaa 53 Alert Severity Indicators 0 ce aa ene E aE a AAR a Si 53 Status Bar CONS arra eme a a E aaea a ae aa oa 54 System and Component Status ICONS cece cece eee eee ene etna eee nnns 55 WSING tHE P fest E ce Gite chad E eee Wiewseaiees date Seuss cere setod 56 Using the Help Men Ba eaaa a vis a a Auhiss eine delet outed sar a Ea wee aa 57 Using the Help Toolbar c 2 ceicicv cece cee aE edd cadets wn dan eb eu de ede ee duaw ey eee ene ie 57 Using the Help Navigator 0 cece cece eee enn nae eaten tne e teeta 58 Using the Table of Contents Tree ccecce cece cece eee ee eee nena e teeta ene ed 58 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Searching the INd X 0 cece eee eee eee een eee e tated 59 Using the Search FUNCtION c cece cee eee nent nent tated 59 Using the Glossary ser 2 ewes a e hee bite a ade ee AES 59 Using the Favorites Tab cece eee nee enter aetna 59 Using the Help Topic WinNdOW ccc cece
269. eneral 1 In the General group box a System Select the system to create the new host b Domain Select the domain in which to create the new host Select lt none gt if not applicable c Name Enter the host name d Set Name Select the host set in which to create the new host Select lt none gt if not applicable e Persona Select the host persona e 1 Generic UARepLun SESLun e 2 ALUA UARepLun RTPG SESLun e 6 Generic legacy e 7 HPUX legacy VolSetAddr 210 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide e 8 AIX legacy NACA e 9 Egenera Softing e 10 ONTAP legacy Softing 2 Optional In the Descriptors group box enter the description information as desired in the Location IP Address Operating System Model Contact and Comments fields 3 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and create the host with the information entered Step 2 Fibre Channel 1 To assign available WWNs a Select one or more WWNs from the Available WWNs list This list displays WWNs for all physically connected host paths not already assigned to hosts b Click the left arrow to add the selected WWN s to the Assigned WWNs list 2 To assign new WWNSs enter the WWN s for the host in the New WWN text box and click Assign 3 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and create the host with the information entered Step 3 iSCSI 1 In the iSCSI Host Paths group box
270. ent Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing Remote Copy Links Selecting Multiple Items Pinging RCIP Links When creating Remote Copy over IP RCIP links you are provided the opportunity to configure and ping the link ports to verify their validity and communication When pinging RCIP link ports e You can click Details in the Port Configuration or Ping dialog boxes to show or hide details about the configuration or ping operation respectively e If the MTU value of the ports is different for example one value 1500 and the other value 9000 the lower packet size 1500 is used during the ping operation e If both ports MTU values are 9000 Jumbo Ping is displayed as the Ping group box title Configuring and Pinging the Remote Copy Links Clicking Apply after entering or changing the requested link information during Remote Copy link creation results in the entered configuration first being tested to check its validity and then proceeding with the ping operation to check communication between the link ports The ping is not executed if the configuration fails Pinging the Remote Copy Links Clicking Ping after entering or changing the requested link information during Remote Copy link creation results in a ping operation on the entered link ports See also Creating Remote Copy Links Configuring 1 to 1 Remote Copy Configuring 1 to N Remote Copy Configuring N to 1 Remote Copy Configuring Synchronous Long
271. ent Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the CPGs Layout Screen The Common Provisioning Groups CPGs layout screen allows you to see the distribution of CPGs across physical disks and which chunklets are used by each CPG The CPG layout screen is split into an upper pane which shows a summary of CPGs in the system and a lower pane which shows the chunklet layout details for a selected CPG from the upper pane To view the CPGs layout screen 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click CPGs under the system you wish to view The CPGs layout screen appears as follows H Layout Grid InServs 5424 CPGs Default 5rows ath Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear n Name Domain State Grid Cell la RAID Total Allocation Growth Growth Limit Total VW rew Count user Space Copy Growth 1 Color Capacity GiB Warning GiB GiB Count Usage Space Increment GiB _ COON PN F phason ae anew V lan al M Es el maal cpgl TechPubs1 Normal Li RAID 1 8 000 nia lt disabled gt lt disabled gt 4 0 4 0 32 000 Vi _export_test Normal o RAID 1 18 000 nja lt disabled gt disabled gt 1 1 1 1 10 000 CPG_Rich Bryce Normal D RAID 1 0 000 nja lt disabled gt disabled gt 0 0 0 0 32 000 testcpg domain Normal B RAID 1 41 000 nja lt disabled gt disabled gt 2 0 1 1 32 000 CPG_TechPubs domaini Normal RAID 1 57 000 nja lt disabled g
272. entory InServs Introduction Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default v 42rows lb Fiter Mi Clear lt Any column gt contains v A 1 Name amp 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Max Rate Gbps 0 3 1 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD09294A00H9 8 3 0 3 2 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD0929A00HL 8 3 O 3 3 AVAGO AFBR S7D74P2 ELX 4D0929400HS 8 3 0 3 4 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD09294A00HZ 8 3 1 4 1 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD092940144 8 3 1 4 2 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD092940148 8 3 1 4 3 AVAGO AFBR 57D74P2 ELX 40092940144 8 3 1 4 4 AVAGO AFBR 57D7APZ ELX AD092940146 8 3 0 2 1 FINISAR_CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PEV1IFXR 4 1 0 2 2 FINISAR CORP FTLF8524P2BNY PE71B3R 4 1 Note In the screen output above the SFPs tab has been accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the SFPs tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the SFPs tab does not display the System column The Node Subsystems SFPs tab displays the following information System The system on which the SFP resides 446 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The SFP s name shown in node slot port format The manufacturer of the SFP Model Part Number The model
273. er The Performance Manager provides pre defined performance charts for physical disks host ports and disk ports In addition the Performance Manager allows you create edit and save your own customized performance charts Viewing Performance Creating a New Chart Saving a Chart Editing a Chart Viewing Performance The InForm Management Console provides pre defined performance charts for physical disk usage disk port and host ports To view a pre defined performance chart 1 In the Manager Pane click Performance 2 In the Management Tree click either the Physical Disks or Ports Data node under the system for which you wish to view performance 3 Click PD Usage Total I OPS Disk Ports Total Throughput or Hosts Ports Total Throughput 4 Repeat steps 2 and 3 for any additional performance charts you wish to view A performance chart for each selected chart type is displayed in the Management window and data collection and chart generation begins 392 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Performance Over Time The Disk Ports and Host Ports charts display line graphs which show performance over time ZA Performance y 5040 Disk Ports Total Throughput x s040 PD Usage Total IOPS s040 Host Ports Total Throughput s040 Disk Ports Total Throughput KBs Sec ae li yy i c A A j el ORY ROL PRED PL A EIRP OD FSO rey 12
274. er pane displays details about a selected RCFC or RCIP port from the upper pane For information about the lower pane see RCIP_Tab and RCFC Tab 354 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 2 Remote Copy Remote Copy Configuration s183 Ports RC Ports RCIP RCFC Inventory Default x 4 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position amp WWN MAC Manufacturer Serial Number _ Firmware 205200024C0000B7 EMULEX LP11002 M572298134 K 0 6 1 00024C530038 Intel e1000 nja Onboard 7 3 20 k2 1 5 2 215200024C0000B7 EMULEX LP11002 01 vM64811844 2 80 2 1 6 1 00024C530043 Intel e1000 nja Onboard 7 3 20 k2 RC Ports Details Summary General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 0 5 2 Connection Mode RCFC Topology Fabric Attached Port WWN 205200024C0000B7 Connection Type Point Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type EMULEX LP11002 Type RCFC Max Rate 4 Gbps Remote Port WWN 201100024C000144 Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Remote Node WWN 2FF700024C000144 Connected Device Type InServ CN Disabled Mode Change Allowed Connected Device 201100024C000144 Unique Node WWN Disabled Link State Ready Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 4 Gbps MRead Mi Write See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Remote Copy Links Viewing Remote Copy Tar
275. erity Major System 183 Type Component state change SystemSN 1200183 Message Cage 0 Failed Inaccessible Node ID 0 ID 44 Component Cage 0 State Resolved by System Message Code 0x1ie00fa Frequency Sequence 1003 Repeat Count 0 Last Time Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST First Time Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST Resolved By Event Node ID 0 Component Cage 0 Severity Info Type Component state change Sequence 1007 Time Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST Message Cage 0 Normal The upper half of the Alerts tab displays summary alert information The lower half of the Alerts tab displays detailed information about a selected alert from the upper pane 320 200231 Rev A 105 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The information displayed in the Alerts tab is identical to the information displayed in the Systems Alerts screen except the Drive Cage Alerts tab does not display a Systems column See Viewing System Alerts for details See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing System Alerts Viewing Drive Cage Details The Drive Cage detail screens display details about a specific drive cage selected from the Drive Cage Summary tab To view drive cage details access the Drive Cages screen Drive cage details are displayed on six tabs in the lower pane of the Drive Cages screen For information about each see Viewing the Drive Cage Details Summary Tab Viewing the Drive Cage Interface Card Details Viewing the Drive Cage
276. ers See also Manager Pane Viewing Users The Users summary screen provides an overview of an InServ Storage Server s users To access the Users summary screen 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 In the Security Management Tree select the Users node for the system whose users you wish to view The Users summary screen is displayed in the Management Window g Security InServs S424 Users Default Se 13rows Gib Filter Mi clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear User A2 Domain Default Privilege Name Domain 3paradm all No super Click to specify sorting Ci 3parcim all No browse 3parsvc all No super bart all No super Jeff all No edit LanShek all No super root all No super scottO01 all No edit testuserl all No super testuser3 all No super testuserS all No super testuser6 all No super testuser all No super 412 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Users summary screen provides the following information The domain to which the user belongs Default Whether or not the domain listed in the Domain column is the Domain default domain for the user Privilege The user s domain privilege level super edit browse Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain license For additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Note For further information about 3PAR Domains and users see the 3
277. ervation The host s World Wide Name WWN 268 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Third Party Indicates whether the SCSI reservation is a third party reservation Third Party WWN The WWN of the initiator that has a third party reservation SCSI 3 Reservations Tab The SCSI 3 Reservations tab appears as follows SCSI 2 Reservations SCSI 3 Reservations trow fli Filter lea lt Any column gt contains Y System 1 Domain Virtual A 2 Host A 3 Port A 4 Owner Reservation Key Type Persistent Generation Volume 5424 testvy tewst 0 3 1 210100E08524C750 0000000000000123 Write Exclusive Registrants Only No 1 L 1 3 2 J The following information is displayed in the SCSI 3 Reservations tab The name of the InServ Storage Server Domain The domain to which the virtual volume belongs Virtual Volume The name of the virtual volume ost The name of the host with the SCSI 3 reservation Pot The port with the SCSI 3 reservation The host s World Wide Name WWN ee 320 200231 RevA 269 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide VLUNs Tab The lower pane s VLUNs tab provides three sub tabs Active LUNs VLUN Templates and Path Summary Active LUNs Tab The Active LUNs tab appears as follows Active VLUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary a Summary X 20 rows l Filter lear lt Any column gt contains Clear Syste
278. es Position Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port Indicates whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Device Type Nearline NL or Solid State SSD drive 320 200231 RevA 177 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error State r g Hyperlink reference not valid Correctable Read Identified correctable read errors Errors Uncorrectable Read Identified uncorrectable read errors Errors Correctable Write Identified correctable write errors Errors Uncorrectable Write Identified uncorrectable write errors Errors Temperature Internal temperature of the disk Displaying State I nformation To view physical disk state information select State from the filtering list The physical disk state information appears as follows Systems InSerys 338 Physical Disks Summary Physic
279. es not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time Displaying Capacity I nformation To view capacity information select Capacity from the filtering list The capacity information appears as follows A Provisioning InServs 4 irtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts F 16rows Alb Fiter Clea lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type amp Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Used User Size Reserved Used e Copy Size Total GiB Size GiB Size GIB Virtual Copy Size GiB Copy Size Virtual Reserved GiB GiB admin 4 Normal Base Ful RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 100 o 10 000 YY_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 500 ooo 0 E 10 625 a VV _quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 500 0 000 0 10 625 a vv burrito 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 0 500 0 000 0 10 625 vv torta 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 10 000 gt 0 500 ooo CO
280. ets siicccveees ene eee cian Heres es Oe eal en ede Sd daw ee ba eee Dena 217 Editing Host Sets o c iis ccvics eden vias Wve ub yes a a EE aaa a A Eaa Eaa eee Wed ies 218 REMOVING HOSE Sets ia inan eee da Saas Pa ae a a ee a aN 219 Exporting Virtual VOIUMES ccc cece ee eee eee nate nena eet ee na enaes 220 Working with the Provisioning Manager eese 221 Viewing Provisioning for All SyYStEMS 0 0 cece eee eee teen e nett e ete ened 222 Summary Tab irienn an ie vas ey eke en eda aaa ola ee dae ee eee 223 Alerts Tabiri eigari enii ean obi decy ta togyaueh ess Peieeweve saad die aiaa Eiaa EN 224 Viewing Provisioning for a Single SYSteEM cccece cece eee eee eee teeta eae ee teeta ened 224 summary Tab ata Sites Gta doib hati da a a an aaa a a E a A 225 Tasks TaD ao tees ot Satis wane A ston Riera anata ase E A A AA A aAA 227 Upper AILS rast innra e aa a duane aaraa Aaa a E a a S 227 Lower PANG misie tana a a a aE danas ea a a aa ae aaa 228 Alerts Tabh iana a a a aa a a died dels cave N OGAE alee TO REAR AS 229 Working with Common Provisioning GroupS ssssssssssssssrirssssrrirrsserrrrrsnerinrrererrr ne 229 Viewing Common Provisioning GrouUpS ssssssssssssirrssserrrrrsnsrrrrrnnsrrrrnenererrrrnseern 230 Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Summary Tab ssssssssesssrsssererrrssererrrsesrrs 230 Viewing the CPGS Tabicivi cnweas view ce ee eee dicey ene deve ede wea ee va edie eee deat aed 232 Upper Panai upne iie
281. etting When set to Enabled notices are generated and sent to the fabric controller When set to Disabled no notification is sent 320 200231 Rev A Configured Rate Unique Node WWN Interrupt Coalesce Fibre Settings Adaptor Type ZZ o Physical Disks 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Indicates whether the node s WWN is Enabled or Disabled Not available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower If Disabled each I O generates a separate interrupt to the HBA port driver rather than generating one interrupt for multiple I O completion Not available for systems running InForm OS 2 2 4 or lower Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Identifies which Fibre Channel classes of service are enabled 2 3 or 2 3 2 3 indicates that both Class 2 and Class 3 are enabled Model of the Fibre Channel adapter that contains the port for example QLOGIC 2302 Indicates whether port mode change from initiator to target or vice versa is Allowed or Prohibited This setting is configured using the InForm CLI command controlport The number of hosts connected to the port This is only displayed if the port is connected to hosts The number of physical disks connected to the port This is only displayed if the port is connected to drive cages Note Persona information is not displayed on systems using InForm OS 2 3 1 or higher Vendor Persona not shown Adapter Type
282. evA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Domains Viewing the Domains Tab Creating Domains Creating Domain Sets Removing Domains Removing Domains To remove an existing domain 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Domain node under the system in which the domain resides 3 In the Domains screen click the Domains tab 4 Right click the domain you wish to remove Note If you wish to remove multiple domains see Selecting Multiple Items select the domains you wish to remove before right clicking 5 Click Remove 6 In the Remove Domain dialog box click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Domains Viewing the Domains Tab 320 200231 RevA 427 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Domain Sets To view information about domain sets residing in a system 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Domain Sets node under the system in where domain sets reside The Domain Sets screen appears The Domain Sets screen is divided into an upper pane which displays a summary of all domain sets in the system and a lower pane which displays detail information about a selected domain set from the upper pane amp Security InServs 5424 Domain Sets Default x 3 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any
283. evA 187 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Node Initiators per initiators The number of initiators Average f ee Virtual Size The average virtual size of exported capacity in GiB Capacity The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host Exported screen tay Exporteg The exported size per host in GiB Port o The host port location in node slot port format Initiators per TYPe The type of host port Port ae The number of initiators Viewing Host Information Manager Pane Management Tree See also Viewing Host Information To view more in depth information about hosts for a single system perform the following 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click Hosts under the InServ Storage Server that contains the hosts you wish to view 188 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Hosts screen appears as follows Hosts InServs 183 Hosts Hosts Host Explorer summary Srows ath Filter A clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Host Ports InServ Ports Node ID s Persona Volumes Total Exported Exported Size GiB 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 1 000 hpux test hpux set generic host hpux set host1 E aoe 7 HPUX l 1 Generic 0 1 Generic Oo Oo O oOo oO Oe n i 0o og Host Details Summary yLuns General Paths
284. f hosts rowing The total number of CPGs Virtual The total number of virtual volumes Volumes 68 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide CPU Usage The current CPU usage in MHz and percentage Resources ae The current control memory usage in GiB and percentage Data Memory The current data memory usage in GiB and percentage List of device types The selected device type affects the display of the data displayed in the Overview and Allocated fields The overview of allocated and free space per device type in the system displayed graphically in percentage and in Capacity GiB The amount of allocated space used by provisioning Sparing and internal system structures and processes Allocated i i such as logging logical disks admin volume etc displayed graphically in percentage and in GiB The date and time the storage server was brought online Any new alerts Any displayed alerts are links to the Systems Alerts tab The state of the storage server Normal Degraded or Failed See System and Component Status Icons State A description of the displayed state Description See also Editing a System Locating a System Working with Drive Cages Working with Controller Nodes Working with Ports 320 200231 Rev A 69 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Settings To view a specific system s settings information acce
285. following image depicts information for a DC4 drive cage Your screen may differ depending on the drive cage type in your system Drive Cage Details Summary InterFace Cards Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Alerts Default 2rows Alb Filter lt Any column gt contains v Clear Name A Ports LinkARX LinkATX LinkBRX LinkBTX SystemLED LinkA Link B LinkASFP LinkBSFP LED LED LED LED Speed Speed State State Card 0 40 BO Green Green Off Green Green 4 Gbps Normal Normal Card 1 Al B1 Off Green Green Green Green 4 Gbps Normal Normal The following information for DC2 and DC4 drive cages is provided The interface card name Four ports for each FC AL For FC AL A that is AO through A3 and for FC AL B that is BO through B3 Link A RX The status of Link A s fibre channel receiver of the SFP Green if LED receiving signal off if not receiving signal Link A TX The status of Link A s SFP transmitter Green if sending signal off if not LED sending signal Link B RX The status of Link B s fibre channel receiver of the SFP Green if LED receiving signal off if not receiving signal Link B TX The status of Link B s SFP transmitter Green if sending signal off if not LED sending signal Link A Speed Link A speed 110 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Link B Speed Link B speed Link A SFP The state of Link A s SFP State
286. for copy space or select lt none gt 2 In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 Click Next to configure Allocation Settings if enabled or to view the summary information or click Finish Step 3 Allocation Settings 1 From the Availability list select Cage Port or Magazine 2 From the Step Size list select default 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB The default value depends on raid type and device type used If FC or NL drives are used the step size defaults to 256 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 128 KiB for RAID 5 If SSD drives are used the step size defaults to 32 KiB for RAID O and RAID 1 and 64 KiB for RAID 5 For RAID 6 the default is a function of the set size 3 Select the Preferred Chunklets as Fast or Slow 4 Click Next to enter disk information or click Finish Step 4 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used to create the volume Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for filtering details 3 Click Next to configure Policies and Geometry or click Finish Step 5 Policies amp Geometry 1 In the Policies group box enable any of the following a Allow stale snapshots b Restrict export to one host 278 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide
287. formation To view physical disk capacity information select Capacity from the filtering list The capacity information appears as follows amp Systems InServs 338 Physical Disks J k Summary Physical Disks Spares Alerts lt Any column gt contains Clear fet ID Cage Position Device Type Device State Total Volumes GiB Spares GiB Free GiB Unavailable GiB Failed GiB Speed K Capacity GiB 0 caged 0 0 0 NL 7 Normal 698 250 0 000 140 500 557 750 0 000 0 000 1 caged 0 3 0 FE 10 Normal 136 250 25 000 34 250 77 000 0 000 0 000 2 cage 0 4 0 NL 7 Normal 698 250 0 000 140 500 557 750 0 000 0 000 3 cage0 0 7 0 FC 10 Normal 136 250 25 000 34 000 77 250 0 000 0 000 4 cage0 0 8 0 NL 7 Normal 698 250 0 000 140 500 557 750 0 000 0 000 5 cage0 0 11 0 FC 10 Normal 136 250 25 000 34 000 77 250 0 000 0 000 6 cage0 0 12 0 NL 7 Normal 698 250 0 000 140 500 557 750 0 000 0 000 7 caged 0 15 0 FE 10 Normal 136 250 25 000 34 000 77 250 0 000 0 000 3338 000 100 000 698 250 2 539 750 0 000 0 000 The following information is displayed Column Description ID Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 Cage The drive cage in which the disk resides 320 200231 RevA 173 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Position Location of the
288. g and Virtual Size To clear the filter click Clear 4 Click Add 5 Optional Repeat steps 1 through 4 to add additional virtual volumes to your Remote Copy group s 6 Click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems 368 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring N to 1 Remote Copy additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts _ Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Guide In an N to 1 Remote Copy relationship a maximum of four primary source InServ Storage Servers use the same InServ Storage Server as backup server N to 1 Remote Copy configurations can operate in either a combination of unidirectional and bidirectional for a single Remote Copy group pair or in complete unidirectional functionality Note In order to configure N to 1 Remote Copy you must have at least two m available InServ Storage servers with configured Remote Copy ports To configure N to 1 Remote Copy 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Common Actions panel click New Configuration The New Remote Copy Configuration wizard appears Step 1 Targets 1 Under Select a Topology click N 1 2 Under Assign Systems a Select the total number of systems you are configuring for the N to 1 setup b Click a storage server graphic In the menu that appears select a storag
289. g 1 to 1 Remote Copy Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For eee additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide A 1 to 1 Remote Copy relationship involves two InServ Storage Servers Depending on how the 1 to 1 Remote Copy relationship is configured one server can serve as the primary source server and the other the backup server unidirectional or both servers can serve as both the primary and backup servers bidirectional Note In order to configure 1 to 1 Remote Copy you must have two ee available InServ Storage servers with configured Remote Copy ports To configure 1 to 1 Remote Copy 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Common Actions panel click New Configuration The New Remote Copy Configuration wizard appears Step 1 Targets 1 Under Select a Topology click 1 1 2 Under Assign Systems click a storage server graphic In the menu that appears select a storage server to assign Repeat for the other storage server graphic Note Only available InServ Storage Servers which satisfy requirements Ls appear See the 3PAR Remote Copy User s Guide for additional information 3 Optional Under Update System s Location enter a location for each storage server e g Lab 1 New York 4 Optional Under Name Targets the Target Name fields are automatically populated with the storage server names You can enter an alternate name if you wish
290. g with the ping operation to check communication between the link ports The ping is not executed if the configuration fails 320 200231 RevA 375 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Pinging the Remote Copy Links Clicking Ping after entering or changing the requested link information during Remote Copy link creation results in a ping operation on the entered link ports See also Creating Remote Copy Links Configuring 1 to 1 Remote Copy Configuring 1 to N Remote Copy Configuring N to 1 Remote Copy Configuring Synchronous Long Distance Remote Co Adding to a Remote Copy Configuration Working with Remote Copy Groups When you have created a Remote Copy relationship between your InServ Storage Servers you can add and create new Remote Copy groups as well as edit and manage existing Remote Copy groups Creating Remote Copy Groups Starting Remote Copy Groups Stopping Remote Copy Groups Editing Remote Copy Groups Removing Remote Copy Groups Creating Remote Copy Groups To create a Remote Copy group 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree select the Remote Copy Configuration to which you want to add a Remote Copy group 3 In the Common Actions Panel click Create Remote Copy Group The Create Remote Copy Group wizard appears 4 In the Source group 376 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide a System Select the primary so
291. gement Tree Management Window Removing Tasks Cancelling Tasks 320 200231 Rev A 407 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing Tasks To remove tasks 1 Access the Tasks tab 2 In the upper pane of the Tasks tab select the task s you wish to remove 3 Right click the selection and then click Remove Task in the menu that appears The Remove Task s dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Displaying Tasks Selecting Multiple Items Cancelling Tasks To cancel tasks Access the Tasks tab In the upper pane of the Tasks tab select the task s you wish to cancel Right click the selection and then click Cancel Task in the menu that appears WE The Cancel Task s dialog box appears 4 Click OK See also Displaying Tasks Selecting Multiple Items 408 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Security Manager The Security Manager allows you to create and manage users and domains as well as view users domains and connections on the InServ Storage Server Viewing the Security System Summary Screen Working with Users Working with Domains Working with Connections Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain license For additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide Note For further information about 3PAR Domains and users see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide
292. ger Pane to display fewer Manger buttons to show more Manager buttons 1 Click the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane 2 Click Show More Buttons 50 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 2 Systems Hosts aj Layout Grid By Remote Copy 4 Performance TA Events Connected to enodec3 show More Buttons Show Fewer Buttons Choose Buttons Add or Remove Buttons gt Restore Defauts The most recently minimized Manager button is restored to the Manager Pane the left most displayed Manager icon Repeating steps 1 and 2 continues to restore Manager buttons in the order in which they were last minimized from the Manager Pane For example if the Tasks Manger button was restored the next Manager button to be restored is the Security Manager button followed by the Hardware Inventory Manager button Selecting Manager Buttons to Display To select Manager buttons to show and hide in the Manager Pane 1 2 3 Click the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane Click Choose Buttons In the Choose Buttons dialog box select the Manager buttons to display by clicking one or more Manager and moving to the Show and Hide lists using the right and left arrow buttons 320 200231 RevA 51 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide fE Choose Buttons i x Show Hide Button Button Hosts Systems Remote Copy
293. gets Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems To view configured Remote Copy systems 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Remote Copy Configuration node for the Remote Copy configuration you wish to view Information about the selected configured Remote Copy systems appears on three tabs Summary Tasks and Alerts in the Management Window 320 200231 Rev A 355 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Summary Tab The Summary tab is divided into a left pane and right pane The left pane presents a graphical representation of Remote Copy setup between the systems The right pane displays the health of each system in the Remote Copy setup any new alerts running tasks a summary of the Remote Copy groups and a Remote Copy Link performance chart Remote Copy Link Performance Chart The Remote Copy Link performance chart can be set to graph the thoughput KIBs Sec or heartbeat round trip in ms The graph s legend is displayed in tabular format Clicking any of the rows in the legend results in that row s line becoming bold in the graph Like other charts in the InForm Management Console you can customize the colors displayed in the graph by clicking a color in the Color column and then selecting a new color from the color palette that appears At any time you can play pause or stop the graph Clicking pause or stop causes data plotting to stop however data collection continues
294. he host belongs inServ Ports The InServ Storage Server port on which the host is visible Node ID s The node s connected to the host One of the following host personas Generic UARepLun SESLun ALUA UARepLun RTPG SESLun P r o a Generic legacy HPUX legacy VolSetAddr AIX legacy NACA Egenera Softing 0 ONTAP legacy Softlngq Volumes Exported The number of volumes exported from the host 190 320 200231 RevA 1 2 6 7 8 9 1 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Total Exported Size The total size in GiB of exported data When displaying descriptor information the Hosts tab appears as follows Hosts InSerys s071 Hosts Hosts Host Explorer Descriptors viirow A Fiter M clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Comments Name System Domain Location IP Address Operating Model Contact System al s071 The following descriptor information is provided The system on which the host resides Domain si The domain in which the host resides The location of the host IP Address The host s IP address modi The model of the host HBA Any contact information See also VLUN Details Host_Explorer_Details 320 200231 Rev A 191 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Host Explorer Tab 2 3 1 or higher Additionally host explorer information is displayed if the host was created from explorer informatio
295. he raw capacity information appears as follows lg Provisioning InSerys 4 irtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts TH t6rows Al Filter E Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type amp Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Raw Reserved Reserved User Raw Reserved Reserved Total Raw Total GiB User Size GiB Size GiB Copy Size GiB Copy Size GiB Reserved GiB Reserved GiB admin 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 a 20 000 10 000 V_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 vv_quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 vv burrito 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 vv torta 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 vy_nachos 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 0 000 0 000 20 000 10 000 WV_horchata 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 WV_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 20 000 10 000 1 000 0 500 21 375 10 625 l 160 000 160 000 80 000 6 000 3 000 168 250 83 750 The following information is displayed mene Pewee Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or virtual copy Indicates if the volume is fully Full or thinly provisioned Provisioning TPVV Virtu
296. hen choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Space Settings screen 306 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Include in the template in order to CPG select the CPG to use for copy space Allocation generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the Warning specified percentage of the VV size ee prevent the copy space from growing beyond the specified Allocation Limit percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter policy and geometry information or click Finish Step 3 Policies and Geometry 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Settings screen Propert I nclude in the template in order to perty Allow stale snapshots allows stale snapshots Restrict export to one host Indicates whether the VV can export to multiple hosts Zero fill on partially written ensure that the host can never read old data from data pages deleted volumes or snapshots Sectors Per Track specify the number of sectors to allow
297. hether the logical disks supporting volumes created with this Preferred template should tend to use chunklets near the beginning of the Chunklets physical disks or the end of the physical disks Choices are Fast default Slow 3 Click Next to enter disk filter information or click Finish Step 4 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next or click Finish 312 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 5 Policies and Geometry 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Settings screen Propert Include in the template in order to perty Allow stale snapshots allows stale snapshots Restrict export to one host Indicates whether the VV can export to multiple hosts Sectors Per Track specify the number of sectors to allow per track Heads Per Cylinder specify th
298. hour s e Expiration Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and the select either day s or hour s 2 Inthe Geometry group box a Enter the number of sectors per track or accept the default value b Enter the number of heads per cylinder or accept the default value 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel 276 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Virtual Volumes Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks To creat wizard e virtual volumes directly from physical disks access the Create Virtual Volume 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 Inthe Common Actions panel click Create Virtual Volume The Create Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a b C d e 2 Int a System Select the system where the volume will be created Domain Select the domain in which the volume will reside Select lt none gt if not applicable Name Enter a name for the new volume Template Select the volume template to apply to the new volume If not required select lt none gt Comments Enter any notes about the volume he User Space group box Size Enter the size of the volume Change the Size list value to MiB or TiB as applica
299. ht click in the table of the system on which you wish to create a link and select Create Link The Create Remote Copy Link dialog box appears 3 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for a second port 4 For IP links in the IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links a Optional Enter the gateway address for each system port b Optional Click Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links 5 For Fibre Channel links in the Settings groups for each system port a Connection Type Select Point for point to point mode or Loop for arbitrated loop mode b Configured Rate Select 1 2 4 Gbps or Auto default c Click Apply to test the link configuration 6 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Links Removing Remote Copy Links To remove a Remote Copy link 1 2 3 382 Access the Remote Copy Links screen In the right pane select the link s you wish to remove Right click the selection and then click Remove Link The Remove Remote Copy Link s dialog box appears Optional If you wish to remove the selected link and its peers at the same time select Remove peer Remote Copy links Click OK 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Managem
300. i 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide SFP sictivsauontauaee del aeiiatty caeueadannedaaleneinviviak A siete caeeies 137 HOSES anii Vian a a a birt ies a A E a EEA a a aG 139 Viewing System RCFC Ports tes sna miaa o na Ue ee AE A a a Daa a AA eee eee 139 Upper PINE Sea rcetiss atta ne a aie i aa ii a a area i 140 Lower Panenan one nae het E AAE AAA EE EE AA A ae A LE aa 141 RCFCPort SUMMALY minen iisroii ei ai anaia Tiaia a Cia EE KE E 141 SFP anann n E a a E aaa A AE EE 144 Viewing System iSCSI Ports 0 cece eee ee eee eee nee aasia deii ipa 146 UPPE Pam iiei AEE RO A AECA ET ARRA team lsea EERTE 147 Lower PANE ani re eeta EA EVAL tae buried eee ieee T NIIE E TAEL Meade TAE EA NA Ea 147 iSCSI Port SUMM A yera a ee a a a a a a ue hates 148 SESSIONS spi inian ia ek fede ee ea tee av a eee ee ene eels ev a E aia 150 HOSTS paiiar sian Sea a aa cate dea A A EE A a aaa 150 Viewing System RCIP POrtS sssssssssssesrsrrsserrirrsrsrrnrrsnsrirrrsnsrerrnnnererrnnnnnarrrrnnnntnt 150 Viewing SFP Information ccc cece eee eee eee eee nena need 153 Viewing System Port Alerts 0c ccecce cece ee ene e eee 157 COMPIGUEIMNG R RAS A Sea AA EEE EEE S A E EE Sober tatpanted dean giedanstyee cas 159 Configuring Fibre Channel Ports cc cceee eect eee eee tennant ened 160 ConfiguringriS CSI PORTS s arien an bel pcieeers duh de beau hedge nen a a Gaade 160 Configuring a Remote C
301. ically connected See Configuring Fibre Channel _ Note If Fibre Channel ports are not displayed the ports may not be zoned Ports for RCFC for additional information Step 3 Groups 1 In the Source group a System Select the system on which the Remote Copy group will reside b Optional Domain Select the domain in which the Remote Copy group will reside c Group Enter a name for the Remote Copy group d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want the Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initial sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group In the Backup group a Name The system NOT selected as the source system automatically appears b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic c Sync Period If you selected Periodic select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize Click Add Optional Repeat steps 1 through 3 to create additional Remote Copy groups server selected during the first instance of group creation you will create a Note When creating additional groups if you select a server other than the bidirectional Remote Copy relationship where each storage server will be both the primary and backup servers to the other For 1 to N Remote Copy you can only create a bidirectio
302. icense For additional Le information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide If you are using 3PAR Domains and wish to move a volume from one domain to another follow the instructions in Moving Objects from One Domain to Another Domain Removing Virtual Volumes To remove a virtual volume 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to remove 3 In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove Virtual Volume dialog box appears 4 Optional Select to remove volumes and descendents without active VLUNs associated with inactive VLUNs and from volume sets 5 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab 320 200231 RevA 287 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Tuning Virtual Volumes To tune a virtual volume access the Tune Virtual Volume wizard 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to tune 3 In the menu that appears click Tune The Tune Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a System Select the system containing the volume to be tuned b Domain Select the domain containing the volume to be tuned If not applicable click lt none gt c Allocation Space Select User Space Fully Provisioned from CPG User Space Fully Provisioned from PDs or Copy Space d Virtual Volume s Select the virtual volume s to be tuned e If you selected User Space Fully Pro
303. ick Assign 3 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and edit the host with the information entered Step 3 iSCSI 1 In the iSCSI Host Paths group box a Select one or more iSCSI names from the Available iSCSI Names list This list displays iSCSI names for all physically connected host paths not already assigned to hosts b Click the left arrow to add the selected iSCSI name s to the Assigned iSCSI Names list c To remove assigned iSCSI names select one or more iSCSI names from the Assigned iSCSI Names list and click the right arrow d To assign new iSCSI names enter the iSCSI name s in the New iSCSI Name text box and click Assign Note Rules for the CHAP group box in the following step are as follows e When clicking the Initiator CHAP check box CHAP Name is initialized with the host name default e The Target CHAP checKiBox is enabled when the Initiator CHAP check box is selected e The CHAP Secret text box is required if a CHAP Name is entered e Target CHAP is optional e Target CHAP can only be populated if Initiator CHAP is populated 2 In the CHAP group box a Click the Initiator CHAP check box The CHAP Name text box displays the host name b Enter a new secret password in the CHAP Secret text box c If the CHAP Secret text box is entered in hexadecimal click the Hex check box d If required click the Target CHAP check box The CHAP Name text box displays the InServ Storage Server name e
304. ick OK See also Viewing Virtual Copies Removing a Virtual Copy To remove a virtual copy 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the virtual copy you wish to remove 3 In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove Virtual Volume dialog box appears 4 Optional Select to remove volumes and descendents without active VLUNs associated with inactive VLUNs and from volume sets 5 Click OK See also Viewing Virtual Copies Creating a Consistency Group Virtual Copy To create a consistency group virtual copy Access the Virtual Volumes tab Select two or more virtual volumes with copy space Right click the selected volumes In the menu that appears click Create Consistency Group Virtual Copies at eal The Create Consistency Group Virtual Copies dialog box appears 5 If you wish to modify the name of a copy double click any name in the Name column and then enter a new name 320 200231 RevA 327 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 6 If you wish to set a retention time select the Retention Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 7 If you wish to set an expiration time select the Expiration Time checKiBox enter a value in the corresponding field and select a unit of measure day s or hour s 8 Enter any notes in the Comments text box 9 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab
305. icking a folder icon also displays the first topic for that book in the Help Topic Window Click any bullet icon to see the corresponding topic in the Help Topic Window 58 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Searching the I ndex The Help system index is an alphabetical list of keywords associated with Help system topics These keywords are defined and associated with topics by an author Use the Index tab as follows e Click the Index tab to see the Help system index e Use the scrollbox on the right to scroll through the index contents and then click an entry to select it or type the first few letters of a word in the Find box at the top of the index to jump to a specific entry in the index e Once you select an index entry a list of topics appears in the topic list below the index Double click a topic in the topic list to view that topic in Help Topic Window Using the Search Function The Help system search function allows you to search through all Help system contents for a specific word or words phrase or Boolean expression Use the Search tab as follows e Click the Search tab to access the Help system search function e Type a word or words in the Find box and press Enter see a list of topics containing that word or words e When you perform a search using the Search tab results appear in the table below the search box Results are ranked according to how well they match your search
306. icular port to see a virtual volume as a specified LUN See also VLUN template primary server In a Remote Copy setup the storage server on which the primary volume groups originate primary volume group In Remote Copy the set of volumes on the storage server to be copied 320 200231 RevA 467 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide promote For physical copies to break the association between a physical copy and a base volume by changing the physical copy into an independent base volume For virtual copies to copy the changes from a virtual copy back onto the base volume therefore overwriting the base volume with the virtual copy R RAID O set Striped rows of chunklets on two or more physical disks A RAID O set offers no data redundancy RAID 10 RAID 1 set A group of mirrored chunklets RAID 50 RAID 5 set A group of parity protected chunklets Also known as a parity set RAID set A grouping of mirrored or parity protected chunklets RCFC Remote Copy over Fibre Channel The use of 3PAR Remote Copy with two storage servers that are connected via Fibre Channel ports See also 3PAR Remote Copy RCI P Remote Copy over IP The use of 3PAR Remote Copy with two storage servers that are connected via Ethernet ports See also 3PAR Remote Copy registered state change notification RSCN A Fibre Channel switch function that allows notification to registered nodes if a change occurs to other specified nodes R
307. ienleies 193 Host S mmary DetallSicis ssis a a a tale 193 VLUN Details sic parieri eri E ad a eee ee eda AAT EA EE E E E A 195 Host Explorer DetallS isreciran ventar eee eee aa EE tated 199 Viewing Paths enisi erine obh aiia cece be ede eee dia ety dey Saw oot ead deve die wav dale eek aa bees 200 Upper PIS see asaeeaeaseeh x naia a aa a A A aE i 201 Lower Paneo raona aa E EAE A A AEE AA AAAA N A AE EA 202 ACtIVe V UN S a a eA led aa E E a a a aaa a a a E e aE 202 VEUN Term plates jes ccc eiie a bedi deena a S a A 203 Path SUMMA saeara leet pd era webbadcUaeh a ade 204 Viewing Unassigned PathS cceccec eee eee eee nee nena eee nee ee eae 205 Viewing Host Sets aivcniira heer veld EE e A raa aE Ea AEEA T ETELE TETERE E eee 207 Viewing Host Set Details ccc cece aa E a E E eee tate 208 Working with Hosts w ccccseeccedei iia ee ee eee ee eae ete ee ena Pe ede Reece ede 210 Creating HOStS veces seeiecs eve nuina ii eaves ENEA odven se eye AE as de eeke oo Eiaa E 210 Editing HOSTS sistas A or het ea e es per ote oa ae tata PA ah tae a 212 REMOVING HOSES Sent aa ae a a a a e a aaa Ta i a 214 Adding Hosts to Host Setai eet iach E A ee ee ee beth pet ah 215 Exporting Virtual VOIUMES ne iana cence eee eee ener eee a E a 215 Working with HOSt S ets sec0caccae nienn ies cbse nage cee eceue haar dene AE Kaaa dwer ee chd 217 viii 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Host S
308. ii wedien edvpaebiearedsamekiearedeoreeriauidencersen aaaea 232 Displaying Summary Information c cece cece eee eee eee e eee deena 232 Displaying Allocation Information cece cece eee eee eee teeta eee e teeta eens 234 Displaying Capacity Information c ccc ce eee eee eee eee eee teeta eee tenet eaes 235 Displaying Raw Capacity Information ccceece cece eee eee ee eee eee teeta eae ee ees 236 Displaying Alert Information c cece cee ee eee ene eae teen e neta natn e eee 237 LOWE PANG inaa anna deneta eben idea denen a a Ged dana cavern dan adeebebtdece eben Ea GAT 238 SUMMAnY EE oE ERAT A te hcl bias tee chard buahids acho nian Act Reliab 238 Settings TaD e e a ates erases ese tet tee aves alec a EE E debe EEEE ANAE AEE 240 Virtual Volumes TaD ieies a a a vidi ap ang tae gies 241 Logical Disks Tab rasita i ee lnk creed EAA Pine ie EEE I a ea 243 Layout Tab iicciedeecevens fide eevee ipaa a a a edie aaa EEGA EET Eaa EE a E 244 Alerts Ta bscsceaaiard sc oe ta ETENE AA Uae es A aes 244 Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Layout Tab ccccceee eee eee eee ee teeta ened 245 Viewing the Common Provisioning Group Alerts Tab cceceeeeee eee ee teeta teeta ened 245 Creating Common Provisioning GrOuUPS 0 ccc cece eee eee eee eaten eee nee 246 Editing a Common Provisioning GrOuP cceeeee cece eee eect ee eee ee eee ee teeta ee ea eeaee 247 320
309. ing Multiple Items Exporting Virtual Volumes To export a virtual volume access the Export Virtual Volume wizard 1 Click Hosts or Provisioning in the Manager Pane 2 If you are working in the Hosts manager in the Common Actions panel click Export Volume 3 If you are working in the Provisioning manager a Access the Virtual Volumes tab b Right click the volume you wish to exort c Inthe menu that appears click Export The Export Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 Perform the General group box a System Select a system from the list b Domain Select a domain from the list If not applicable select lt none gt c Select either Virtual Volume or Virtual Volume Set d From the virtual volume or virtual volume set list select the volume s to export 2 Click Next Step 2 Settings 1 In the Settings group box a Select either Host or Host Set b From the host or host set list select the host s or host set s on which the volume will be exported c Port Select a port from the list d LUN Select the Auto checKiBox for the system to select the LUN or enter a number e Optional To allow overriding of lower priority templates click the Override lower priority templates checKiBox 220 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide f Optional To prevent the storage server from issuing a Loop Initialization Primitive LIP or Registered State Chang
310. ing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage RX Power Low Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic Monitoring Toe Identifies the monitored parameters temperature yP voltage TX bias TX power and RX power june The unit of measure used for the monitored parameters The current measured value Low Threshold The manufacturer s recommended lower limit warning High Threshold The manufacturer s recommended upper limit warning Low Alarm The manufacturer s recommended lower limit alarm Threshold level High Alarm The manufacturer s recommended upper limit alarm Threshold level 104 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing Drive Cage Alerts To view the Drive Cage alerts 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab appears as follows Systems InServs 5183 Drive Cages S 4 Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts Defaut x 2 rows att Filter clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Severity State Last Time Message First Time 44 Resolved by System Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST Cage 0 Failed Inaccessible 0 Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST P Major 45 Resolved by System Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST Cage 1 Failed Inaccessible 0 Dec 16 2009 10 38 28 PST Alert Details General Component Sev
311. ing data from the internal drive on node 0 not the admin volume Previously recorded alerts will not be 5424 P Major 225 Resolved by System Jan 28 2010 15 39 27 PST Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure aja I Deoraded 226 Resolved by Svstem Jan 28 2010 15 39 31 PST Cage 0 Dearaded Loon Offline aft Alert Details 0 General Component Severity Degraded System 5338 Type Component state change SystemSN 1300338 Message Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Node ID 1 m rete Unknown Component Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 State Resolved by System Frequency Message Code 0x2200de Sequence 677 Repeat Count 0 Last Time Jan 22 2010 16 33 54 PST First Time Jan 22 2010 16 33 54 PST Resolved By Event Node ID 1 Component Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Severity Info Type Component state change Sequence 1256 Time Jan 22 2010 16 41 02 PST Message Node 0 Power Supply 0 Battery 0 Normal gt The upper and lower panes are described in greater detail below Upper Pane Lower Pane 400 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Upper Pane The upper pane of the Alerts tab displays the following The system on which the alert occurred The severity of the alert See Alert Severity Indicators state The alert state The last occurrence of the alert A brief description of the alert Repeat Count The number of times the alert has been issued The first occurrence of the alert Lower Pane
312. ion Column Position State Mode 140 Description The port location in node slot port format The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Topology Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Rate Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Remote World Wide Name of the remote port Port WWN Remote World Wide Name of the remote node Node WWN i Lower Pane The lower pane provides detail information about a selected RCFC port from the upper pane Information is presented on a Summary tab and depending on your system setup an SFP tab Each are discussed in detail in the following RCFC_Port_Summary SFP RCFC Port Summary The RCFC port summary is displayed on the Summary tab RCFC Details Summary General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 1 5 2 Connection Mode RCFC Topology Private Loop Port WWN 215200024CO000B7 Connection Type Loop Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type EMULEX LP11002 Type RCFC Max Rate 4 Gbps Re
313. ion Pane ssssssssssssrrrrsrrrstt rrtt ttnt ttrt eens ea EE tE EARE EEEE ERRER R EEEn 37 Stat s Bafian niee nan a eevee aed alae a A E EA E A eels areal a aiaa 37 About Introduction TabSmascss aeiae a ea ee AA aE a aa E a AEA 38 Removing the Introduction Tab ccc eee eee eee teeta ened 38 Restoring the Introduction Tab 0 ccc cece eee eee eee te ene nena eed 38 Selecting Multiple ItEMS 0 0 ccc cece eee eee ene ene eee eee neta eae een enaee 39 Refreshing the InForm Management Console ceee eee e nett eee teen e ee eee teeta eae 40 EXPORtINGi Data MEA Aneta E E A E E chine dls ack siete dated Se 40 PIEGRING eessiizceatiei even tg ered ties Magda cane pica hin aig nee Sag ti A endive eek 41 Using the Complex Filter 0 a ee eee eee eee eee tenant aan 41 Adding and Applying New Criteria c cece cee eee eee eee teeta e eee ee eaten 42 320 200231 RevA iii 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide REMOVING Criteria vse cccceniec evened eae ee eee Lee dee eed boa PETEA Sv eae ee eee 42 Grouping and Ungrouping Criteria 0 cece cece eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eens 42 Negatinig Criteriasar s wore Nisa both law ian ean Meine ea vat aos 42 Using the Quick FILOP aioe died ceteh cet lie saeibaden a a a e aa a i aaia 42 Setting PreferenGes se c se2 wets acl et etek iain aoe Eaa eae ees 43 Setting Global Preferences ccc cece ene eee ne eens
314. ional speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time RAID Type set the VV s RAID type Setsize specify the VV s set size 3 Click Next to enter allocation setting information or click Finish Step 2 Allocation Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template for example a step size of 128 KIB Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a CPG template Allocation Settings screen 318 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Property Include in the template in order to ere set the level of failure tolerance for a volume created with this Availability template Choices are Cage default Port Magazine determine the number of contiguous bytes that the system accesses before moving to the next chunklet within logical disks supporting volumes created with this template From the Step Size list select 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB For RAID 6 you can select 32 64 or 128 indicate whether the
315. ional speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time The logical disk s RAID type Total Capacity Used Capacity 320 200231 Rev A The total logical disk size in GiB The amount of logical disk space used in GiB 243 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Write Through Indicates if the logical disk is in write through mode Mapped to VV Indicates if the logical disk is mapped to a virtual volume Indicates the purpose for with the logical disk is used Specifies the owning nodes The Layout tab displays the distribution of CPGs across physical disks and which chunklets are used by each CPG The Layout tab appears as follows Layout Tab CPG Details Summary Settings Virtual Yolumes Layout Alerts QQE 0 0 0 0 3 0 4 Alerts Tab The Alerts tab displays a table containing alert information for a single CPG selected from the upper pane The information displayed is identical to the information displayed in system alerts table See Viewing System Alerts for additional information 244 320 200231 Rev
316. ions in Creating Common Provisioning Groups See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Creating Common Provisioning Groups Saving a Common Provisioning Group as a Template You can save a Common Provisioning Groups CPGs as a template To do this 1 Access the CPGs tab 2 Right click the CPG you wish to save as a template 320 200231 RevA 249 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 In the menu that appears click Save as Template The Create CPG Template wizard appears 4 Follow the instructions in Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates Compacting a Common Provisioning Group To compact a Common Provisioning Group CPG 1 Access the CPGs tab 2 Right click the CPG you wish to compact 3 In the menu that appears click Compact CPG The Compact CPG wizard appears 4 System Select the system on which on the CPG resides 5 Domain Select the domain in which the CPG resides Select lt none gt if not applicable 6 CPG Select the CPG to compact 7 Optional Enable the Trim only option which removes unused logical disk space without performing any region moves 8 Click OK See also Viewing the CPGs Tab Removing a Common Provisioning Group To remove a Common Provisioning Group CPG Access the CPGs tab 1 2 Right click the CPG you wish to remove 3 In the menu that appears click
317. irtual volume that can tolerate a drive magazine failure because its RAID sets use chunklets from different drive magazines matched set VLUN template A rule that allows a particular host connected to a particular port to see a virtual volume as a specified LUN See also VLUN template Maximum Transmission Unit See MTU mirror One member of a group of mirrored chunklets which is also Known as a RAID 1 set mirror depth See set size mirroring A data redundancy technique used by some RAID levels and in particular RAID 1 to provide data protection on a storage array MTU Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network 466 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide No One Host policy Use when exporting a VV to multiple hosts for use by a cluster aware application or if using port presents VLUNs No Stale Snapshot System can halt writing data to the base volume so as to prevent loss of sync between the base volume and its snapshots no stale snapshots Virtual copy policy that prevents changes being written to a base volume when it does not have enough snapshot data or administration space to prevent virtual copies from becoming invalid or stale as a result See also stale snapshots virtual copy policy O One Host policy Constrains the export of a volume to one host or one host cluster when cluster names may
318. isk Host or Device Type InServ oe Name of device that the port is connected to e g hostl cage0 Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Lower Pane The lower pane provides detail information about a selected port from the upper pane Information is presented on up to four tabs which includes a Summary tab and depending on your system setup Physical Disks SFP Sessions or Hosts Each are discussed in detail in the following Port_Details_ Summary Physical_Disks SEP Sessions Hosts 120 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Port Details Summary The port details summary is presented on the Summary tab Port Details Summary Physical Disks SFP General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 0 0 1 Connection Mode Disk Topology Private Loop Port WWN 200100024C0000B7 Connection Type Loop Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type 3PAR FCO44x Type FC Max Rate 4 Gbps Mode Change Allowed Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Physical Disks 12 Connected Device Type Disk CN Disabled Connected Device cage0 Unique Node WWN Disabled Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 22 KBps 0 01 4
319. it 5 Enter a new alphanumeric serial number in the Serial Number field using numeric characters O to 9 and alphabetic characters A to F 6 Click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing Controller Nodes Power Supplies Details 320 200231 Rev A 93 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing Controller Node Batteries The InForm Management Console allows you to edit controller node batteries 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree click Controller Nodes under the system whose batteries you wish to edit 3 In the lower Controller Node Details pane displayed in Management Window select the Batteries tab Right click the battery you wish to edit and click Edit Enter a new alphanumeric serial number in the Serial Number field using numeric characters O to 9 and alphabetic characters A to F 6 Enter a new battery expiration date in the Expiration Time field You can alternately click the calendar button to the right of the field and select a date from the calendar that appears 7 Click OK aS See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Controller Node Battery Test Log To view the controller node battery test log 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree click Controller Nodes under the system whose batteries you wish to edit 3 In the lower Controller Node Details pane di
320. ividual plot for each selected object checKiBox 5 From the Y Axis list select a performance metric 6 From the Type list select a value Total Read Write plot both reads and writes Read plot reads only Write plot writes only 7 To change the default color shown click the Color button and select a new color for the plot 8 Click Add to add the new plot to the Plots list 9 If you wish to add additional plots repeat steps 1 through 8 10 Click Next to view the summary or click Finish Step 3 Summary eReview the summary information When satisfied click Finish 320 200231 RevA 397 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Viewing Performance Creating a New Chart Saving a Chart Working with the Event Manager The Event Manager allows you to view system alerts for individual systems and all connected systems and individual system events Viewing the Alerts Summary Viewing System Alerts Viewing System Events See also Managing Alerts Viewing the Alerts Summary The alerts summary screen provides an overview of the health of all connected InServ Storage Servers To view the alerts summary 1 In the Manager Pane click Events 2 In the Mangement Tree click InServs 3 In the Management Window click the Summary tab 398 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The alerts summary appears as follows Events InServs
321. ize a port 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port you wish to initialize and then click Initialize in the menu that appears The Initialize Port dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information 320 200231 Rev A 165 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Synchronizing a Port with the Name Server Note This operation can only be performed on Fibre Channel and Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC ports To synchronize a port with the name server 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port you wish to sync and then click Name Server Sync in the menu that appears The Name Server Sync dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information Issuing an LIP Command Note This operation can only be performed on Fibre Channel and Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC ports To issue an LIP command 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2 Right click the port on which you wish to issue the LIP command and then click Issue LIP in the menu that appears The Issue LIP dialog box appears 3 Click Yes See also Viewing Port Summary Information 166 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Enabling a Remote Copy Interface Note This operation can only be performed on Remote Copy over IP RCIP ports To enable a Remote Copy interface 1 Access the ports Summary tab 2
322. k Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links 5 Click Finish sas See also Viewing Remote Copy Targets Pinging Remote Copy Links Configuring 1 to N Remote Copy Configuring N to 1 Remote Copy Configuring Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy 320 200231 Rev A 385 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing Remote Copy Targets To edit a Remote Copy target 1 Access the Remote Copy Targets screen 2 Right click the Remote Copy target you wish to edit and then select Edit Target The Edit Remote Copy Target dialog box appears 3 Click Advanced 4 Enter a value in the Bandwidth field 5 Enter a value in the Latency field 6 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Targets Removing Remote Copy Targets To remove a Remote Copy target 1 Access the Remote Copy Targets screen 2 Select one or more Remote Copy targets to remove 3 Right click the selection and then select Remove Target The Remove Remote Copy Target dialog box appears 4 Optional If you wish to remove Remote Copy groups associated with the selected target s and dismiss the target s from groups with additional targets select Remove or dismiss targets from groups 5 Click OK See also Viewing Remote Copy Targets Selecting Multiple Items 386 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Remote Copy Disaster Reco
323. k Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 Click Create Host Set in the Common Actions Panel The Create Host Set wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a System Select the system to create the new host set b Domain Select the domain in which to create the new host set Select lt none gt if not applicable c Name Enter the host set name d Comments Enter any notes 2 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and create the host set with the information entered 320 200231 RevA 217 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Hosts 1 To assign available hosts a Select one or more WWNs from the Available hosts list b Click the down arrow to add the selected WWN s to the Assigned hosts list 2 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and create the host set with the information entered Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Editing Host Sets To edit a host set access the Edit Host Set wizard 1 Click Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree click Host Sets under the system where the host set you wish to edit resides 3 in the Host Sets screen right click the host set you wish to edit and then click Edit in the menu that appears The Edit Host Set wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Genera
324. k visual reference Normal Degraded or Failed status icons are displayed in the tree to quickly identify systems or related system components that may require attention 26 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Systems v InServs v Ra Ports p3 Host p3 Disk p Free pE Remote Copy ihn Drive Cages P Physical Disks Fc ssp H 5424 Controller Nodes P p Ports p3 Host p3 Disk p3 Free pE Remote Copy ihm Drive Cages F e Physical Disks Fc An System Fans See also Manager Pane System and Component Status Icons Common Actions Panel The Common Actions Panel provides quick access to functions commonly performed with each manager in the Manager Pane Clicking an action listed in the Common Action Panel launches that action s wizard As with the Management Tree the functions provided in the Common Actions Panel are specific to the selected manager from the Management Pane Unavailable functions are displayed in grey For example in the figure below the actions displayed in the Common Actions panel are specific to the Systems manager selected in the Manager Pane 320 200231 Rev A 27 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Common Actions Edit System BA Configure FC Port ag Configure iSCSI Port p Configure RCIP Port See also Manager Pane Manager Pane Managers are groups of displays and actions which are specific
325. ks for the storage server The lower pane displays details about a selected task from the upper pane Upper Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane provides the following information The virtual volume name on which the task was performed status The status of the task 320 200231 RevA 227 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Proaress A graphical representation of the percentage of the task that has g completed Start Time The time the task started The time the task finished Time Duration The amount of time the task took to complete Lower Pane The lower pane provides the following information System SN The serial number of the InServ Storage Server The virtual volume name on which the task was performed saus The status of the task A graphical representation of the percentage of the task Progress that has completed Start Time The time the task started Finish Time The time the task finished The amount of time the task took to complete 228 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Detailed Status Displays any details about the task as the task is running Alerts Tab The Alerts tab displays provisioning related alerts for the system The information displayed in the provisioning Alerts tab is identical to the information contained in the systems Alerts tab except for the following e The provisioning Alerts tab displays only
326. l The following information is displayed on the Summary tab The Common Provisioning Group s CPG s name The domain in which the CPG resides The total number of TPVVs using the CPG Brovicloned The number of fully provisioned volumes 238 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Thinly Provisioned The total number of VVs whose user space is using the User Space CPG Copy Space iis total number of VVs whose copy space is using the New Alerts The number of new CPG alerts state The current state of the CPG See Alert Severity Indicators State at Description of the CPG s state Description Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Near Line NL or Solid State Device SSD The capacity and capacity usage of the selected device type is displayed in graphical Capacity form Select to display logical capacity Raw Select to display raw capacity Allocated Displays mapped and unmapped allocated space Mapped ee oes Displays the distribution of mapped space The number of thinly provisioned volumes Device Type 320 200231 RevA 239 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Settings Tab The lower pane s Settings tab appears as follows CPG Details a Summary Settings virtual volumes Layout Alerts Copy Growth Copy Space Allocation Growth Increment 32 000 GiB Device Type FC Growth Warning lt disabled gt Device Speed 10K Gro
327. l 2210000A33000CC7 SEAGATE ST3750640N5 3QDONVAR AF1 1230 5 cage0 0 11 0 FE 10 Normal 20000011C647C030 SEAGATE ST3146707FC 3KSONRXG R36 6 caged 0 12 0 NL 7 Normal 2210000433000D37 SEAGATE 5T3750640NS 3QD0T64K AF1 1230 7 caged 0 15 0 Ee 10 Normal 20000018628E7CD2 SEAGATE ST3146707FC 3KS69EAX XR36 The following information is displayed Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 The drive cage in which the disk resides Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port i Indicates whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Nearline Device Type NL or Solid State SSD drive Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time 176 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide State of the disk as identified by the kernel See Error Hyperlink reference not valid ww The World Wide Name WWN assigned to the disk
328. l group box a Name Enter a new host set name b Comments Enter any notes 2 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and edit the host set with the information entered 218 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Hosts 1 To assign available hosts a Select one or more WWNs from the Available hosts list b Click the down arrow to add the selected WWN s to the Assigned hosts list c To remove hosts from the Assigned hosts list select one or more hosts from the Assigned host list and click the up arrow 2 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and editthe host set with the information entered Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Creating Host Sets Removing Host Sets To remove a host set or multiple host sets 1 Click Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree click Host Sets under the system where the host set s you wish to remove resides 3 in the Host Sets screen select the host set s you wish to remove 4 Right click and then click Remove in the menu that appears The Remove Host Set wizard appears 5 Click OK 320 200231 RevA 219 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Select
329. lected volume s to the Assigned volumes list 2 To unassign volumes a Select one or more volumes form the Assigned volumes list b Click the up arrow to add the selected volume s to the Available volume list 3 Click Next Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane 320 200231 RevA 293 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volume Sets Selecting Multiple Items Adding a Virtual Volume to a Virtual Volume Set To add a virtual volume to an existing virtual volume set 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to add to a virtual volume set 3 In the menu that appears click Add to Virtual Volume Set The Add to Virtual Volume Set dialog box appears 4 Select a virtual volume set from the list 5 Click OK See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Exporting Virtual Volume Sets To export a virtual volume set 1 Access the Virtual Volume Sets screen 2 Right click the virtual volume set you wish to export The Export Virtual Volume wizard appears 3 Follow the instructions in Exporting Virtual Volumes See also Viewing Virtual Volume Sets Exporting Virtual Volumes 294 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing a Virtual Volume Set To remove a virtual volume set 1 Access the Virtual Volume Sets
330. led TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is experiencing a loss of RX Loss signal from the host or drive cage oo Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic Monitoring The lower pane provides the following information croup rit peseripion OO O Position Position of the port in which the SFP is installed state Current condition of the SFP Manufacturer of the SFP Part Number Part number of the SFP Serial Number Serial number of the SFP Revision SFP s revision level Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Qualified Displays whether the SFP has been tested and if the SFP is supported 320 200231 Rev A 155 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is RX Loss pie f f experiencing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage RX Power Low Displays whether the SFP receive power is low Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital DDM Support Diagnostic Monitoring Tvpe Identifies the monitored parameters temperature yP voltage TX bias TX power and RX power junit The unit of measure used for the monitored parameters The current measured value Low Threshold The manufacturer s r
331. lerts User Space Provisioning Copy Space Provisioning Provisioning Thinly Provisioned Provisioning Fully Provisioned from CPG CPG V_export_test CPG VV _export_test Allocation Warning 90 Allocation Warning lt disabled gt Allocation Limit 90 Allocation Limit lt disabled gt User Space Allocation Admin Space Allocation Device Type FC Device Type Fc Device Speed 10K Device Speed 10K RAID Type RAID 1 RAID Type RAID 1 Configured Availability Cage Configured Availability Cage Availability Port Availability Port Set Size 2 Set Size 3 Step Size 256 KiB Step Size 256 KiB The following information is displayed in the lower pane s Settings tab Description Indicates if the selected volume is fully Provisioning provisioned or a thinly provisioned virtual volume The name of the Common Provisioning Group User Space CPG from which user space is provisioned Provisioning Allocation Warning If enabled the allocation warning percentage Allocation Limit If enabled the allocation limit 264 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Device tne The disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline YP NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed The speed of the disk NOTE The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL
332. lets Failed Chunklet Size Chunklets GiB 338 InSery F200 8 13352 10159 0 0 250 s040 InServ 5400X 199 72842 54191 6 0 250 s183 InServ T200 20 9460 7255 0 0 250 5424 InServ E200 16 24520 22691 0 0 250 Each system listed in the System column is a link to the layout grid for an individual system See also Manager Pane Management Tree 336 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Layout Grid for a Single System The layout grid for a single system is presented on three tabs Virtual Volumes CPGs and Logical Disks The chunklets for all virtual volumes Common Provisioning Groups CPGs and logical disks are displayed in the InForm Management Console to display logical disk information See Note The Logical Disks tab only appears if you have set your preferences Setting Global Preferences Viewing_the_Virtual_Volume_Layout_Grid Viewing the CPG Layout Grid Viewing the Logical Disk Layout Grid Viewing the Virtual Volume Layout Grid To view the virtual volume layout for a single system 1 2 3 8 Layout Grid InServs 338 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid In the Management Tree click the system with the volumes you wish to view In the Management Window click the Virtual Volumes tab Virtual Volumes CPGs 4 4 5 TT sa LT TT 320 200231 RevA 337 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the CPG Layout Gri
333. lick the right arrow button at the bottom of the Manager Pane 2 Click Restore Defaults See also Setting Manager Pane Preferences Manager Pane Understanding Icons The InForm Management Console uses icons for quick visual reference of alerts system status and system components and objects status Alert Severity Indicators Status Bar Icons System and Component Status Icons Alert Severity I ndicators The alert pane and status bar use the following icons to indicate alert severity levels On the status bar the alert severity indicator tells you the severity level of the most serious alert for all systems currently connected to the InForm Management Console 10n name wesenpon O A fatal event has occurred It is no longer possible to take remedial action 320 200231 Rev A 53 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Critical The event is critical and requires immediate action The event requires immediate action An event has occurred that requires action but the situation is not yet serious Deqraded An aspect of performance or availability may have become g degraded You must decide if action is necessary Informational The event is informational No action is required other than acknowledging or removing the alert See also Status Bar Icons System and Component Status Icons Alert Task Connection Pane Status Bar Managing Alerts Status Bar Icons The status bar
334. lid State Disk SSD for which the capacity chart is displayed See also Viewing the Domains Summary Tab 320 200231 RevA 423 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Capacity I nformation To display capacity information on the Domains tab select Capacity from the view list g Security InSerys 183 Domains Summary Domains 4rows ath Filter A clear lt Any column gt contains Clear CPG User CPG User CPG User Used Size GiB Used Size Percentage Base Volume Admin Size GiB Base Volume User Volume Copy Size GiB Domain CPG Admin CPG Admin CPG Admin Used Unmapped Size GiB Used Size Percentage Space GiB GiB Total Si domain1 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 oc domain3 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 O C domain 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 O C domain5 0 000 0 000 0 000 40 000 40 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 40 1 Domain Details A General Capacity Domain domains Device Type fai x Creation Time Oct 13 2009 22 57 32 PDT Xp Maximum Yolume Retention Time 14 weeks 2 days Objects in Domain Comments domain of all domains CPGs FC SSD Virtual Yolumes Base Yolumes Thinly Provisioned Fully Provisioned irtual Copies Physical Copies Expired Yolumes Unexported Yolumes Remote Copy Yolumes Virtual Yolume Sets
335. low you to view the day to day health of your system export To make a virtual volume available to a particular instance of a host that is a host WWN that is actually present on a port by creating an association between the name of the virtual volume and a LUN for that host on that port See also LUN VLUN and VLUN template F FCAL Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop FCAL is a fast serial bus interface standard used to connect storage devices to servers Fibre Channel adapter A Fibre Channel PCI host bus adapter HBA located in a controller node The Fibre Channel adapter connects a controller node to a host or to a drive chassis filtering In the InForm Management Console filtering a table temporarily removes table entries that do not meet the specified criteria G grow To expand a base volume manually by increasing the user space snapshot administration space or snapshot data space growth increment The unit of storage by which additional logical disks are created and allocated to a common provisioning group CPG The growth increment is used to automatically create and allocate space on demand as additional resources are required by the volumes that draw from the logical disk pool The default growth increment is fixed at 32 GB but the minimum growth increment varies according to the number of controller nodes in the system from 8 GB for a two node system to 32 GB for a four node system growth limit User defined thre
336. lume layout screen appears as follows Eli Layout Grid InSerys 424 Virtual Yolumes Default F 12rows db Fiter cie lt Any column gt contains Clear Name Domain State Grid Cell Type Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported To Color GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual admin Cougar Normal W Base Full RAID1 10 000 10 000 10 vvfromcpg2 0 TechPubs1 Normal o Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 MoA vvfromepg2 1 TechPubs1 Normal o Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 A testvy domain1 Normal a Base Full RAID 1 1 000 1 000 7 100 tewst YY_TechPubs_1 TechPubsi Normal a Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 100 Host_TechPubs W_TechPubs_2 TechPubs1 Normal a Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 T tew domaint Normal mM Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 Jeffyv2 domaini Normal B Physical Copy Full RAID 1 5 000 5 000 100 oso0of 0 JefFvv3 domaini Normal a Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 A 0 250 0 WS Normal a Base Full RAID 1 1 000 1 000 7 100 o250 0 V3 Normal a Base Full RAID 1 1 000 1 000 7 100 0 250 0 VV _export_test Normal a Base TPVY RAID 1 10 000 0 500 0 0 000 0 test03 I I I I I 48 000 38 500 I 1 250 irtual Yolume Layout Details A See also Manager Pane Management Tree 320 200231 Rev A 339 3PAR InForm Managem
337. lumes created with this template From the Step Size list select 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB For RAID 6 you can select 32 64 or 128 indicate whether the logical disks supporting volumes created with this Preferred template should tend to use chunklets near the beginning of the Chunklets physical disks or the end of the physical disks Choices are Fast default Slow 320 200231 Rev A 315 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 Click Next to enter disk filter information or click Finish Step 4 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used To modify the list of disks used 1 Click the Filter icon 2 See Filtering for details 3 Click Next or click Finish Step 5 Policies and Geometry 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Settings screen Propert Include in the template in order to perty Allow stale snapshots allows stale snapshots Restrict export to one host Indica
338. m LUN Domain Virtual Yolume RAID Type Host Port Host WWNJISCSI Exported Size Type Name Name GiB s040 g 13 yw_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID1 sqa peZ650 11 0 5 4 210100E08B25CC39 5 000 Host Sees D s040 13 vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 0 5 4 210000E08B05CC39 5 000 Host Sees s040 B v _sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 3 5 3 210300E08B6802FD 5 000 Host Sees s040 13 vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 3 5 3 210200E08B4802FD 5 000 Host Sees s040 B vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 3 4 1 210200E08B45CC39 5 000 Host Sees s040 13 vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 3 4 1 210300E08B65CC39 5 000 Host Sees s040 13 vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 2 4 4 210300E08B65CC39 5 000 Host Sees The following information is displayed in the Active VLUNs tab System Name Name of the InServ Storage Server configured by the system administrator The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value Domain The domain in which the VLUN resides Virtual Volume The name of the exported virtual volume RAID Type The VLUN RAID type The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported exported prot The InServ Storage Server port on which the VLUN is Host WWN iSCSI Name Exported Size The VLUN s exported size The VLUN type Host Sees Host In Set or Matched Set The logical disk s RAID type 270 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide VLUN Templates Tab The VLUN Templa
339. mary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations vuns Layout Alerts QQE See Viewing the Logical Disks Layout Screen for additional information Alerts Tab The Alerts tab displays a table containing alert information for a single volume selected from the upper pane The information displayed is identical to the information displayed in system alerts table See Viewing System Alerts for additional information See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volumes System and Component Status Icons Viewing System Alerts 320 200231 RevA 273 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout Tab To view the virtual volume Layout tab 1 Access the virtual volume screen 2 In the Management Window click the Layout tab The virtual volumes Layout screen allows you to see the distribution of virtual volumes across physical disks and which chunklets are used by each virtual volume H Provisioning InServs 5424 irtual olumes Summary Virtual volumes Layout Alerts See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volumes Viewing the Virtual Volumes Alerts Tab To view the virtual volume Alerts tab 1 Access the virtual volume screen 2 In the Management Window click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab displays virtual volume related alerts for the system The information displayed in the provisioning Alert
340. mation about 3PAR Remote Copy and about tasks that can be performed in the Remote Copy Manager The left side of the Introduction tabs provide links to help topics relevant to the selected manager Removing the Introduction Tab A manager s Introduction tab can be closed at any time by clicking Close Tab in the upper right corner of the tab If you wish to hide all Introduction tabs in the managers 1 Access the Preferences dialog box from the Main Menu Bar by clicking View gt Preferences Click the Settings tab In the Introduction Tabs group box click Remove All Tabs Click Apply Click OK to exit the Preferences dialog box ae ae galt tas until you manually restore the tab via Preferences Note Once an Introduction tab is closed or hidden it will not appear again Restoring the Introduction Tab If you wish to restore closed or hidden Introduction tabs 1 Access the Preferences dialog box from the Main Menu Bar by clicking View gt Preferences Click the Settings tab In the Introduction Tabs group box click Restore All Tabs Click Apply Click OK to exit the Preferences dialog box pide lS 38 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Management Tree Manager Pane Setting Global Preferences Selecting Multiple Items The InForm Management Console supports the standard Shift click functionality to select a contiguous block of items and the standa
341. mmary virtual Volumes VLUNs Layout Alerts General Capacity Name testvyset p Device Type fan Be Domain TechPubs1 La Virtual Yolumes Base Yolumes Thinly Provisioned Fully Provisioned irtual Copies Physical Copies Remote Copy Yolumes Expired Yolumes Unexported Yolumes Comments Virtual Yolume Allocation Thinly Provisioned Savings Base Yolumes User 0 50 Space 0 25 100 0 00 NOOOCOONONN E User Space 12 000 GiB Health k Virtual 2 000 GiB E Copy Space en o5 E Used User S 2 000 GiB Virtual Yolumes E Admin Space lic o New Alerts None Total 12 000 GiB Savings None State 2 Normal The type of information displayed is identical to the information displayed for virtual volumes See the Viewing Virtual Volumes topic and its sub topics for additional information 320 200231 RevA 291 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volumes Viewing the Virtual Volumes Summary Tab Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing the Virtual Volumes Layout Tab Viewing the Virtual Volumes Alerts Tab Creating Virtual Volume Sets To create a virtual volume set 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click right click Virtual Volume Sets under the system on which you wish to create the volume set 3 In the menu that appears click Create Virtual Volume Set The Create Vir
342. mote Port WWN 211100024c000144 Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Remote Node WWN 2FF700024C000144 Connected Device Type InSery CN Disabled Mode Change Allowed Connected Device 211100024c000144 Unique Node WWN Disabled Link State New Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 4 Gbps MRead MM write 320 200231 RevA 141 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is provided m p ee pom pornom ese mom oeren Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or InServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cageO Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Current state of the port Total Data Throughput The throughput in KIB sec Connection Mode The type of port connection Connection type or port connection setting Loop Connection Point or Loop point When the port is set to Loop Type point both loop and point to point connections are enabled Configur
343. mote Virtual Copy dialog box appears 4 Select a target volume from the Target Virtual Volume list 5 Click OK 6 When prompted for confirmation to continue click Yes See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Virtual Copies Working with Physical Copies The InForm Management Console allows you to view create edit and manage physical copies Viewing Physical Copies Creating a Physical Copy Editing a Physical Copy Removing a Physical Copy Creating a Consistency Group Physical Copy Stopping a Physical Copy Resynchronizing a Physical Copy Promoting a Physical Copy 320 200231 RevA 329 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Physical Copies Physical copies are displayed on the Virtual Volumes tab TO view physical copies access the Virtual Volumes tab A Provisioning InServs 5424 irtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes alerts Summary z 27 rows ith Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type A Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual YY_TechPubs_2 5424 TechPubsi Normal Base Full RAID 1 2 000 2 000 100 Al tew 5424 domaint Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10
344. n See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Remote Copy System Ports 346 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Remote Copy System Ports To view a system s available Remote Copy ports Access the Available InServs screen and then click the numeric value under the RCFC RCIP or Total column or 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 Inthe Management Tree under Available InServs click the Ports node under the system whose Remote Copy ports you wish to view Information about a system s Remote Copy ports is displayed on four tabs RC Ports RCIP RCFC and Inventory RC Ports Tab The RC Ports tab displays a summary of all Remote Copy ports on a system 2 Remote Copy Remote Copy Configuration 5183 Ports RC Ports RCIP RCFC Inventory Default z 4rows ll Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Position WWN MAC State Type Connected Connected Mode Device Type Device 0 6 1 00024C530038 Ready RCIP InServ 10 101 7 100 Peer 1 6 1 00024C530043 Ready RCIP InServ 10 101 7 101 Peer 0 5 2 20520002C Ready RCFC InServ 201100024C Initiator 1 5 2 21520002AC Ready RCFC InServ 211100024C Initiator RC Ports Details Q Summary General IP Settings Resources Location 0 6 1 MAC 00024C530038 Total Data Throughput 0 KBps 0 Type RCIP IP Address 10 101 7 102 p Rate 1 Gbps Gateway l 1 Gb
345. n The Host Explorer tab appears as follows Note The Host Explorer tab is displayed for systems running InForm OS Hosts InServs s040 Hosts Hosts Host Explorer Default Srows Filter E Clea lt Any column gt contains Clear Host Name A 2 Reported Host Name Domain os OS Version OS Patch IP Multipath Multipath Version Cluster Cluster Cluster ID Cluster Software Software Name i version di365 16_i10k 4 dl365 16 3pardata com Linux 2 6 18 92 el5 10 112 0 163 device mapper 1 02 24 1 el5 g di365 17_i10k 1 dI365 17 3pardata com Linux 2 6 18 92 el5 10 112 0 165 device mapper event 1 02 24 di365 21_i10k 3 dl365 21 3pardata com Linux 2 6 18 92 el5 10 112 0 173 device mapper 1 02 24 1 el5 dl365 25_i10k 1 dl365 25 Linux 2 6 18 92 el5 10 112 0 181 device mapper event 1 02 24 dl365 26_i10k 3 dl365 26 3pardata com Linux 2 6 18 92 el5 10 112 0 183 device mapper event 1 02 24 The Host Explorer tab provides the following information Reported Host Name The host name reported by the agent System Name not shown The system on which the host resides The domain in which the host resides The version of the operating system jospatch The patch level of the operating system IP Address The host s IP address jmutipath The multipathing software in use on the host Multipath Version The version of the multipathing software Cluster Software The host clustering software in use on
346. n Actions Panel The Move to Domain wizard appears Step 1 General 1 From the Systems list select the system to which objects will be moved 2 From the Source Domain list select the domain on which the object to be moved currently resides 3 From the Destination Domain list select the domain to which the object will be moved 4 From the Type list select the type of object Host CPG or Virtual Volume to be moved 5 From the Object list select the object to be moved 6 Click Next Step 2 Associated Objects All objects Hosts CPGs Virtual Volumes and Virtual Volumes Sets associated with the selected object which will be affected by the domain move are displayed Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish 432 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Domains Working with Connections The InForm Management Console allows you to view and remove user connections Viewing User Connections Removing User Connections Viewing User Connections To view user connections Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management Tree select the Connections node under the system in which the domain resides The Connections screen appears amp Security InServs 5424 Connections Default Me 2rows GUL Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Conne
347. nForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 3 Summary Review the summary information When satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Editing Users Removing Users Viewing Users Viewing the Security System Summary Manager Editing Users To edit a user access the Edit User wizard 1 Click Security in the Manager Pane 2 Right click the user you wish to edit in the User summary screen 3 Click Edit The Edit User wizard appears Step 1 Authentication Note Steps 1 and 2 are optional If you do not wish to change the user s Le password click Next to go to Authorization 1 From the Credentials group box select the Change Password checKiBox 2 Enter the current password new password and then confirm the new password Note The password must be between six and eight characters 3 Click Next 320 200231 Rev A 415 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Authorization 1 In the Privilege group box select the following a Domain select a domain from the list information about the license and for information about 3PAR Domains and _ Note 3PAR Domains requires a 3PAR Domain license For additional users see the 3PAR InForm OS Concepts Guide b Privilege select the new user s privilege level in the selected domain 2 Click Add to add the new user s selected privilege settings to the list in the Domain group box 3 Optional
348. nal configuration for one Remote Copy group pair 370 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 5 Click Next Step 4 Virtual Volumes 1 Select a Remote Copy group from the Group list 2 Under the Source Volume on list select a virtual volume 3 Under the Backup Volume on list a Select either Existing or New b If you selected Existing select a backup virtual volume c If you selected New i Name Enter a name for the backup virtual volume ii CPG under User CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s user space is allocated iii CPG under Copy CPG Select a CPG from which the volume s copy space is allocated iv Optional In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Size To clear the filter click Clear 4 Click Add 5 Optional Repeat steps 1 through 4 to add additional virtual volumes to your Remote Copy group s 6 Click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems 320 200231 RevA 371 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy additional information about the license see the 3PAR InForm OS Concep
349. nchronous connection must be a Fibre Channel connection while the asynchronous periodic connection can be either all Fibre Channel over an IP network or all IP Only unidirectional functionality is allowed between Remote Copy pairs To create a Remote Copy target 1 Access the Remote Copy Targets screen 2 Right click the system for which you wish to create a new Remote Copy target and then select Create Target The Create Remote Copy Target wizard appears 384 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 1 Targets 1 Click a storage server graphic In the menu that appears select a storage server to assign Note Only available InServ Storage Servers appear 7 2 Optional Under Update System s Location enter a location for each storage server e g Lab 1 New York 3 Optional Under Name Targets the Target Name fields are automatically populated with the storage server names You can enter an alternate name if you wish 4 Click Next Step 2 Links 1 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for the other Remote Copy ports 2 Inthe IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links Optional Enter the gateway address for each system port Optional Clic
350. nd when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab 280 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing Virtual Volumes Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks To edit a virtual volume access the Edit Virtual Volume wizard 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the volume you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a Name Enter a new name for the volume b Comments Enter any notes about the volume 2 In the User Space group box a Size Enter the size of the volume Change the Size list value to MiB or TiB as applicable The default is GiB _ Note Minimum permitted volume size is 256MiB maximum is 16TiB b If the volume is Fully Provisioned from PDs i Device Type Select FC for Fibre Channel drives NL for Nearline drives or SSD for Solid State drives ii Device Speed Select the appropriate speed or lt default gt speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time
351. ng the Display Unit Setting the WWN Format Setting the Date and Time Format Resetting Per Table Format Settings to Default Settings Configuring Interface Dialog and Tab Settings Setting Advanced Display Options 320 200231 RevA 43 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Access the Preferences dialog box from the Main Menu Bar by clicking View gt Preferences Setting the Display Unit To set the display unit 1 Select the Data Format tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 From the Display Unit group box select the desired option GB is the default display unit 3 If you do not want to display the selected unit on the table heading row uncheck the Display Unit on Header checKiBox 4 Click Apply to continue modifying preferences or click OK when finished Setting the WWN Format To set the WWN format 1 Select the Data Format tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 From the WWN group box select the desired WWN format OFOFOFOFOFOFOFOF is the default format 3 Click Apply to continue modifying preferences or click OK when finished Setting the Date and Time Format To set the date and time format 1 Select the Data Format tab on the Preferences dialog box 2 From the Data Time group box select the desired data and time format Long Display is the default format 3 Click Apply to continue modifying preferences or click OK when finished Resetting Per Table Format Settings to Default Settings
352. ning InServs 4 Virtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes alerts i6rows UG Filter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type amp Provisioning User CPG Copy CPG RAID Device Type Device Speed K _ admin 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 FC 15 vY_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full CPG1 CPG1 RAID 1 FC 15 V_quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full CPG1 CPG1 RAID 1 Fo 15 a V _burrito 4 Normal Base Full CPG1 CPG1 RAID 1 FE 15 w torta 4 Normal Base Full CPG2 CPG2 RAID 1 FC 15 _nachos 4 Normal Base Full CPG2 CPG2 RAID 1 FC 15 V _horchata 4 Normal Base Full CPG2 CPG2 RAID 1 FC 15 vy_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full CPG2 CPG2 RAID 1 FC 15 The following information is displayed Description mm ee The name of the InServ Storage Server The domain to which the virtual volume belongs state The state of the system Indicates if the volume is a base volume physical copy or virtual copy 256 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Provisioning Indicates if the volume is fully Full or thinly provisioned TPVV User CPG The name of the Common Provisioning Group CPG used for user space Copy CPG eee of the Common Provisioning Group CPG used for copy Device Type The type of physical disk either Fibre Channel FC Near Line yP NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed The disk speed NOTE The Device Speed number do
353. nklet Usage Information 0 ccceeceee eee eee eee teeta eae ee teenies 174 320 200231 RevA vii 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Displaying Inventory Information c cece eee cece ee eee eee teeta eee nent nee na eens 176 Displaying Environmental Information ccceee cee eee eects eee eee eee a teens 177 Displaying State Information c cece cece eee eee ee eee estan etna nee na anaes 178 Displaying Paths Information cece cece eect eee eee eee eee eee teen eee a tees 179 Viewing the Physical Disks Spares Tab c cece cece eee eee eee teeta ened 181 Viewing the Physical Disks Alerts Tab cc cceeee cece tenes teeta eee teeta ened 182 Viewing System Fanse cs eccces ene niea nbd apne aden ede na aea a aa ne ubse Eaa 183 Working with the Host Manager 0 00cccccccccceceee eee eeeeeeeee ee eeee sees 184 Viewing HOStS iiyecce cee tees di oie ie cee ee cae ede eek ae ee SY ve been ween twee de rae 184 OVERVIEW OF AI HOSS ssia ten iana a a ra E A cnt E E E O E EE aE 185 Overview of a System s HOSS 0 cece ee enter eae 186 Viewing Host Information cc eee a aa a A A E E a 188 Upper Pane nirun a a aE a a ea aaa a aa ae ema veetti 189 Hosts Ta Darema heoa aa d ata ae a N a a aa 190 BlostiExplorer E o EAr E E E A S bchinesteniaes 192 LOWEP PINE i EEr E AALE OA N ENAA LANSER AANI IREE AELIAN EUNANA REEE taenes e
354. ns VLUNs Layout Alerts General Capacity Name VV _export_test A R ee t r C iD Zi Device Type All Logical Raw Domain 7 irtual Yolume Allocation Thinly Provisioned Savings Base Yolumes Set Type Base a Provisioning TPYY admin 7 WWN 500024C000290148 ae Copy Of g Copies 0 e Mode RW osr Exported To com tpd inform ui swingx button TPDLi e nkButtonObject fd8ce3 0 0 Writable LUNs n a Master 1 0 E User Space 0 500 GiB ia i E Copy Space 0 000 GiB im z 10 000 2 E Admin Space 0 125 GiB MB Used User Space 0 000 GiB Total 0 625 GiB Savings 10 000 GiB Health History New Alerts None Creation Date Nov 09 2009 18 35 21 PST State Normal Retention Time State Description Normal Expiration Time Copy Space Calculation Date Comments The following information is displayed in the lower pane s Summary tab Name The virtual volume s name Ce The virtual volume ID The domain in which the volume resides 262 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The name of the volume set to which the volume belongs The type of volume Base Physical Copy Virtual Copy Indicates if the selected volume is fully Provisioning provisioned or a thinly provisioned virtual volume The volume s World Wide Name WWN The volume from which the selected volume Copy Of f was copied Copies The number of copies of the selected volume Indicates if the volume is read only RO or
355. nsole allows you to View System Ports Configure Ports Clear Port Parameters Reset Ports Set Ports Offline Initialize Ports Synchronize Ports with the Name Server Issue an LIP Command Enable a Remote Copy Interface Ping a Port Viewing System Ports The system Ports screen provides information about all system ports To access the system Ports screen 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select Ports under the system whose port information you wish to view The system Ports screen provides seven tabs Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iSCSI RCIP SFPs and Alerts For information about each see Viewing Port Summary Information Viewing System Fibre Channel Ports Viewing System RCFC Ports Viewing System iSCSI Ports 118 320 200231 RevA Viewing System RCIP Ports Viewing SFP Information Viewing System Port Alerts 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Port Summary Information To view the Port summary information 1 Access the Ports screen 2 In the Management Window click the Summary tab The Summary tab appears as follows Systems InSerys s183 Ports i Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iSCSI RCIP SFPs Alerts Defaut z 14 rows dtt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear Position WWAIMAC Connected Connected Device Type Device 0 0 1 200100024C0000B7 Ready FC Disk cageO Initia
356. ntage ssp Free The amount of free SSD device capacity in GiB jupsine The date and time the system was brought online Connection State The current connection state either Active or Inactive Note The InForm Management Console displays the devices currently The percentage of used allocated Near Line device space The percentage of used allocated SSD device space installed in your system For example if you do not have Fibre Channel drives installed the FC entries will not appear The following information is displayed when filtering by Descriptor information The InServ Storage Server name Each name displayed is a link to that server s Summary information 66 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Serial The system serial number Number modi The storage server model number The physical location of the server if entered during server setup owner The owner of the server if entered during server setup Contact information for the server owner if entered during server Contact setup Any notes about the server if entered during server setup Viewing a Single System If you are viewing information for a single system the Summary tab is displayed as follows Systems InServs 424 Introduction Summary Settings Capacity Software Alerts General Capacity Name ance Device Type All v Model InServ E200 Se
357. number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time ap The logical disk s RAID type Total Capacity The total logical disk size in GiB Used Capacity The amount of logical disk space used in GiB 320 200231 RevA 267 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Write Through Indicates if the logical disk is in write through mode Mapped to VV Indicates if the logical disk is mapped to a virtual volume usas Indicates the purpose for with the logical disk is used owner Specifies the owning nodes SCSI Reservations Tab The SCSI Reservations tab provides two sub tabs SCSI 2 Reservations and SCSI 3 Reservations SCSI 2 Reservations Tab The SCSI 2 Reservations tab appears as follows SCSI 2 Reservations SCSI 3 Reservations 1 row dtt Filter Clear System Domain Virtual Yolume Host Port A Owner Third Party Third Party WWN 5424 VV_TechPubs_1 Host_TechPubs 1 3 1 210000E08B000000 No The following information is displayed in the SCSI 2 Reservations tab Column Description System The name of the InServ Storage Server The domain to which the virtual volume belongs Virtual Volume The name of the virtual volume The name of the host with the SCSI 2 reservation The port that received the SCSI 2 res
358. o 260 Apr 09 2010 22 13 13 PDT P Mair 259 Ape 10 2010 06 11 06 POT P Myo 286 Mar 23 2010 11 21 04 POT P Maje 269 Apr 09 2010 22 13 06 PDT P Mayor 266 Ape O7 2010 06 10 43 PDT P Maior 267 Apr 05 2010 22 08 02 POT P Mater 257 Ape 10 2010 06 11 10 FOT BE Degades 266 Apr 10 2010 06 11 10 POT Dogadee 256 Mar 23 2010 11 18 51 POT E Degeded 265 Apr 10 2010 06 11 10 PDT P Mage 264 Apt 10 Z010 06 11 06 POT Who 263 Apr 09 2010 22 13 13 POT Nor 262 Ape 09 2010 22 19 19 POT T Cekal Z l Apr 09 2010 22 13 13 PDT Thin provisioned WW _sample has reached alocstion warming oF 5G 50 of 106 tual Volume Si vvcp 47 42 Failed Stale Wetual Volume 31 3 r0 Fated Stale Node 0 Failed Node Offline Due to Failure Remote Copy Link 15 4_0_ _t Faled Down Due To Send Eror Or Missng Heartbaat Remote Copy Link 11 4_1_2_t Failed Down Due To Send Error Or Messing Heartbeat TOC update done to B dicks cut of 16 Cage 0 Degraded Loap Offfine The PR i currently getting cata from the internal drive on node 0 not the admin volume Previously recordad akts v l not be v Cage 1 Degraded Loup Offline Node 1 Faled Node offir Due to Faure Total svedable FC rew space has reached threshold of 8006 1196 remaining out cF 5446 total Total FC ran space usage at 4256 above 75 of total 5446 Snapshot space for W W samples has reached alocation imit of 66 60 of 10 Alert Task Connection Pane Ef tet Syst
359. o include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template User Space group box Property Include in the template in order to determine the size that the volume created with this template presents to the host Provisioning create a base volume template select Thinly Provisioned CPG select the CPG to use for user space Allocation generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the Warning specified percentage of the VV size Allocation Limit prevent the snapshot copy space from growing beyond the specified percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter copy space information or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide w
360. ode Subsystems Internal Drives Tab ccceceee cece eee eee e neta ened 441 Viewing the Node Subsystems Physical Memory Tab ccceeeceee eee teeta teeta ened 443 Viewing the Node Subsystems Adapter Cards Tab ccccceceeeceeeeeeaeeeneeeseeeseeenenas 444 Viewing the Node Subsystems SFPS Tab ccccceee eee eee neta tate e ee eee ened 446 Viewing the Node Subsystems Power Supplies Tab ccceeeee eee ee ee ates eee e neta ees 447 Viewing the Node Subsystems Batteries Tab ccccceee cece e eee eee eee teat ee teen ee ened 449 Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab cece cece eee eee eee nee e eaten nee ne ed 450 Viewing the Cage Subsystems Drive Cages Tab ccccceee cece cece eect teen e ee teen ee ened 451 Viewing the Cage Subsystems Interface Cards Tab c cece cece eee cette ee eee teeta ees 452 Viewing the Cage Subsystems SFPS Tab cccceeee eee eee eee e eee teeta ene need 454 Viewing the Cage Subsystems Magazines Tab ccceeeeee eee e eee eect e eee ee teeta ened 455 320 200231 RevA XV 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Cage Subsystems Physical Disks Tab cc cece cece eee e teeta e eee ee ened 457 Viewing the Cage Subsystems Power Supplies Tab ccceeeee eee cette eee teeta ened 459 Viewing the All TaDy s c8i2 taka ca att aula theta beet ore dea eee ee 460 GOSS AUG oih E a e aaa
361. odel Contact Comments 320 200231 Rev A 193 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is displayed som o Name Thehostname host name Domain The domain in which the host resides The number of hosts it the host set The host port The InServ Storage Server port on which the host is visible Node ID s The node s connected to the host Volumes Exported The number of volumes exported from the host Total Exported Size The total size in GiB of exported data The location of the host IP Address The host s IP address Operating System The operating system type Description Host WWN iSCSI The host or iSCSI name Name 194 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The InServ Storage Server port on which the host is visible iSCSI I P Address The iSCSI IP address a e Persona wD The persona ID Capabilities The persona capabilities See also Hosts Tab VLUN_ Details VLUN Details VLUN details are displayed on three tabs Active VLUNs VLUN Templates and Path Summary Active VLUNs The Active VLUNs tab appears as follows Host Details Q Summary LUNs Active LUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary l G Summary F 24rows Gib Fiter Mi clear lt Any column gt contains Clear LUN Domain Virtual RAID Type Host Port Host W WNJiSCSI Exported Size Type Volume san 7 Name e mni Oo sles
362. om of the InForm Management Console main window displays information about system alerts allocation limit User defined threshold that can be set for thinly provisioned virtual volumes TPVVs to cap their potential size See also allocation warning allocation warning User defined threshold that can be set for thinly provisioned virtual volumes TPVVs to alert users when they reach a certain size See also allocation limit availability Level of fault tolerance for a logical disk For example Magazine level availability means that the logical disk can tolerate a drive magazine failure Cage availability level means that the logical disk can tolerate a drive cage failure backup server In a Remote Copy setup the storage server on which the copied volume groups reside base volume Virtual volume type that forms the root of all virtual and physical snapshot functionality Base volumes are the only type of volume that have snapshot data Space and snapshot administration space used by snapshots to track changes to the base volume See also thinly provisioned virtual volumes TPVVs 320 200231 RevA 463 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide C cache memory page CMP A 16 KIB block of control cache memory where I O requests are stored Cage availability Creates a virtual volume that can tolerate a drive cage failure because its RAID sets use chunklets from different drive cages child volume A virtual volume vir
363. omain State Type A Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported To GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual admin 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 a W _supertaco 4 a Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 0 s Yv_quesadila 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0500 0 Yv burrito 4 aa Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 oso 0 8 V _burrito copy 4 Normal Virtual Copy RAID 1 10 000 0 See Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Physical Copies Creating a Virtual Copy To create a virtual copy In the Manager Pane click Provisioning In the Common Actions Panel click Create Virtual Copy P The Create Virtual Copy dialog box appears System Select the system on which the virtual copy will be created Optional Domain Select the domain in which the virtual copy will reside AN 320 200231 Rev A 325 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 5 Parent Volume Select the virtual copy s parent volume 6 Destination Volume Enter the destination volume s name Note If you selected a virtual volume set from the Parent Volume list the Destination Volume field is automatically populated with vvname copy meaning that vvname is replaced with the names of the virtual volumes belonging to the
364. omain user you can perform any host task via the Domains node in the management tree The information and procedures when working in the Domains node are identical to those under the InServs node except information is filtered by domain See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Hosts The Host Manager allows you to view information summary and detail information about hosts for all connected systems and a single system s hosts Additionally you can also view information about host paths and host sets Overview of All Hosts Overview of a System s Hosts Viewing Host Information Viewing Paths Viewing Unassigned Paths Viewing Host Sets Viewing Host Set Details 184 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Overview of All Hosts To display an overview of hosts in all connected systems 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click InServs 3 Click the Summary tab The overview appears as follows Hosts InServs Introduction Summary General Active LUNs Capacity Exported Hosts Average per Host 0 Average Virtual Size 0 538 GiB Host Sets Operating Systems Top 10 Top 10 Unknown Hot A2 System Active LUNs v1 Host A 2 System Total Exported Size v 1 Average Paths per Host host s183 A GiB E al s071 al s071 DE 4 000 capybarra 5424 host1 183 EE 3 000 host2 183 capybarra 5424 0 000 Host_TechPubs 5424 host2 183 0 000 PubsHost2 5424 Host_Te
365. on Actions See also Working with the System Manager 320 200231 RevA 29 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Host Manager The Host Manager allows you to view and perform host specific actions and information When the Host Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows A Host Sets F E 5424 Hosts D f Paths D dh Host Sets y ae Common Actions v Bryce Hosts Create Host Paths amp Export volume amp Host Sets A Move to Domain Create Host Set gt Cougar et reate Host Se See also Working with the Host Manager 30 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Provisioning Manager The Provisioning Manager allows you to view and perform system provisioning actions and information When the Provisioning Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows Provisioning v H InServs H s183 W Pcs amp Virtual volumes 8 Remote Copy 6 Exported 6 Unexported 7 6 By Device Type G rc amp By RAID Type B rap 1 amp Virtual volume Sets amp vol100 amp vy setl 0O VLUNs Remote Copy 3 Templates 23 CPG 2 Virtual Volume D E 5424 v Domains v Bryce W Pas v 6 Virtual volumes 8 Remote Copy 6 Exported unexported By Device Type Common Actions 6 By RAID Type B Create Virtual Yolume amp Virtual Volume Sets z Create Virtual
366. on the tasks Summary tab See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Displaying Tasks Displaying Tasks The InForm Management Console allows you to display completed running failed and canceled tasks within a specified time period To display tasks 1 In the Manager Pane click Tasks 2 In the Management Tree click InServs 3 Optional If you wish to display tasks for a single system select a system under the InServs node 4 Inthe Management Window click the Tasks tab 5 In the Show tasks that are list select in any state Completed Running Canceled or Failed 406 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 6 In the within last text box and list enter the number and select either hour s or day s 7 Optional Select Include System Tasks to also retrieve system tasks 8 Click the Get Tasks button The upper pane of the Tasks tab displays task information per your entered parameters The lower pane of the Tasks tab displays detailed information about a selected task from the upper pane The Tasks tab appears as follows Tasks InServs q Summary Tasks Show tasks that are jin any state within last f1 fiav x IV Include System Tasks Get Tasks Defaut kd 24 rows at Filter C Clear Status Completed AND Type System Task Start Time v2 Finish Time Duration 183 1560 System Task remove_expired_vvs Completed
367. ons panel click Export Volume 3 If you are working in the Provisioning manager a Access the Virtual Volumes tab b Right click the volume you wish to exort c Inthe menu that appears click Export The Export Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 Perform the General group box a System Select a system from the list b Domain Select a domain from the list If not applicable select lt none gt c Select either Virtual Volume or Virtual Volume Set d From the virtual volume or virtual volume set list select the volume s to export 2 Click Next Step 2 Settings 1 In the Settings group box a Select either Host or Host Set b From the host or host set list select the host s or host set s on which the volume will be exported c Port Select a port from the list d LUN Select the Auto checKiBox for the system to select the LUN or enter a number e Optional To allow overriding of lower priority templates click the Override lower priority templates checKiBox f Optional To prevent the storage server from issuing a Loop Initialization Primitive LIP or Registered State Change notification RSCN click After export do not issue VLUN change notification no LIP or RSCN 2 Click Finish if you wish to export the volume s as configured or click Next to view the summary Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish 284 320 200231 RevA 3PA
368. oop Class 3 Node WWN 2FF700024CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type SPAR FCO44X Type FC Max Rate 4 Gbps Mode Change Allowed Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Physical Disks 8 Connected Device Type Disk CN Disabled Connected Device cagel Unique Node WWN Disabled Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 47 KBps 0 01 4 Gbps MRead MH Write The Fibre Channel tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all fibre channel ports in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single port selected from the upper pane Upper Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane can be filtered to display Fibre Channel Summary and Settings information When Summary is selected the following information is displayed Position The port location in node slot port format ww o O World Wide Name of the connected device 320 200231 Rev A 131 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide state The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Topology Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Rate that data can be transferred over the
369. opy over Fibre Channel Port cceeceee eee eeeee eee e eee aeee eee 162 Configuring a Remote Copy over IP Port cceccece eee eee eee eee eee eae tae e neta ene e ates 163 Clearing Port Parameters oi soccecs eit E A Wat E deh correla dined eg iieen 164 Resetting a Port i 2 cis eee iaaa eee ei eed ee ee ee ee dee eee eeabe eee eee 164 Setting a Port Offline eraren iaaii iiaa Give abies aa VE eeee a vee ed eas even 165 Initializing a Pore ne Se sire feeds rena Na or ets hte a sae be ae ah ee eee ee 165 Synchronizing a Port with the Name Server cccceeeee eee eee ee eee teeta ete e nae ne eee 166 Issuing an LIP COMMANA a aA eee eee neta teeta ete TEA 166 Enabling a Remote Copy Interface c cece cece eee eee ene eae teeta ene ened 167 Disabling a Remote Copy Interface cece cece eee eee etna eae teeta eee need 167 PINGING a POM sal entons a nse des ca a hd wtees duraasepuridwica de pera duhade T Ead Sera aAA 168 Viewing Physical DISKS sw 02 cece pers cen whee Seta eee pie eld ena ta ravens vane dined a saa dette vided ee 168 Viewing the Physical Disks Summary Tab 0 ce cceeeee eee eee eee eee eee ene eee teed 169 Viewing the Physical Disks Tab cece cece eee eee aetna 171 Displaying Summary Information ccc cece eee ee eee eee nee teeta eee 172 Displaying Capacity Information c cece eee eee eee eee eee teeta rreren eee 173 Displaying Chu
370. ormance of the object is degraded or there is a single point of failure of a dependent component A degraded component s status is also reflected in the status of Degraded other components where the degraded component is used This is further reflected in the status of the system For example if a physical disk loses one path it can still serve data but it is marked as degraded because the loss of the other path would cause it to fail Because this component is degraded this status is reflected in the components e g drive cage system that 320 200231 RevA 55 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide contain that disk Indicates that the component or object is not operational Like a degraded status the failed status is also reflected in components and objects where the failed component or object is used See also Alert Severity Indicators Status Bar Icons Management Tree Management Window Using Help Access the Help topics by clicking Help gt Topics from the Main Menu Bar A SPAR 3 2 0 InForm Management Console Help Help Menu Bar Fie Options Welcome Working with the Interface EHO Components of the Interface Selecting Multiple Items Refreshing the Inform Management Corr Welcome to the IPAR InForm Management Console Online Help The topics in this Help system contain information about managing IPAR InServ Storage Servers via the Inform Manag
371. ost Sees xl s i u a 6 726 00 The following information is displayed on the Active VLUNs tab The name of the InServ Storage Server The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value 296 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Virtual Volume The name of the virtual volume RAID Type The VLUN RAID type The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported pot The InServ Storage Server port on which the VLUN is exported Host WWN iSCSI Name Exported Size The VLUN s exported size in GiB The VLUN type Host Sees Host In Set or Matched Set Displaying Remote Copy I nformation The WWN or iSCSI name of the host The Active VLUNs tab for Remote Copy information appears as follows A Provisioning InSerys s040 LUNs Active VLUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary kere 1 428 rows Gl Fiter Ml Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System LUN Domain Virtual Volume RAID Type Host Port Host WWN iSCSI Name Exported Size Type RC Status Name GiB s040 0 SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 20 000 Host Sees E s040 5 vy pe2650 17_br 0 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 10000006250F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 6 v pe2650 17_br 1 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 100000062B0F4D3E 2 000 Host Sees s040 i SLES10_boot_base RAID 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 3 3 2 10000006250F4D3F 20 000 Host Sees s040 5 vy
372. ot visible to the InServ Storage Server jinserv Ports The number of InServ Storage Server ports that can see the host Available Paths The total number of available distinct paths between the host and the InServ Storage Server The number of paths seen by the InServ Storage Server and reported good by the host muons The multipathing method in use Failed Policy Path The failed path monitoring method ge he The monitoring interval in seconds after which the host checks Monitoring I nterval j for failed paths The device name for the selected VLUN on the host Healthy Paths See also Hosts _Tab 198 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Host Explorer Details The host explorer detail screen in the lower pane provide detailed information about hosts selected from the Host Explorer tab in the upper pane Host explorer details appear as follows Host Explorer Details General Paths di i10ke1 WW Vendor Model Firmware Version Driver Speed Multiple Host Name 365 17 _i10k Attach R ba 10000000C97B6E7E Emulex LPe11002 M4 2 7242 Z3F2 72A2 sli 3 2 Gbps Yes jomain Reported Host Name dl365 17 3pardata com os Linux 2 6 OS Patch 18 92 el5 IP 10 112 0 165 Multipath device mapper event 1 02 24 Cluster Software Cluster ID Cluster Name The following information is provided SS es 7 Domain The domain in which the host resides Reported Host
373. ote Copy over IP RCIP ports on a system 2 z Remote Copy Remote Copy Configuration 183 Ports RC Ports RCIP RCFC Inventory Defaut X 2rows lb Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Position A MAC State IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MTU Rate Gbps 0 6 1 00024C530038 Ready 10 101 7 102 255 255 255 0 1500 1 1 6 1 00024C530043 Ready 10 101 7 103 255 255 255 0 1500 1 RCIP Details Summary General IP Settings Resources Location 0 6 1 MAC 00024C530038 Total Data Throughput 10 KBps 0 01 Type RCIP IP Address 10 101 7 102 Rate 1 Gbps Gateway l 1 Gbps Connected Device Type InServ Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connected Device 10 101 7 100 MTU 1500 MRead Ml Write Mode Peer Configured Rate 1 Gbps State Ready Duplex Full Adapter Type The upper pane of the RCIP tab displays summary information about the system s RCIP ports The lower pane displays details about a selected RCIP port from the upper pane The following information is displayed in the upper pane Position The location of the port in node slot port format MaC The Media Access Control MAC address of the connected device The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons iF IP address of the RCIP port Address PRES Netmask address for the RCIP interface Gatewa The address of a local IP router on the same network as the InServ used y to forward traffic
374. oups the groups on the backup server reverse roles to become primary groups i e data is written directly to those groups as data would normally be written to groups on the primary server 6 Optional Click Advanced to display additional failover options 7 If you clicked Advanced a If you do not want to sync the groups after role reversal has occurred select Do not sync group after role reversal is completed 320 200231 RevA 387 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide b If you do not want to promote the snapshots to base volumes select Do not promote snapshots to base volumes c If you do not want to continue taking snapshots during failover select Do not take snapshots 8 Click OK 9 Click Yes when prompted for confirmation In the right pane of the Remote Copy Groups screen Primary Rev is displayed under the Backup Role column indicating that the groups on the backup server are currently acting as the primary groups Any data is written to the groups on the backup server e The DR state column displays Failover See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items Recover Remote Copy Groups Switch Failover Remote Copy Groups Note The switch failover operation is only allowed for Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy setups For Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy the InForm Management Console allows you to switch failover of Remote Copy groups from one backup server
375. ower Supplies tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Power Supplies tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Power Supplies tab has been The Node Subsystems Power Supplies tab displays the following information System The system on which the power supply resides The power supply s name The manufacturer of the power supply Serial Number The power supply s serial number Node Position The position 0 or 1 of the node in the node chassis The position O or 1 of the power supply in the node chassis Model Part Number The model and or part number of the power supply See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab 448 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Node Subsystems Batteries Tab The Node Subsystems Batteries tab displays information about the system s physical memory e To access the Node Subsystems Batteries tab click the Batteries tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab E Hardware Inventory InSerys ss Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default hd Brows Alb Filter f Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System
376. pacity Domain domains z Device Type fal x Creation Time Oct 13 2009 22 57 32 PDT zE Maximum Yolume Retention Time 14 weeks 2 days Comments domain of all domains Objects in Domain CPGs FC H E 100 SSD Virtual Yolumes Base Yolumes Thinly Provisioned Fully Provisioned irtual Copies Physical Copies Expired Yolumes Unexported Yolumes Remote Copy Yolumes irtual Yolume Sets Active LUNs Hosts Host Sets E CPGs 40 000 GiB Total 40 000 GiB oooo0oa0croooeorerf OK 422 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The upper pane displays the following information pmm men The total number of CPGs associated with the domain Virtual The total number of virtual volumes associated with the domain Volumes nase The lower pane displays the following information re ote feomen ieeinanasne The date and time the domain was created Maximum Volume The maximum time a volume will be retained in the Retention Time domain Any user entered notes during the creation of the Comments domain The information in the Objects in Domains group is identical to the Objects in information displayed in the Objects in Domains group of the Domains Domains Summary Tab except the information listed here is per selected domain rather than per all system domains cumulative List Select the device type Fibre Channel FC Capacity Device Type NearLine NL or So
377. path Connection Count Number of connections for this session Start Time Time the session started 128 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Hosts The host port information is presented on the Hosts tab Information differs for Fibre Channel and iSCSI ports For Fibre Channel ports the following is displayed Port Details Summary Hosts Defaut z trow Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Host Host Name Domain WWAN Port ID 5 hosti 10000000C98F5A2E 0 5 1 The following information is provided for Fibre Channel ports Host 1D The ID of the host Host Name The name of the host Domain The domain in which the host resides w The hosts WWN Pot The hosts location in N S P Node Slot Port format For iSCSI ports the following is displayed 320 200231 RevA 129 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide iSCSI Port Details Summary Sessions Hosts Default Orows ath Filter Clear Host Host Name Domain iSCSI IP Address ID The following information is provided for iSCSI ports Host 1D The ID of the host Host Name The name of the host Domain The domain in which the host resides iSCSI iSCSI name for the associated iSCSI host path IP Address iSCSI port IP address Viewing System Fibre Channel Ports To view system fibre channel port information 1
378. per Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane of the Alerts tab displays the following The system on which the alert occurred The severity of the alert See Alert Severity Indicators 320 200231 RevA 77 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide State The alert state The last occurrence of the alert A brief description of the alert Repeat Count The number of times the alert has been issued The first occurrence of the alert Lower Pane The lower pane of the Alerts tab displays detailed information about an alert selected in the upper pane The lower pane displays the following information Fiia beseription OOOO O The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators pe e The alert state Message Code The alert message code The alert sequence Node ID The controller node ID The component for which the alert was issued Resolved by Event The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators 78 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The alert sequence The time the alert was resolved A brief description of the alert The name of the server that generated the alert System SN The server s serial number Component Node ID The node ID The affected system components Repeat Count The number of times the alert was issued Frequency The last occurrence of the alert reine The first occurrence of the alert See also Alert Se
379. plate Select the CPG template to apply to the new CPG If not required select lt none gt 5 Allocation Warning Click the Enabled checkbox and enter the appropriate percentage 6 Growth Increment Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MiB GiB TiB 7 Growth Warning Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MiB GiB TiB 8 Growth Limit Click the Enabled checkbox enter the appropriate value and click the unit list MiB GiB TiB 9 Device Type Select FC for Fibre Channel drives NL for Nearline drives or SSD for Solid State drives 10 Device Speed Select the appropriate speed or lt default gt the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for 11 RAID Type Select the RAID type for the volume 12 Set Size Select the set size 13 If you wish to configure the CPG s allocation settings and list of disks select Show advanced options panel s 14 Click Next to configure Allocation Settings
380. port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Glace Identifies which Fibre Channel classes of service are enabled 2 3 or 2 3 2 3 indicates that both Class 2 and Class 3 are enabled Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Host or Device Type InServ Connected Device Indicates whether port mode change from initiator to target or vice Mode Change versa is Allowed or Prohibited This setting is configured using the InForm CLI command controlport When Settings is selected the following information is displayed Position The port location in node slot port format aia The type of port connection Disk Host or RCFC Mode lela Type of connection Private Loop Public Loop or Point Point Data transfer rate setting in Gbps for example Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 cage0O Configured Rate 1 Gbps Auto indicates that the system automatically selects the rate Maximum rate of connection from the port Indicates whether Fibre Channel service Class 2 is Disabled Ack 1 or Class 2 Ack 0 For fabric attached ports indicates the VLUN change notification VCN setting When set to Enabled notices are generated and sent to the fabric controller When set to Disabled no notification is sent 132 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Unique Node Indicates whether the node s WWN is
381. ps Connected Device Type InServ Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Connected Device 10 101 7 100 MTU 1500 MRead H Write Mode Peer Configured Rate 1 Gbps State Ready Duplex Full Adapter Type Intel e1000 The upper pane of the RC Ports tab displays summary information about the system s Remote Copy ports The lower pane displays details about a selected port from the upper pane 320 200231 RevA 347 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is displayed in the upper pane Position The location of the port in node slot port format WWN MAC The World Wide Name WWN or Media Access Control MAC address of the connected pala The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons The type of port either Remote Copy over IP RCI P or Remote Copy Type over Fibre Channel RCFC Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Host or Device Type InServ oo Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 cage0 Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports For information about the lower pane see RCIP_Tab and RCFC Tab 348 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide RCIP Tab The RCIP tab displays a summary of all Rem
382. pt coalesce g Persona list For systems using InForm OS 2 2 4 Select the port persona 6 Click OK anov See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Ports Configuring Fibre Channel Ports 162 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Configuring a Remote Copy over IP Port To configure a Remote Copy over IP RCIP port access the RCIP Port Configuration wizard In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree select the system on which you wish to configure the port In the Common Actions Panel click Configure RCIP Port WIN A The RCIP Port Configuration wizard appears 4 In the General group box a System list Select the system on which the port will be configured b Port list Select the port to be configured as an RCIP port 5 In the IP Settings group box a IP Address Enter the IP address of the RCIP port The IP address is required b Subnet Mask Enter the RCIP port s subnet mask The subnet mask is required c Gateway Enter the RCIP port s gateway address d MTU list Enter the MTU value e Speed list Select the port speed as Auto default 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1 Gbps f Duplex list Select the port s duplex value of either Half or Full 6 Click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Ports 320 200231 Rev A 163 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Gui
383. put 0 KBps 0 1 Gbps WM Read I write The following information is provided e pem Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or I nServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cage0 Current state of the port Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports 148 320 200231 Rev A TPGT Res urces Total Data Throughput Primary IP Address Secondary IP Address TCP Port DHCP IP Address TCP Port 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Media Access Control address for the Ethernet interface The Target Portal Group Tag for the iSCSI target portal group The throughput in KIB sec For iSCSI ports Indicates if the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP protocol is enabled IP address of the iSCSI port The address of a local IP router on the same network as the InServ used to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network Netmask address for the iSCSI interface Maxim
384. py Groups You can undo a failover operation by reverting the Remote Copy groups to their normal state For example you may wish to revert the groups if you have failed over the groups to the backup server but the source server has come back online and there has not been any new data written to the backup server To revert Remote Copy groups 1 Navigate to the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 Inthe right pane select the Remote Copy group s on which you performed failover 3 Right click and select Revert Failover Remote Copy Group s The Remote Copy Revert Failover dialog box appears 4 Optional Click Advanced to display additional revert options a If you do not want to promote the snapshots to base volumes select Do not promote snapshots to base volumes b If you do not want to continue taking snapshots select Do not take snapshots 5 Click OK 6 Click Yes when prompted for confirmation In the right pane of the Remote Copy Groups screen Primary is displayed under the Source Role column and Secondary is displayed under the Backup Role column indicating that the Remote Copy groups have been restored to their original roles e The DR state column displays Normal 320 200231 Rev A 389 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide e A green arrow is displayed under the Replication column indicating the original direction of data replication See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items
385. qa pe2 Host Sees 0 6 vv pe2650 RAID 1 sqa pe2 Host Sees 0 196 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is provided System Name not shown The name of the system The domain in which the VLUN belongs Virtual Volume The exported volume RAID Type The volume s RAID type Most The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported pot The port to which the path is connected Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs See also Hosts Tab Path Summary The Path Summary tab appears as follows Host Details Q Summary YLUNs Active VLUNs LUN Templates Path Summary K Default x 3rows lll Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear LUN Virtual Host Host Ports Inactive Ports InServ Ports Available Healthy Multipath Failed Path Monitoring Host Device volume Paths Paths Policy Interval Name 0 sles_boot sqa pe 4 a 4 8 QO Unknown Unknown 0 5 vv pe265 sqa pe 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 6 vv pe265 sqa pe 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 320 200231 RevA 197 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is provided System Name nok The name of the system shown LUN The exported LUN value Virtual Volume The exported volume Most The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported inactive Ports WWNSs reported by the host but n
386. r a specific node as selected in the upper pane and appears as follows Controller Node Details Summary Ports Power Supplies Batteries Alerts Default trow dlb Fiter M clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Severity T ID State Last Time Message Repeat First Time Count 1 Degraded 221 New Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT Port 1 3 1 Degraded Target Mode Port Went Offline 0 Oct 15 2009 15 23 32 PDT The Alerts tab provides the following information The severity of the alert See Alert Severity Indicators The alert ID sae The alert state The last occurrence of the alert 92 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide A brief description of the alert Repeat Count The number of times the alert has been issued First Time The first occurrence of the alert See also Alert Severity Indicators Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen Viewing Controller Nodes Alerts Editing Controller Node Power Supplies The InForm Management Console allows you to edit the serial number of a controller node power supply In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree click Controller Nodes under the system whose power supply you wish to edit 3 In the lower Controller Node Details pane displayed in Management Window select the Power Supplies tab N 4 Right click the power supply whose serial number you wish to edit and click Ed
387. r of hosts it the host set Operating Provides a breakdown of operating systems If Host Systems Explorer is not running this field displays Unknown er per The average number of active VLUNs ost 208 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host screen Active VLUNs The number of active VLUNs per host Average f Pn pees a Virtual Size The average virtual size of exported capacity in GiB Capacity The host name Each name listed is a link to the Host Exported screen Ei Exported The exported size per host in GiB The additional tabs Hosts Paths and Host Explorer are explained in the following Viewing Host Information Viewing Paths Host_Explorer_Tab Host_Explorer_Details See also Viewing Host Sets Manager Pane Management Tree 320 200231 RevA 209 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Hosts The Host Manager allows the following operations Creating Hosts Editing Hosts Removing Hosts Adding Hosts to Host Sets Exporting Virtual Volumes Note If you are a domain user only information within the domain s you have access to will be visible See also Manager Pane Management Tree Creating Hosts To create a host access the Create Host wizard 1 Click Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 Click Create Host in the Common Actions Panel The Create Host wizard appears Step 1 G
388. r pane s Logical Disks tab appears as follows Virtual Yolume Details Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations VLUNs Layout Alerts Default v 4rows lll Filter W Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Device Type Device RAID Total Used Raw Capacity Write _ mapped to YY Usage Owner Speed K Capacity GIB Capacity GiB GiB Through tp 1 sa 0 0 5424 aa Normal FC 10 RAID1 4 000 0 125 12 000 No Yes CPG Admin 0 1 tp 1 sa 0 1 5424 Normal FC 10 RAID1 4 000 0 125 12 000 No Yes CPG Admin 1 0 tp 1 sd 0 0 5424 Normal FC 10 RAID 1 5 000 0 500 10 000 No Yes CPGData 0 1 tp 1 sd 0 1 5424 Normal FC 10 RAID 1 5 000 0 500 10 000 No Yes CPGData 1 0 I i T i a 1 250 44 000 The following information appears in the lower pane s Logical Disks tab The name of the logical disk The system on which the logical disk resides Domain The domain in which the logical disk resides state The current state of the logical disk See System and Component Status Icons Device Type fea type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State Device Speed The speed of the disk in K RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the
389. rd Ctrl click functionality to select several non contiguous items These functions can be used in most of the managers listed in the Manager Pane to facilitate actions For example when creating a virtual volume set you can use specific virtual volumes to form the set by either using the Shift click or Ctrl click function to select a group of virtual volumes See also Exporting Data Filtering Working with the Systems Manager Working with the Hosts Manager Working with the Provisioning Manager Working with the Layout Grid Manager Working with the Remote Copy Manager Working with the Performance Manager Working with the Events Manager Working with the Tasks Manager Working with the Security Manager 320 200231 RevA 39 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Refreshing the I nForm Management Console To refresh the data displayed in the Management Window and Alert Task Connection Panel click Refresh in the Main Toolbar 2 G amp S uje e Connect Refresh Maximize Home Back Forward Export Data See also Exporting Data You can export data as a Comma Separated Variable CSV or HTML file from all InForm Management Console displays except for Performance The Export Data dialog can be accessed by performing one of the following Clicking View gt Export Data Clicking Export Data from the Main Toolbar To export data in a currently displayed table in the Management
390. rd Ethernet n a 7 3 20 k2 0 0 QLOGIC 2302 D44194 FC 0i 3 3 22 0 1 QLOGIC 2302 D36394 PE 01 k fE rA NNE Be RE Oe O from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the Adapter Cards tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the Adapter Cards tab does not display the System column Note In the screen output above the Adpater Cards tab has been accessed The Node Subsystems Adapter Cards tab displays the following information The system on which the adapter resides The adapters name shown in node slot format Manufacturer The manufacturer of the adapter Model Part Number The model and or part number of the adapter Serial Number The adapter s serial number The type of adapter either FC Fibre Channel Ethernet or Type iSCSI The revision level of the adapter Firmware Revision The firmware revision on the adapter The SFP s maximum speed in Gbps 320 200231 Rev A 445 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems SFPs Tab The Node Subsystems SFPs tab displays information about the system s physical memory To access the Node Subsystems SFPs tab click the SFPs tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab Hardware Inv
391. re the host s resides Click the Hosts tab in the Hosts screen Select the host s you wish to add Right click and then click Add to Host Set in the menu that appears Be Nee The Add to Host Set dialog box appears 6 Select a host set from the host set list 7 Click OK See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Selecting Multiple Items Working with Host Sets Exporting Virtual Volumes To export a virtual volume access the Export Virtual Volume wizard 1 Click Hosts or Provisioning in the Manager Pane 2 If you are working in the Hosts manager in the Common Actions panel click Export Volume 3 If you are working in the Provisioning manager a Access the Virtual Volumes tab b Right click the volume you wish to exort c Inthe menu that appears click Export The Export Virtual Volume wizard appears 320 200231 RevA 215 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 1 General 1 Perform the General group box a System Select a system from the list b Domain Select a domain from the list If not applicable select lt none gt c Select either Virtual Volume or Virtual Volume Set d From the virtual volume or virtual volume set list select the volume s to export 2 Click Next Step 2 Settings 1 In the Settings group box a Select either Host or Host Set b From the host or host set list select the host s or ho
392. red Any notes about the server if entered Radio buttons indicating if you wish to view either I Pv4 1 Pv6 Pv4 or IPv6 network configuration information If your system is not configured for Pv6 the IPv6 button is disabled IP Address The server s IP address If Pv4 was selected The subnet mask address that make up the network portion of the address Configuration te Active Node The active system node json The status of the server The default routing IP address The NTP server if any If Pv6 was selected The decimal value indicating the number of contiguous higher order bits of the Network 320 200231 RevA 71 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Capacity To view a single system s capacity information access the Systems screen and then click the Capacity tab systemssinservessi03 Introduction Summary Settings Capacity Software Alerts F Total 2 365 000 GiB 100 00 Allocated 402 250 GiB 17 01 F Yolumes 98 000 GiB 4 14 F Base Volumes 4 000 GIB 0 17 User 4 000 GIB 0 17 Copy 0 000 GiB 0 00 Admin 0 000 GiB 0 00 P CPGs 94 000 GiB 3 97 Vv Copy 70 000 GiB 2 96 Used 7 000 GiB 0 30 Unused 63 000 GiB 2 66 P Admin 24 000 GIB 1 01 Used 0 375 GiB 0 02 Unused 23 625 GiB 1 00 Unmapped 0 000 GiB 0 00 F System 308 250 GiB 13 03 Internal 172 000 GiB 7 27 Yo x There are overlaps among Yolumes System and Failed Capacities Raw
393. ree click Unassigned under the Paths node of the InServ Storage Server that contains the unassigned host paths you wish to view 320 200231 RevA 205 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Unassigned paths screen appears as follows Hosts InSerys 183 Paths Unassigned Defaut x 1 row att Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Host WWNJiSCSI A Type iSCSI IP Name Address 210100E08B229A2F Fibre Channel 1 0 4 a Path Details Active VLUNS vLUN Templates Path Summary x 1 row att Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear virtual RAID Type Host WiWNjiSCSI Exported Size Type Volume Name GiB tpvv1 0 RAID 1 0 3 210100E08522942F 1 000 Port Presents The information presented in the Unassigned paths screen is split into and upper pane and lower pane and is identical to the information displayed in the Paths screen See also Hosts_Manager Management Tree Viewing Paths 206 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Host Sets To view a summary of host sets 1 In the Manager pane click Hosts 2 In the Management tree click Host Sets under the Hosts node for InServ Storage Server that contains the host sets you wish to view The host set summary screen appears as follows Hosts InServs 424 Host Sets Default x trow ath Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains
394. rial Number 1100424 Overview Allocated OS ersion 2 3 1 MU1 Controller Nodes 2 System Ports 14 4 Degraded aa atocued Spare Host 2 fa N basi bi REA Pend Free 4 J 23 Volumes Remote Copy 4 4 Degraded b d Drive Cages 2 Free 93 Physical Disks 16 FC 8 NL 8 E Allocated 459 250 GiB E Volumes CPGs 297 000 GiB Hosts 9 E Free 5 670 750 GiB E System Internal 108 250 GiB Provisioning Total 6 130 000 GiB E System Spare 68 000 GiB CPGs 5 il Total 459 250 GiB Virtual Yolumes 16 Resources Health CPU Usage 0 MHz 0 Up Since Jan 13 2010 10 17 02 PST New Alerts UY 2Degraded Gy 2 Info 4 x 2 794 MHz State Normal State Description Normal Control Memory 2 061 GiB 51 51 Cn 4x 1 000 Gia Data Memory 0 551 GiB 13 76 i F g 4x 1 000 GiB 320 200231 RevA 67 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Summary tab for a single system displays the following information Name The storage server s name The model number of the storage server Serial The storage server s serial number Number OS Version The current InForm OS version Controller The total number of controller nodes Nodes ros recane fro Renmei foe nemesis fess ene aO o eeso o Note The InForm Management Console displays the devices currently installed in your system For example if you do not have Fibre Channel drives installed the FC field will not appear on the Summary tab Hosts The total number o
395. riate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box N 374 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking Size To clear the filter click Clear 5 Click Add 6 Optional Repeat steps 1 through 5 to add additional virtual volumes to your Remote Copy group s 7 Click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems Pinging RCIP Links When creating Remote Copy over IP RCIP links you are provided the opportunity to configure and ping the link ports to verify their validity and communication When pinging RCIP link ports You can click Details in the Port Configuration or Ping dialog boxes to show or hide details about the configuration or ping operation respectively e If the MTU value of the ports is different for example one value 1500 and the other value 9000 the lower packet size 1500 is used during the ping operation e If both ports MTU values are 9000 Jumbo Ping is displayed as the Ping group box title Configuring and Pinging the Remote Copy Links Clicking Apply after entering or changing the requested link information during Remote Copy link creation results in the entered configuration first being tested to check its validity and then proceedin
396. rm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Alerts Summary Exporting Data Working with the Task Manager The Task Manager allows you to retrieve remove and cancel tasks on InServ Storage Servers Viewing the Tasks Summary Displaying Tasks Removing Tasks Cancelling Tasks Viewing the Tasks Summary The InForm Management Console allows you to view a summary of tasks for all connected systems or for a single connected system To view the tasks summary 1 2 3 In the Manager Pane click Tasks In the Management Tree click InServs Optional If you wish to view tasks for a single system select a system under the InServs node In the Management Window click the Summary tab If you wish to view tasks from the last hour select Last Hour Only If you wish to view system tasks select Include System Tasks 320 200231 RevA 405 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The tasks Summary tab appears as follows Tasks InServs Summary Tasks JV Last Hour Only V Include System Tasks Tasks by System System a Running Completed Canceled Failed Name 338 0 0 0 0 s040 0 0 0 0 183 0 1 0 0 5424 0 0 0 0 Tasks by Type Type Running Completed Canceled Failed Last Failure System Task 0 1 0 0 node in the Management Tree the Tasks by System group will not be Note If you selected a specific InServ Storage Server under the InServs 7 displayed
397. rorrerrunuunnunnuunnen 390 Restore Remote Copy Group ccececcce cece eee e ee eee eee e eee eee e neste nase ene een neeees 391 Working with the Performance Manager 0 06ccccceeeeeeeeeeee ees 392 VIEWING PEMOLMAN CO sisane aired amined a e E ene a EEA E E E NA EA AE mente 392 Viewing Performance Over Time cece eect eee ne eee atte ened 393 Viewing Instantaneous StatiStiCs cece ccc eee ee eee nee teeta tee nnns 394 Creating a New Chart usss cree ccencedne vases ded aae ett g eb aen ns iA EE anne Ueda ae eee 395 Saving a Chart enaa a tones setied avi acute ea a a a a a nay Shen qub side tera EnaA 396 EGIEINGa C Hants acai a a a a ui A 397 Working with the Event Manager sessiessrrersrrresrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrrn 398 Viewing the Alerts SUMMALY ccc cece ene eee teeta ened 398 Viewing System Alerts emcee uden sky te ees yup ned a a a e aaa hse tense enya ia 400 Upper PANG veiric nc tcese Te dace ites cr aiaa AAE E enna EAEE E AAEE Eo EAA 401 Lower Panes ci thrwtvs nee tenons A dusore dunseddbrebdenate soar ddan ie AT EEEN AE 401 Removing System Alerts cece a a eee ee ene eee enna eae ea E 403 Viewing System Events 0 cece cece eee ene ene nena aed 403 FIRERING EVEMUS eanicciid cites ap ier t tis tims NS ook dea eG tala A aD She E 404 Working with the Task Manager cc ceee eee eee eee eee nee ee eterna ened 405 Viewing the Tasks SUMMATLY
398. rt information appears as follows E Provisioning InServs s071 CPGs Summary CPGs Alerts m 3rows ith Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Allocation Growth Growth Limit Copy Space Admin Admin Admin Admin Warning Alert Warning Alert Alert Failure Allocation Growth Growth Limit Space Warning Alert Warning Alert Alert Failure RemoteCopy s071 Normal cpg_01 s071 Normal cpg_02 s071 Normal 320 200231 Rev A 237 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Lower Pane The lower pane displays detailed information about a single CPG selected from the upper pane The lower pane displays information on six tabs Summary Settings Virtual Volumes Logical Disks Layout and Alerts Summary Tab The lower pane s Summary tab appears as follows CPG Details Summary Settings Virtual volumes Layout Alerts General Capacity Name cpgl Device Type All v Logical Raw Domain TechPubs1 Total Count 4 Allocated Mapped Space Fully Provisioned 0 Thinly Provisioned 0 Space Usage User Space 4 Copy Space 0 M d User Space space 100 100 Mapped Space 8 000 GiB E User Space 8 000 GiB Total 8 000 GiB Total 8 000 GiB Health Alerts None State Normal State Description Norma
399. s Spares Alerts MEEI Srows Ab Fiter ar lt Any column gt contains Clear D Cage Position Device Type Device State Total Chunklets Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal Unused Normal Spare Spare Spare Spare sed OK Used Failed Unused Free Unused Unavailable Unused Used OK Used Failed Unused Free Unused Unused Uninit Failed Uninit Failed 0 cage0 0 0 0 NL 7 Normal 2793 0 0 2231 0 0 0 o oO 562 0 0 1 caged 0 3 0 Lo 10 Normal 545 100 0 308 0 0 0 0 0 137 0 0 2 caged 0 4 0 NL 7 Normal 2793 0 0 2231 0 0 0 0 0 562 0 0 3 caged 0 7 0 FC 10 Normal 545 100 0 309 0 0 0 0 0 136 0 0 4 caged 0 8 0 NL 7 Normal 2793 0 0 2231 0 0 0 0 0 562 0 0 5 caged 0 11 0 FC 10 Normal 545 100 0 309 0 0 0 0 0 136 0 0 6 caged 0 12 0 NL 7 Normal 2793 0 0 2231 0 0 0 0 0 562 0 0 7 caged 0 15 0 FC 10 Normal 545 100 0 309 0 0 0 0 0 136 0 0 13362 400 a 10159 a a a a a 2793 a oy 174 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The following information is displayed Physical disk ID as assigned by the system Physical disks are numbered contiguously during system installation beginning with 0 Cage The drive cage in which the disk resides Position Location of the disk in the format N S P Node Slot Port Indicates whether a physical disk is a Fibre Channel FC Nearline Device Type NL or Solid State SSD drive Device Speed Speed of the specified disk RPM
400. s Panel appear as follows Performance E InServs 7 amp s183 P amp Physical Disks iy PD Usage Total IOPS Y B Ports Data ie Disk Ports Total Throughput iwi Host Ports Total Throughput wie RCIP Ports Total Throughput E 5424 Physical Disks iy PD Usage Total IOPS Y B Ports Data wie Disk Ports Total Throughput ie Host Ports Total Throughput we RCIP Ports Total Throughput Saved Charts ig New Chart Common Actions See also Working with the Performance Manager 320 200231 Rev A 33 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Event Manager The Event Manager allows you to view InServ Storage Servers alerts and events When the Event Manager is selected the Management Tree appears as follows Events v InServs E s183 E 5424 See also Working with the Events Manager Task Manager The Task Manager allows you to view and perform system task actions and information When the Task Manager is selected the Management Tree and Common Actions Panel appear as follows Tasks v E InServs E s040 H s183 E 338 E 5424 Common Actions He Cancel Task x Remove Task See also Working with the Tasks Manager 34 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Security Manager The Security Manager allows you to view and work with system users domains and connections When the Security Manager is selected the Management Tree and
401. s a submenu providing access to all aspects for provisioning storage including VVs VLUNs CPGs LDs and Templates Displays a submenu providing access to set up and edit Remote Copy configurations Displays a submenu for working with the selected alert See Managing Events and Alerts Displays a submenu providing options to performance charting including new open save and edit functions Displays a submenu allowing you to cancel and remove tasks Displays a submenu providing access for working with users and domains Arranges Application Windows so they overlap one another but every window is visible within the desktop Arranges and resizes all Application Windows to fit inside the desktop Tiles all Application Windows horizontally in the desktop Tiles all Application Windows vertically in the desktop 23 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Close All Closes all open Application Windows Restore Restores the selected Application Window from the TasKiBar to the desktop pme Minimizes the selected Application Window Maximizes the selected Application Window 1 lt List of Open Windows gt Restores the selected Application from the TasKiBar to the Desktop Opens the Help Navigator and the Help Topic Window providing access to the InForm Management Console Online Help system About 3PAR Displays the About 3PAR InForm I nForm Management Console dialog box which Management con
402. s in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include Property Include in the template in order to Allocation specify the percentage of used copy administration or copy space which Warning results in an alert set the growth increment different than the default The minimum growth increment and default varies according to the number of controller nodes Growth in the system see table Increment of Nodes 320 200231 RevA 317 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Growth set the threshold when the LD space exceeds this amount set the threshold at which the system stops creating additional LDs to support volumes that draw space from a CPG set the disk type to Fibre Channel FC Nearline or Solid State Device Type SSD Device Speed set the disk speed Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotat
403. s in the upper tab 102 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Interface A Card Interface card number as assigned by the system SFP o SFP number as assigned by the system state The drive cage state See System and Component Status Icons Manufacturer The SFP manufacturer Max Speed The maximum speed of the SFP in Gbps TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem RX Loss Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is experiencing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage pod Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support oe whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic onitoring The following information appears in the lower tab croup ried beseription OOO Interface Card Interface card number as assigned by the system SFP number as assigned by the system Current condition of the SFP Manufacturer Manufacturer of the SFP Part number of the SFP Serial Number Serial number of the SFP 320 200231 Rev A 103 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Max Speed Maximum speed allowed by the SFP Qualified Displays whether the SFP has been tested and if the SFP is Supported TX Disable Displays whether the transmit laser is disabled TX Fault Displays whether the transmit laser has a problem RX Loss Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is experienc
404. s tab is identical to the information contained in the systems Alerts tab e The Alerts tab displays only virtual volume related alerts e See Viewing System Alerts 274 320 200231 RevA See also 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Manager Pane Man agement Tree Viewing Virtual Volumes Viewing System Alerts Creating Virtual Volumes To create a virtual volume access the Create Virtual Volume wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 Inthe Common Actions panel click Create Virtual Volume The Create Virtual Volume wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a b C d e 2 Int a System Select the system where the volume will be created Domain Select the domain in which the volume will reside Select lt none gt if not applicable Name Enter a name for the new volume Template Select the volume template to apply to the new volume If not required select lt none gt Comments Enter any notes about the volume he User Space group box Size Enter the size of the volume Change the Size list value to MiB or TiB as applicable The default is GiB Note Minimum permitted volume size is 256MiB maximum is 16TiB Provisioning Select how the volume will be provisioned Selecting Fully Provisioned from CPGs results in the creation of a base volume Selecting Thinly Provisioned results in the creation of a Thinly Provi
405. sage The current CPU usage displayed in MHz and percentage See also Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen Alert Severity Indicators System and Component Status Icons Viewing Controller Node Ports Details To view the Controller Node Ports detail screen Access the Controller Nodes screen In the upper pane click the Summary tab Select a node In the lower pane click the Ports tab ES The Ports tab appears as follows Controller Node Details Summary Ports Power Supplies Batteries Alerts Cards Ports Type 1 Position A2 Ports Max Rate Type A 1 Connected Device Type A 2 Speed A 3 Count Ethernet 1 2 2 1 Gbps FC Disk 2 Gbps 2 Fc 1 0 2 2Gbps FC Free Z FC 1 3 2 2Gbps RCIP InServ 2 88 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Ports tab provides the following information Group Column f pesepton O The type of interface card either Ethernet or Fibre Channel Type FC Position The position of the card in node slot format Cards Ports The number of ports on the interface The maximum rate in Gbps Type The port type Fibre Channel FC iSCSI Remote Copy over yp IP RCIP or Remote Copy over Fibre Channel RCFC connects The connected device type Free Disk Host or InServ Device Type The speed of the port in Gbps The number of ports See also Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary S
406. servers with configured Remote Copy ports To configure 1 to N Remote Copy 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 Inthe Common Actions panel click New Configuration The New Remote Copy Configuration wizard appears Step 1 Targets 1 Under Select a Topology click 1 N 2 Under Assign Systems a Select the total number of systems you are configuring for the 1 to N setup b Click a storage server graphic In the menu that appears select a storage server to assign Repeat for the other storage server graphics Note Only available InServ Storage Servers which satisfy requirements Le appear See the 3PAR Remote Copy User s Guide for additional information 3 Optional Under Update System s Location enter a location for each storage server e g Lab 1 New York 4 Optional Under Name Targets the Target Name fields are automatically populated with the storage server names You can enter an alternate name if you wish 5 Click Next 366 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Links 1 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for the other Remote Copy ports For IP links in the IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links a Optional Enter
407. shold that can be set for common provisioning groups CPGs to cap their potential size See also growth warning growth warning User defined threshold that can be set for common provisioning groups CPGs to alert users when they reach a certain size See also growth limit 320 200231 Rev A 465 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide H host A set of WWNs of the physical ports on a server host port See target port initiator initiator port A port that is connected to a drive cage Also known as a disk port because it sends commands to the physical disks Internet Storage Name Service See iSNS iSCSI adaptor An iSCSI PCI host bus adapter HBA located in a controller node The iSCSI adapter connects a controller node to a host iSCSI name A value used to identify iSCSI channel devices on an arbitrated loop ISNS Internet Storage Name Service Protocol that allows automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI L LD template Logical disk template The template contains a set of logical disk parameters that can be applied again and again to create logical disks or volumes with the same characteristics using the InForm Management Console logical unit number See LUN LUN Stands for logical unit number A number used to access a virtual volume that has been assigned to a particular host on a particular port See also export VLUN and VLUN template M Magazine availability Creates a v
408. sioned Virtual Volume TPVV If you selected Fully Provisioned from CPGs select a CPG from the CPG list If you selected Thinly Provisioned 320 200231 RevA 275 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide i CPG Select a CPG ii In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 In the Grouping group box a Count Enter the number of volumes to create b Set Name Select a virtual volume set name or if not required select lt none gt 4 If you wish to configure the virtual volume s policies and geometry select Show advanced options panel s 5 Click Next to configure Copy Space Settings or click Finish Step 2 Copy Space Settings 1 From the CPG list select the CPG to use for copy space or select lt none gt 2 In the Allocation Warning and Allocation Limit text boxes enter the appropriate information If you do not want these options used uncheck the Enabled box 3 Click Next to configure Policies and Geometry if enabled or to view the summary information or click Finish Step 3 Policies amp Geometry 1 In the Policies group box enable any of the following a Allow stale snapshots b Restrict export to one host c For TPVVs only Zero fill on partially written data pages d Retention Time If enabled enter a value in the corresponding text box and then select either day s or
409. sole 4 1 0 User s Guide Power Supply The position O or 1 of the power supply in the node Position chassis The position of the battery in the system See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab The Hardware Inventory Cage Subsystems tab provides information about system drive cage components The information is included on six additional tabs which are discussed in the following topics Viewing the Cage Subsystems Dive Cages Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Interface Cards Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems SFPs Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Magazines Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Physical Disks Tab Viewing the Cage Subsystems Power Supplies Tab To access the Hardware Inventory Cage Subsystems tab 1 Click Hardware Inventory in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select the InServs node or select a specific system node for example s424 3 In the Management Window click the Cage Subsystems tab the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree The resulting depicted screen output display data for all connected systems Note In the following topics each subsystem tab has been accessed from 450 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Drive
410. space in a virtual volume or the size of the volume as presented to the host user space The space on a virtual volume that represents the size of the virtual volume as presented to the host For standard base volumes the user space holds all user data For thinly provisioned virtual volumes no storage is actually allocated to user space so the user space represents the volume s virtual size See also virtual size V virtual copy A snapshot or copy in time of another volume a base volume or another virtual copy created using copy on write techniques virtual copy consistency group A group of snapshots created from multiple virtual volumes at the same time in order to ensure consistency virtual size The size that the volume presents to the host For standard base volumes the virtual size is equal to the user space For thinly provisioned virtual volumes no storage is actually allocated to user space so the virtual size is determined by whatever value is assigned to the user space See also user space virtual volume A virtual storage unit created by mapping data from one or more logical disks See also logical disk mapping VLUN A pairing between a virtual volume and a Logical Unit Number LUN expressed as either a VLUN template or an active VLUN VLUN template Sets up an association between a virtual volume and a LUN host LUN port or LUN host port combination by establishing the export rule or the manner in which
411. splayed in Management Window select the Batteries tab 4 Right click the battery whose test log you wish to view and click Show Test Log 94 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Resetting the Controller Node Battery Test Log To reset the controller node battery test log 1 2 3 In the Manager Pane click Systems In the Management Tree click Controller Nodes under the system whose batteries you wish to edit In the lower Controller Node Details pane displayed in Management Window select the Batteries tab Right click the battery whose test log you wish to reset and click Reset Test Log Click Yes when prompted for confirmation Recharging Controller Node Batteries The InForm Management Console allows you to recharge controller node batteries 1 In the Manager Pane click Systems 2 In the Management Tree click Controller Nodes under the system whose batteries you recharge 3 In the lower Controller Node Details pane displayed in Management Window select the Batteries tab 4 Right click the battery you wish to recharge and click Re charge 5 Click Yes when the battery recharge confirmation dialog box appears See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window 320 200231 Rev A 95 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Drive Cages The InForm Management Console allows you to View Drive Cages Edit Drive Cages Locat
412. splays whether the transmit laser has a problem Displays whether the receive end of the SFP is RX Loss ee experiencing a loss of signal from the host or drive cage RX Power Low Displays whether the SFP receive power is low DDM Support Displays whether the SFP is DDM capable Digital Diagnostic Monitoring Tvpe Identifies the monitored parameters temperature yP voltage TX bias TX power and RX power junit The unit of measure used for the monitored parameters Value The current measured value Low Threshold The manufacturer s recommended lower limit warning High Threshold The manufacturer s recommended upper limit warning Low Alarm The manufacturer s recommended lower limit alarm Threshold level High Alarm The manufacturer s recommended upper limit alarm Threshold level See also Viewing Drive Cages 320 200231 RevA 127 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Sessions For iSCSI ports session information is displayed on the Sessions tab iSCSI Port Details Summary Sessions Hosts Default Orows ath Fiter Clear TSIH iSCSI Connection Start Time Count Position IP Address lt lt ee The following information is provided Position Location of the iSCSI port IP Address IP address of the host that initiated the connection TSIH Identifier for the Target Session Identifying Handle TSIH iSCSI iSCSI name for the associated iSCSI host
413. ss the Systems screen and then click the Settings tab The Settings tab appears as follows Systems InServs 424 Introduction Summary Settings Capacity Software Alerts System Parameters Network Configuration IPv4 IPv6 FC Raw Space Alert 800 000 GiB IP Address 192 168 5 191 NL Raw Space Alert lt disabled gt Subnet Mask 255 255 252 0 Copy Space Reclaim Disabled Active Node 1 Maximum Yolume Retention Time 14 days Status Active Default Route 192 168 4 1 NTP Server Descriptors Location Owner Tech Pubs Contact Comments The Settings tab displays the following information Group Fela peseription O O FC Raw Space The raw space alert threshold in GiB for Fibre Alert Channel devices System NL Raw Space The raw space alert threshold in GiB for Near Parameter Alert Line devices SSD Raw Space The raw space alert threshold in GiB for SSD Alert devices Note The InForm Management Console displays the devices currently installed in your system For example if you do not have Fibre Channel drives installed the FCRaw Space Alert field will not appear on the Settings tab Copy Space Indicates if the copy space reclaim feature is Reclaim Enabled or Disabled Maximum Volume The set maximum volume retention time Retention Time 70 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide owner The owner of the server if entered Contact information if ente
414. st set s on which the volume will be exported c Port Select a port from the list d LUN Select the Auto checKiBox for the system to select the LUN or enter a number e Optional To allow overriding of lower priority templates click the Override lower priority templates checKiBox f Optional To prevent the storage server from issuing a Loop Initialization Primitive LIP or Registered State Change notification RSCN click After export do not issue VLUN change notification no LIP or RSCN 2 Click Finish if you wish to export the volume s as configured or click Next to view the summary Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Selecting Multiple Items Viewing Virtual Volumes Creating VLUNs 216 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with Host Sets Host sets allow users to create a name for a group of hosts This allows a virtual volume to be exported to the same set of hosts When working with host sets the following operations are available Creating Host Sets Editing Host Sets Removing Host Sets Exporting Virtual Volumes Note If you are a domain user only information within the domain s you have access to will be visible See also Manager Pane Management Tree Creating Host Sets To create a host set access the Create Host Set wizard 1 Clic
415. summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Manager Pane Management Tree Common Actions Panel Viewing Host Information Editing Hosts To edit a host access the Edit Host wizard 1 Click Hosts in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree click Hosts under the system where the host you wish to edit resides 3 Click the Hosts tab in the Hosts screen 4 Right click the host you wish to edit and then click Edit Host in the menu that appears The Edit Host wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the General group box a Name Enter a new host name b Persona Select a new host persona 2 Optional In the Descriptors group box edit the description information as desired in the Location IP Address Operating System Model Contact and Comments fields 3 Click Next or click Finish to close the wizard and edit the host with the information entered 212 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Step 2 Fibre Channel 1 To assign available WWNs a Select one or more WWNs from the Available WWNs list This list displays WWNs for all physically connected host paths not already assigned to hosts b Click the left arrow to add the selected WWN s to the Assigned WWNs list c To remove assigned WWNs select one or more WWNs from the Assigned WWNs list and click the right arrow 2 To assign new WWNSs enter the WWN s for the host in the New WWN text box and cl
416. t lt disabled gt 3 0 3 1 32 000 124 000 E o o T 3 CPG Layout Details QQE 10 3 0 0 40 0 0 0 60 See also Manager Pane Management Tree 340 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Logical Disks Layout Screen in the InForm Management Console to display logical disk information See Setting Global Preferences The logical disks layout screen allows you to see how chunklets are used by the logical disks in the system The logical disks layout screen is split into an upper pane which shows a summary of logical disks in the system and a lower pane which shows the chunklet layout details for a selected logical disk from the upper pane _ Note Logical disk information only appears if you have set your preferences To view the logical disks layout screen 1 In the Manager Pane click Layout Grid 2 In the Management Tree click Logical Disks under the system you wish to view The logical disks layout screen appears as follows H Layout Grid InSerys 424 Logical Disks Default F 44rows A Filter W Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name Domain State Grid Cell Device Type Device RAID Total Used Raw Capacity Write Mapped to vwy Usage Color Speed kK Capacity GiB Capacity GiB GiB Through log0 0 Normal E Fc 10 RAID 1 20 000 0 000 40 000 Yes No Logging a
417. t lt slot gt lt port gt format The port location of the physical disk s B port in lt node gt lt slot gt lt port gt Path B format Astate The state of the A port Normal Degraded New or Failed The state of the B port Normal Degraded New or Failed Displays the order of which node takes over if the primary node fails For a two node system displays the primary secondary path For a four node system displays the primary secondary third fourth path See also Viewing Physical Disks System and Component Status Icons 180 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Physical Disks Spares Tab Note In order to view the Spares tab you must enable spares information in mm preferences See Setting Global Preferences To view the physical disks Spares tab 1 Access the Physical Disks screen 2 Click the Spares tab The Spares tab appears as follows amp Systems InServs 338 Physical Disks Summary Physical Disks Spares alerts Default v 2 793 rows dt Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear PD A PDChunklet LD Name LD Chunklet State Usage Media User Reserved Clean Initial Destination ID 7 n Location lee 0 2231 Normal Available valid Yes Yes a 0 2232 Normal Available Valid Yes Yes 0 2233 Normal Available valid Yes Yes 0 2234 Normal Available V
418. t configuration data is saved The plot data is not saved See also Manager Pane Viewing Performance Creating a New Chart Editing a Chart 396 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing a Chart To edit a chart access the Edit Chart Configuration wizard 1 In the Manager Pane click Performance 2 In the Management Tree select a chart under the Saved Charts node 3 In the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Performance gt Edit Chart Step 1 Chart Selection 1 Enter a new Name Description and or Polling Interval 2 Click Next Step 2 Object Selection 1 Select a system from the System list 2 By default all objects will be plotted in the chart If you wish to choose objects deselect the All checKiBox and then select objects to plot in the objects list 3 Click Next If you are editing a custom chart 1 Select a system from the System list 2 Select an object from the Category list 3 By default all objects will be plotted in the chart If you wish to choose objects deselect the All checKiBox and then select objects to plot in the objects list 4 If you selected individual objects a Optional If you do not want a plot that combines all selected objects uncheck the Create a plot that aggregate all selected objects checKiBox b Optional If you want to display the aggregate but not an individual plot for the selected objects uncheck the Create an ind
419. t format Media Access Control address of the connected device state The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons IP IP address of the iSCSI port Netmask address for the iSCSI interface Gatewa The address of a local IP router on the same network as the InServ used y to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Lower Pane The lower pane provides detail information about a selected port from the upper pane Information is presented a Summary tab a Sessions tab and a Hosts tab Each are discussed in detail in the following iSCSI_Port_Summary Sessions Hosts 320 200231 Rev A 147 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide iSCSI Port Summary The iSCSI port summary is displayed on the Summary tab iSCSI Port Details Summary Sessions Hosts General IP Settings iSNS Settings Position 0 2 2 DHCP Disabled Primary IP Address Type iSCSI IP Address Secondary IP Address Rate 1 Gbps Gateway TCP Port 3205 Connected Device Type Host Subnet Mask Connected Device MTU 1500 Mode Target Rate 1 Gbps State Loss Sync TCP Port 3260 MAC O0CODDO77403 TPGT 22 Resources Total Data Through
420. t of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists The lower pane provides the following information 152 A Gc Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or InServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cageo Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports sae Current state of the port The Media Access Control address for the Ethernet MAC f interface IP Address IP address of the RCIP port The address of a local IP router on the same network as Gateway the InServ used to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network sunnet mase Netmask address for the RCIP interface 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Maximum Tr
421. t the CPG to use for copy space generate an alert when the copy space of the VV exceeds the 320 200231 Rev A 311 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Warning e specified percentage of the VV size Allocation Limit prevent the copy space from growing beyond the specified percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter policy and geometry information or click Finish Step 3 Allocation Settings 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template for example a step size of 128 KIB Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a CPG template Allocation Settings screen Property Include in the template in order to Availabilit set the level of failure tolerance for a volume created with this y template Choices are Cage default Port Magazine determine the number of contiguous bytes that the system accesses before moving to the next chunklet within logical disks supporting volumes created with this template From the Step Size list select 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB For RAID 6 you can select 32 64 or 128 indicate w
422. t the chunklet is free of data and ready for use No indicates that it is currently in use and Clean Cleaning denotes that the chunklet is being cleaned of all data reset to all zeros Initial Location of the chunklet prior to relocation expressed as lt PD ID gt Location lt chunklet I D gt Destination The destination of the chunklet during relocation expressed as lt PD ID gt lt chunklet I D gt See also Viewing Physical Disks System and Component Status Icons Setting Global Preferences Viewing the Physical Disks Alerts Tab To view the physical disks Alerts tab 1 Access the Physical Disks screen 2 Click the Alerts tab The Alerts tab displays physical disk related alerts for the system The information displayed in the physical disks Alerts tab is identical to the information contained in the systems Alerts tab e The Alerts tab displays only physical disk related alerts e See Viewing System Alerts See also Viewing Physical Disks Viewing System Alerts 182 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing System Fans To view information about system fans 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select Sysetm Fans under the system whose physical disk information you wish to view The System Fans screen appears as follows Systems InSerys 424 System Fans Default x 2 rows dtt Fiter Clear
423. tains version number software patch and Console copyright information 24 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Main Toolbar The Main Toolbar is displayed as follows S ul e 9 Connect Refresh Maximize Home Back Forward g Export Data The following default items are available from the Main Toolbar Connect Displays the Connect dialog box allowing you to connect additional storage server s Fetch Refreshes the InForm Management Console Expands the Management Window so it consumes the entire InForm Management Console window Restores the Management Window to its original size Returns all panes the Management Tree and Management Window to the default view Systems Introduction Back Forward Returns backward or forward to the previously selected Manager Pane Management Tree item and Management Window display Displays the Export Data window allowing you to save table data as CSV or HTML format Additional actions are displayed on the Main Toolbar depending on the selected manager node selected from the Management Tree and item selected from the Management Window See also Management Tree Manager Pane Management Window Working with the Systems Manager Working with the Hosts Manager 320 200231 RevA 25 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Working with the Provisioning Manager Working with the Layout Grid Man
424. tate of the volume See System and Component Status Icons Type The type of virtual volume ee Indicates if the selected volume is fully provisioned or a thinly Provisioning a f provisioned virtual volume The name of the Common Provisioning Group CPG from which user space is provisioned Copy CPG The name of the CPG from which copy space is allocated The RAID type of the disk The disk type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State SSD Device Speed The speed of the disk Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual rotational speed For an SSD drive the number is to be treated as relative performance benchmark that takes into account in I O per second bandwidth and the access time User CPG Device Type 242 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Logical Disks Tab The Logical Disks tab appears as follows CPG Details Q Summary Settings virtual Volumes Logical Disks Layout Alerts Default s 10rows ath Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Y Clear Name System Domain State Device Type Device RAID Total Used Raw Capacity Write Mapped to vY Usage Owner Sp
425. te change Sequence 3019644 Time Feb 08 2010 12 36 42 PST Message Port 0 0 4 Normal Online The Alerts tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all port alerts The lower pane displays detailed information about a single alert selected from the upper pane The upper pane provides the following information Column Description The severity of the alert See Alert Severity Indicators 320 200231 RevA 157 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide State The alert state The last occurrence of the alert A brief description of the alert Repeat Count The number of times the alert has been issued The first occurrence of the alert The lower pane provides the following information ee p p ooo The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators The alert ID Message Code The alert message code The alert sequence Node ID The controller node ID The component for which the alert was issued Resolved by Event Severity The alert severity See Alert Severity Indicators if resolved The alert sequence The time the alert was resolved 158 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide A brief description of the alert The name of the server that generated the alert System SN The server s serial number Component Node ID The node ID The affected system components Repeat Count The number of times the
426. te port World Wide Name of the remote node The following information is displayed in the lower pane croup Fiia Desert OOO O 352 Porewwn Port World Wide Name Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or InServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cageO 320 200231 RevA Resources Total Data Throughput Connection Mode Connection Type Configured Rate Max Rate Unique Node WWN Interrupt Coalesce Fibre Channel os ome Class 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports Current state of the port The throughput in KIB sec The type of port connection Connection type or port connection setting Loop Point or Loop point When the port is set to Loop point both loop and point to point connections are enabled Data transfer rate setting for example 1 Gbps Auto indicates that the system automatically selects the rate Maximum rate of connection
427. teeta ee aees 324 oo ET E em nn ne ror 64 325 359 TPVV Template l e 308 EGICING sienna e ai taiua 308 Tuned Virtual VolUMEe n se 289 474 U User Connections eeeeeeeererrereree 434 ReMOVINg sssssssssssessrnrrsssrrrrerererns 434 USERS ictisiicsdpenchietoretannninteenatl 414 415 Creatinine ne camer sheet 414 Edi Geneon Eene ober ve dekeies 415 WISIN EE E EE 57 58 Help Menu Bar seses 57 Help Navigator 58 Help Toolbar 57 Using Help ainn a a ana aa a 56 V Viewing 64 83 89 94 97 106 114 115 139 150 153 168 169 181 230 251 252 254 296 330 345 358 359 392 398 405 428 438 441 446 454 Alerts SUMM Aly sssseeeeeeeerere eee eee 398 Cage Subsystems SFPs Tab 454 Common Provisioning Groups 230 Controller Node Battery Test Log 94 Controller Nodes n se 83 Controller Nodes Power Supplies Details P E EEEE AEE EE AE E EEE 89 Domain Sets eenen 428 Drive Cage Details 106 Drive Cage Details Summary Tab 106 Drive Cage Physical Disks Details 114 Drive Cage Power Supply Details 115 Drive Cage SummMary ceeeee ee 97 Node Subsystems Controller Nodes Tab sayin ta wane duets A EE E AR RE 438 Node Subsystems Internal Drives Tab aa n a S a a EA E O 441 Node Subsystems SFPs Tab 446 Performan e cccceeeeeeee teen nena 392 Physical Copies seeen 330 Physical Disk Summary Tab 169 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm
428. tem Alerts 320 200231 RevA 357 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Remote Copy Groups A Remote Copy group is a group of virtual volumes on the same storage server that are logically related and on which Remote Copy operations are performed To view Remote Copy groups 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Groups under the Remote Copy Configuration node for the Remote Copy configuration you wish to view Information about Remote Copy groups appears on three panes in the Management Window e The left pane displays a graphical representation of the selected Remote Copy configuration The image includes the type of Remote Copy relationship Remote Copy over IP or Remote Copy over Fibre Channel between the servers in the Remote Copy configuration the direction of replication indicated with an arrow between the servers the synchronization and Remote Copy status of the Remote Copy groups and the number of volumes being replicated This image is updated for the Remote Copy group selected from the upper right pane e The upper right pane displays a table of the Remote Copy groups in the selected Remote Copy configuration e The lower right pane displays a table of the virtual volume s belonging to the selected Remote Copy group from the upper right pane The table can be filtered to display information about virtual volume Pairs the Source virtual volume or the Backup
429. tes tab appears as follows Virtual Yolume Details Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations LUNs Layout Alerts Active VLUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary Default irow ath Fitter ear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name LUNs System LUN Domain Virtual volume RAID Type Host Port Type Active s040 13 vv_sqa pe2650 11 8 RAID 1 sqa pe2650 11 Host Sees 20 The following information is displayed in the VLUNs Templates tab System Name Name of the InServ Storage Server configured by the system administrator The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value on The domain in which the VLUN resides Visual The name of the exported virtual volume Volume RAID Type The VLUN RAID type fost The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported rot The InServ Storage Server port on which the VLUN is exported The VLUN type Host Sees Host In Set or Matched Set Active LUNs The number of active LUNs 320 200231 RevA 271 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Path Summary Tab The Path Summary tab appears as follows irtual olume Details Q Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations YLUNS Layout Alerts Active VLUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary Default yi irow Fiter ea lt Any column gt contains v Clear System Al LUN Virtual Volume I Host Host Ports Inactive Ports InServ Ports Available Health
430. tes whether the VV can export to multiple hosts Sectors Per Track specify the number of sectors to allow per track Heads Per Cylinder specify the number of heads to use per cylinder 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 6 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish See also Viewing Templates Filtering 316 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates To create a Common Provisioning Group CPG template 1 Access the CPGs tab 2 Right click the CPG from which you wish to create a template 3 In the menu that appears click Save As Template or 4 After accessing the CPGs tab in the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Provisioning gt Template gt Create CPG Template The Create CPG Template wizard appears Step 1 General 1 In the Template group box a From the System list select the system you want to create the volume on b Inthe Name text box enter the name of the new volume 31 character maximum c Optional In the Description text box enter a description of the template 255 character maximum d Optional Click the Override Unincluded Properties checKiBox to allow users to set non default values for unincluded properties when applying the template 2 In the General group box a Inthe Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include propertie
431. the host Cluster Software Version The version of the host clustering software 192 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Cluster ID The host cluster ID Cluster Name The host cluster name See also Host_Explorer_Details Lower Pane Information in the lower pane elaborates on specific hosts selected from the upper pane When selecting a host from the Hosts tab in the upper pane the lower pane provides two tabs Summary and VLUNs which provide summary and VLUN details about the selected host When selecting a host from the Host Explorer tab the lower pane displays host explorer details Host_Summary_ Details VLUN_ Details Host_Explorer_Details Host Summary Details Summary details are displayed in the Summary Host Details Summary LUNs General Paths Name sqa pe2650 18_br oe a bios aan a ID 170 100000062B0F4F02 Fibre Channel 3 3 2 nja Damasin 100000062B0F4FO3 Fibre Channel 3 3 2 n a at 1O0000062B0F4FO2 Fibre Channel 2 4 2 nfa post Foris T 100000062B0F4F03 Fibre Channel 2 4 2 nja In5erv Ports j 100000062BOF4F00 Fibre Channel 1 5 1 nja Node ID s n A aea 100000062B0F4F01 Fibre Channel 1 5 1 nja 100000062B0F4F01 Fibre Channel 0 4 3 nja 100000062B0F4FO00 Fibre Channel 0 4 3 nja olumes Exported 3 Total Exported Size 24 000 GiB Descriptors Persona Location Name Generic legacy IP Address ID 6 Operating System Capabilities M
432. the volume is exported VV template Virtual volume template The template contains a set of virtual volume parameters that can be applied again and again to create volumes with the same characteristics using the InForm Management Console Ww World Wide Name WWN A unique 64 bit value used to identify Fibre channel devices on an arbitrated loop The WWN consists of a prefix issued by the IEEE to uniquely identify the company and a suffix that is issued by the company WWN See World Wide Name Z zone A unit of physical disk space reserved by a controller node for snapshot or snapshot administration data A single zone may occupy space on more than one disk 470 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Index A About Introduction Tabs 64 38 Alert Severity Indicators 00065 53 Alert Task Connection Pane 4 37 C Cancelling Tasks ieee 408 Capacity Information esee 422 Clearing Port Parameters 00685 164 Common Actions Panel a a 27 Common Provisioning Group 230 246 249 250 COMPACtING c cece eee ee eee ee eee eae 250 CrEQtin Gui iiaeaa hen a enka 246 SAAE E E A ada 8 Peviadea ets 249 VIEW Ng ssssssssssssssrrsrssrerrsrerrrrrrreres 230 Compacting a Common Provisioning Group RA umes tinge cee ae E tan eenae ets 250 COMPONENMS 2 cece eee eee eee eee teeta 21 nterface a ee eee ia 21 Configuring Remote Copy
433. ties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template b Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include Property Include in the template in order to Allocation specify the percentage of used copy administration or copy space which Warning results in an alert set the growth increment different than the default The minimum growth increment and default varies according to the number of controller nodes in the system see table Growth Increment 320 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide oe _ B Growth i set the threshold when the LD space exceeds this amount Growth Limit set the threshold at which the system stops creating additional LDs to support volumes that draw space from a CPG Device Type F disk type to Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State Device Speed set the disk speed Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number corresponds to both a performance measure and actual
434. tion of the power supply 0 1 2 or 3 See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Cage Subsystems Tab Viewing the All Tab The Hardware Inventory All tab provides an overview of all hardware components used in all connected InServ Storage Servers To access the Hardware Inventory All tab 1 Click Hardware Inventory in the Manager Pane 2 In the Management Tree select the InServs node 3 Inthe Management Window click the All tab 460 320 200231 RevA B Hardware Inventory InSerys 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Defaut 229 rows at Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains l Clear System Name Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Type s183 cage0 FLH 920 1062 03 4 00000051 Drive Cage a 183 cagel FLH 920 1062 03 4 00000050 Drive Cage 183 FC AL 0 FLH 920 1061 03 4 ooooo0cs Interface Card 183 FC AL 1 FLH 920 1061 03 4 00000048 Interface Card 183 FC AL 0 FLH 920 1061 03 4 oooooac Interface Card 183 FC AL 1 FLH 920 1061 03 4 00000095 Interface Card 183 0 0 Magazine s183 Di Magazine 183 0 9 Magazine 183 1 0 Magazine 183 1 9 Magazine 183 Power Supply 0 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000022 Cage Power Supply 183 Power Supply 1 POT 800 0011 50 04 75000000 Cage Power Supply 5183 Power Supply 2 POI 800 0011 50 04 75000019
435. to destinations beyond the local network MTU Maximum Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for 320 200231 Rev A 349 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 350 the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists we a Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Rate that data can be transferred over the port 1 Gbps 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps When there is no specified value no connection exists Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free Disk Device Type Host or I nServ Connected Name of device that the port is connected to e g host1 Device cage0 Port firmware mode setting Ports in Initiator mode are connected to drive cages and ports in Target mode export to hosts Suspended mode is for target ports that have not yet been initialized by the system rare Peer mode is for Ethernet ports site Current state of the port The Media Access Control address for the Ethernet MAC interface IP Address IP address of the RCIP port The address of a local IP router on the same network as the Gateway InServ used to forward traffic to destinations beyond the local network sees mase Netmask ad
436. to it When you apply a template that includes a property with one ore 302 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide more unspecified values the system will either use the default value when applicable or calculate the optimized setting for you e For all templates you can either allow overrides of property values or not When you allow overrides of a property users can modify that property s value when applying the template When you do not allow overrides of a property it is not possible to modify the defined value system default or system calculated value for that property when applying the template Once you create a template that template is saved on the system and can then be applied to create new virtual volumes or common provisioning groups Instructions are provided for the following Viewing Templates Creating Virtual Volume Templates Editing a Virtual Volume Template Creating Common Provisioning Group Templates Editing a Common Provisioning Group Template Copying a Template Creating Similar Templates Removing a Template Viewing Templates To view templates 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Management Tree click Templates under the system node you wish to view templates the InForm Management Console also allows you to the same type of information for specific types of templates Each child node under the Templates node in the Management Tree is a sp
437. to the other backup server For example in a Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy setup where source server A is backed up to backup servers B and C if Remote Copy groups are failed over from source server A to backup server B you can switch failover from backup server B to backup server C Note The following procedure assumes that failover has already been performed on one backup system To switch failover Remote Copy groups 1 Navigate to the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 Inthe left pane right click the graphic of the system on which you wish to switch failover and select Switch Failover Groups from lt original failover system gt The Remote Copy Switch Failover dialog box appears 388 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 Optional Click Advanced to display additional failover options 4 If you clicked Advanced If you do not want to continue taking snapshots during failover select Do not take snapshots 5 Click OK 6 Click Yes when prompted for confirmation In the right pane of the Remote Copy Groups screen e Primary Rev is displayed under the Backup Role column for the server you switched failover to indicating that the groups on the backup server are currently acting as the primary groups Any data is written to the groups on the backup server e The DR state column displays Failover See also Viewing Remote Copy Groups Selecting Multiple Items Revert Remote Co
438. tor a 0 0 2 200200024C0000B7 Ready FC Disk cagel Initiator 0 0 3 200300024C0000B7 LossSync FC Free Target 0 0 4 200400024C0000B7 Ready Fc Free Target 0 5 1 20510002AC000067 Ready Fc Host host1 Target xl Port Details Summary Physical Disks SFP General Settings Fibre Channel Settings Location 0 0 1 Connection Mode Disk Topology Private Loop Port WWN 200100024C0000B7 Connection Type Loop Class 3 Node WWN 2FF70002A4CO000B7 Configured Rate Auto Adapter Type 3PAR FCO44x Type FC Max Rate 4 Gbps Mode Change Allowed Rate 4 Gbps Class2 Disabled Physical Disks 12 Connected Device Type Disk CN Disabled Connected Device cage0 Unique Node WWN Disabled Mode Initiator Interrupt Coalesce Enabled State Ready Resources Total Data Throughput 21 KBps 0 01 4 Gbps W Read I write PP E 320 200231 Rev A 119 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Summary tab is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all system ports The lower pane displays detailed information about a single port selected from the upper pane Upper Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane provides the following information WWN MAC e Name or Media Access Control address of the connected State The state of the port See System and Component Status Icons Indicates whether the port is FC iSCSI RCIP or RCFC Connected Type of device that the port is connected to Free D
439. torage server to assign Repeat for the other storage server graphics Note Only available InServ Storage Servers which satisfy requirements Te appear See the 3PAR Remote Copy User s Guide for additional information 3 Optional Under Update System s Location enter a location for each storage server e g Lab 1 New York 372 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 4 Optional Under Name Targets the Target Name fields are automatically populated with the storage server names You can enter an alternate name if you wish 5 Click Next Step 2 Links 1 A graphical representation of each system s Remote Copy ports appears under Create Links Click and drag from one port on one system to a port on the other system Repeat for the other Remote Copy ports Note You must use Fibre Channel links for the servers you plan to configure with synchronous mode Remote Copy 2 For IP links in the IP Settings groups for each system port all fields are automatically populated based on the link relationship you established under Create Links a Optional Enter the gateway address for each system port b Optional Click Apply to test the link configuration or Ping to test the communication between the links 3 For Fibre Channel links in the Settings groups for each system port a Connection Type Select Point for point to point mode or Loop for arbitrated loop mode b Configured Rate Select 1 2 4
440. ts Note 3PAR Remote Copy requires a 3PAR Remote Copy license For Guide In a Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy configuration a single Remote Copy group is copied directly to volumes on two other InServ Storage Servers by admitting the volumes to groups with two targets Synchronous mode Remote Copy is used between the primary source and backup server that are physically closer to each other where a high bandwidth low latency connection is shared Asynchronous periodic periodic Remote Copy is used between the primary server and backup server that are physically farther apart sharing a lesser connection The synchronous connection must be a Fibre Channel connection while the asynchronous periodic connection can be either all Fibre Channel over an IP network or all IP Only unidirectional functionality is allowed between Remote Copy pairs must have three available InServ Storage servers with configured Remote Note In order to configure Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy you Copy ports At least two of the servers must have Fibre Channel ports To configure Synchronous Long Distance Remote Copy 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Common Actions panel click New Configuration The New Remote Copy Configuration wizard appears Step 1 Targets 1 Under Select a Topology click Synchronous Long Distance 2 Under Assign Systems a Click a storage server graphic In the menu that appears select a s
441. ts Tab virtual volumes the InForm Management Console also allows you to view the same type of information for specific types of volumes Each child node under the Virtual Volumes node in the Management Tree is a specific type of virtual volume These include Remote Copy volumes Exported volumes Unexported volumes volumes By Device Type and volumes By RAID Type The format and type of the information displayed is identical to that displayed under the Virtual Volumes node _ Note In addition to providing comprehensive information about a system s See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing the Virtual Volumes Summary Tab To view the virtual volume Summary tab 1 Access the virtual volume screen 2 In the Management Window click the Summary tab 252 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The Summary tab provides information about virtual volumes in the system E Provisioning InServs s071 Virtual Volumes Summary virtual volumes Alerts General Capacity Virtual Yolumes Base Yolumes Thinly Provisioned Fully Provisioned irtual Copies Physical Copies Remote Copy Yolumes Expired Yolumes Unexported olumes Device Type All v irtual Yolume Allocation Thinly Provisioned Savings Base Yolumes Admin Space 6 Copy Space 31 MODTOANDDA Health irtual Yolumes New Alerts None E User Space 24 000 GiB State 8 Normal Copy Space 1
442. tt Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Domain Virtual RAID Type Host WWN iISCSI Exported Size Volume Name GiB The Paths screen is divided into an upper pane and a lower pane The upper pane displays a summary of all host paths in the system The lower pane displays detailed information about a single host path selected from the upper pane Upper Pane Lower Pane Upper Pane The upper pane of the Paths screen provides the following information oo tana The host s World Wide Name WWN or iSCSI name The host name If no name is displayed the path is The domain in which the host resides 320 200231 Rev A 201 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The type of path Fibre Channel or iSCSI pot The port to which the path is connected iSCSI IP Address The IP address if an iSCSI path Lower Pane The lower pane displays detailed information about a single host path selected from the upper pane and is displayed on three tabs Active VLUNs VLUN_Templates Path_Summary Active VLUNs The Active VLUNSs tab appears as follows Path Details Active VLUNs VLUN Templates Path Summary G E Summary x 1 row dtt Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear LUN Domain YVirtual RAID Type Host Port Host WiWNjsiSCSI Exported Size Type volume Name GiB 1 tpvv1 0 RAID 1 1 0 3 210100E08B22942F 1 000 Port Presents
443. tual Volume Set wizard appears Step 1 General 1 System Select the system to create the virtual volume set 2 Domain select the domain in which to create the new virtual volume set or if not required select lt none gt Name Enter a name for the new set Comments Enter any notes about the virtual volume set Click Next to assign virtual volumes to the set deat es Step 2 Volumes 1 To assign available volumes a Select one or more volumes from the Available volumes list b Click the down arrow to add the selected volume s to the Assigned volumes list 2 Click Next Step 3 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish 292 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Virtual Volume Sets Selecting Multiple Items Editing a Virtual Volume Set To edit a virtual volume set 1 Access the Virtual Volume Sets screen 2 Right click the virtual volume set you wish to edit 3 In the menu that appears click Edit The Edit Virtual Volume Set wizard appears Step 1 General 1 Name Enter a name for the set 2 Comments Enter any notes about the virtual volume set 3 Click Next to assign unassign virtual volumes to from the set Step 2 Volumes 1 To assign available volumes a Select one or more volumes from the Available volumes list b Click the down arrow to add the se
444. tual Volumes tab To view virtual copies access the Virtual Volumes tab lg Provisioning InServs 4 Yirtual Yolumes summary Virtual Volumes alerts Summary i6rows tb Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System Domain State Type Provisioning RAID Virtual Size Reserved User Used User Size Reserved Used Copy Size Exported To GiB Size GiB Virtual Copy Size GiB Virtual admin 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 ee VV_supertaco 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0500 0 vv quesadilla 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 vv_burrito 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 vw torta 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 vy nachos 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 WV_horchata 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 vy_aquafresca 4 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 I I l 160 000 80 000 I 3 000 A volume name displaying a plus sign to the left indicates that at least one virtual copy of that volume exists Clicking the plus sign expands the volume displaying the virtual copy fg Provisioning InSerys 4 Yirtual Yolumes Summary Virtual Volumes Alerts Summary x 16rows ath Fiter clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Name System D
445. tual or physical copy made from a parent volume chunklet A 256MB block of contiguous space on a physical disk clean chunklet A chunklet to which no data has been written cluster A group of controller nodes connected via the same storage server backplane The nodes in a cluster operate as a unified system separate from any other clusters that may share the same service processor CMP See cache memory page common provisioning group CPG A set of logical disks from which you can create virtual volumes and virtual copies that are capable of allocating storage on demand control cache Memory modules that support the microprocessors located in a controller node controller node An individual device that works together with other controller nodes to cache and manage data in a storage server and to provide hosts with a coherent virtualized view of the storage copy data Data that occupies the snapshot data space on a virtual volume See also snapshot data space Copy of RCI P Remote Copy over IP The use of 3PAR Remote Copy with two storage servers that are connected via Ethernet ports See also 3PAR Remote Copy copy size The size of the snapshot data space in a virtual volume which is the amount of logical disk space reserved for snapshots See also snapshot data space CPG template Common provisioning group template The template contains a set of common provisioning group and logical disk parameters that can be applied ag
446. um Transmission Unit The greatest amount of data or packet size that can be transferred in one physical frame on a network MTU setting for the iSCSI port The default setting is 1500 When supported by the network an MTU value of 9000 should be used Data transfer rate A value of 0 indicates that no data is being transferred The TCP port number used by the iSCSI card Primary Internet Storage Name Service iSNS server IP address iSNS protocol allows for automated discovery management and configuration of iSCSI Secondary iSNS server IP address The port on the iSNS server with which to communicate 149 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Sessions The following information is provided Position Location of the iSCSI port IP Address IP address of the host that initiated the connection Hosts The following information is provided Host 1D Unique number for the port Host Name Name of a host to which the target port connects Domain Name of the domain associated with the host if applicable IP Address IP address of the iSCSI port Viewing System RCIP Ports To view system Remote Copy over IP RCIP port information 1 Access the Ports screen 2 In the Management Window click the RCI P tab 150 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The RCIP tab appears as follows Summary Fibre Channel RCFC iSCSI RCIP sFPs Alerts
447. umber Serial Number The CPU s serial number The model and or part number of the CPU Famil The family as noted by the manufacturer to which the CPU y belongs Steppin The number of design changes as noted by the manufacturer to pping which the CPU has advanced from its original design 440 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide The speed in MHz of the CPU Node Position The position O or 1 of the controller node in the node chassis The position of the CPU 0 1 2 or 3 in the controller node See also Manager Pane Management Tree Management Window Viewing the Node Subsystems Tab Viewing the Node Subsystems Internal Drives Tab The Node Subsystems Internal Dives tab displays information about the system s controller node internal disk drives To access the Node Subsystems Internal Drives tab click the Internal Drives tab after accessing the Node Subsystem tab Hardware Inventory InSerys E Summary Node Subsystems Cage Subsystems All Controller Nodes CPUs Internal Drives Physical Memory Adapter Cards SFPs Power Supplies Batteries Default v 6rows dik Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear System A 1 Name 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Number Type Firmware Size GIB Node Position Position a omnis ols E KE mensh js 183 Internal Drive Seagate 57910082145 SNIO9DF3 SATA 3 446 93 160
448. urce system on which the Remote Copy group will be created b Optional Domain Select the domain in which the Remote Copy group will reside c Group Enter a name for the group d Optional Start group after completion Select if you want the Remote Copy group to be started start mirroring after it is created e Optional Do not perform initial sync Select if you do not want the created Remote Copy group to be synchronized with its backup group 5 In the Backup group a Name The system s NOT selected as the source system automatically appears b Mode Select Synchronous or Periodic c Optional Sync Period If you selected Periodic select this checKiBox and select second s minute s hour s or day s and enter a numeric value for when you wish the source and backup groups to synchronize their data If not selected no period is used 6 In the Source Volume on list select a source virtual volume from the virtual volume list 7 Inthe Backup Volume on list select a backup virtual volume from the virtual volume list or click New to create a new backup volume the down arrow and selecting Virtual Volumes Provisioning and Virtual Note When selecting volumes you can filter the lists to include by clicking Size To clear the filter click Clear 8 If you clicked New a Enter a volume name b Select CPG for the user space c Select a CPG for the copy space d Optional If you wish to enter an
449. urenie e ea teen eet Hae a Eara a edana date 80 EGILINGia SYStEM s s inini aa d a a a a e enaa a a eaeeceeees teehee 81 Working with Controller Nodes 0 ccc cece teeter ene tenet ene eeaee 82 Viewing Controller Nodes cccceee eee eee near etna nate teeta 83 Viewing the Controller Nodes Summary Screen 0 cece cece eee eee eee eee teen eaten 84 Viewing Controller Node Alerts ccccece cece eee eee ee eee nena eaten ena na tate eee 85 Viewing Controller Nodes Details cc cee ceee cece eee eee ee eee nets neta enees 86 Viewing Controller Node Ports Details cc ccecc cece eee eee eee eee eee nae a eee 88 Viewing Controller Node Power Supplies DetailS cccceeeeee cece eee e eee eee e teeta tees 89 Viewing Controller Node Batteries Details 0c cece eect eee cent ee ene eae ea eee ees 91 Viewing Controller Node Alerts Details cc cccce cece eee eee eee teeta eee nee nae a eee 92 Editing Controller Node Power Supplies ccceceee eee eect eee ee eee eee teen e neta ena eaees 93 320 200231 RevA v 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Editing Controller Node Batteries cccccecee cece eee eee ee een teeta eae e nee na eae 94 Viewing the Controller Node Battery Test LOg ccccceeeee ence ee eee e ee eee eee eea tate ene 94 Resetting the Controller Node Battery Test LOQ cceeeeee eee e eee eee e
450. ve Cage power supply information 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane click the Power Supplies tab The Power Supplies tab appears as follows Systems InServs 183 Drive Cages Summary Power Supplies SFPs Alerts Defaut x Brows dl Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains v Clear Cage D State Model AC State Fan State Fan Speed cage 0 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cagel 0 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cageO 1 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cagel 1 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cage0 2 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cagel 2 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cage0 3 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal cagel 3 Normal 800 001 Normal Normal Normal The following information is provided The drive cage name State The drive cage state See System and Component Status Icons Model the drive cage model Component Status Icons Power supply fan operational status See System and Component Status Icons Fan The fan speed Speed Indicates the presence of AC power to the power supply See System and 320 200231 RevA 101 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide See also Viewing Drive Cages Viewing the Drive Cage Power Supply Details Viewing Drive Cage SFPs To view the Drive Cage SFP information 1 Access the Drive Cages
451. ve VLUNs for the selected template See the Active _VLUNs_Tab for details 320 200231 RevA 299 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Path Summary Tab Note Paths information is available for display for systems using InForm OS version 2 3 1 and later The Path Summary tab appears as follows ia Provisioning InServs s040 LUNs Active VLUNs YLUN Templates Path Summary Default F 202 rows Gib Fiter Mi Clear lt Any column gt contains Y Clear System A LUN Virtual Volume Host Host Ports Inactive Ports InServ Ports Available Healthy Multipath Failed Path Monitoring Host Device Name Paths Paths Policy Interval Name L s040 0 SLES10_boot_base sqa pe2650 17_br 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 E 5040 5 vv pe2650 17_br 0 sqa pe2650 17_br 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 s040 6 vy pe2650 17_br 1 sqa pe2650 17_br 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 s040 0 sles_boot_sqa pe2650 18_rw sqa pe2650 18_br 4 0 4 8 OQ Unknown Unknown 0 s040 5 vv pe2650 18_br 0 sqa pe2650 18_br 4 0 4 8 QO Unknown Unknown 0 s040 6 vv pe2650 18_br 1 sqa pe2650 18_br 4 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 s040 0 sles_boot_sqa pe2650 19_rw sqa pe2650 19_br 2 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 5 2 0 4 8 0 Unknown Unknown 0 s040 vv pe2650 19_br 0 sqa pe2650 19_br The following information is displayed in the Path Summary tab System Name Name of the InServ Storage Server configured by the s
452. verity Indicators Alert Task Connection Pane Viewing the Alerts Summary Managing Alerts Viewing System Events Exporting Data 320 200231 RevA 79 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Managing Alerts Once you have accessed and viewed the system alerts either from the Alert Task Connection Pane or from the Alerts tab on the Systems screen you can apply the following actions to any selected alert e Acknowledge the alert e Mark the alert as new e Mark the alert as fixed e Remove the alert To apply an action to an alert f you accessed the alert from the Alert Task Connection Pane right click the alert and click Acknowldege Mark as Fixed Remove or Show Details f you accessed the alert from the Alerts tab on the Systems screen right click the alert and click Acknowldege Mark as Fixed Mark as New Remove or Show Details See also Alert Task Connection Pane Viewing System Alerts Alert Severity Indicators Locating a System This operation helps locate an InServ Storage Server by oscillating the node status LEDs amber and green on all nodes of the storage server If desired the LEDs in all connected drive cages are also set amber or oscillate depending on the drive cage type Note This operation can only be performed by users with Super Service or we Edit privilege levels To locate an InServ Storage Server 1 Click Systems in the Manager Pane 2 From the Management
453. very When a system in a Remote Copy setup becomes unavailable you can perform disaster recovery operations to continue writing data to the available system s The disaster recovery sequence is as follows 1 Failover Remote Copy groups to the backup server 2 Recover the Remote Copy groups to the primary source server once the source server has been brought back up and is running normally 3 Restore the Remote Copy groups to their normal operation The following topics provide instructions on performing disaster recovery Failover Remote Copy Groups Switch Failover Remote Copy Groups Recover Remote Copy Groups Restore Remote Copy Groups The InForm Management Console also provides the flexibility to undo a disaster recovery failover operation This is described in Revert Remote Copy Groups Failover Remote Copy Groups When the source server in a Remote Copy setup becomes unavailable you can perform a failover operation on the Remote Copy groups in order to continue your normal operations on the backup server s while the primary server is down To failover Remote Copy groups 1 Navigate to the Remote Copy Groups screen 2 Inthe right pane select the Remote Copy group s you wish to failover 3 Right click and select Stop Remote Copy Group s 4 Select the stopped groups 5 Right click and select Failover Remote Copy Group s The Remote Copy Failover dialog box appears When performing failover on Remote Copy gr
454. virtual volume Note You can additionally view only synchronous Remote Copy groups or asynchronous periodic Remote Copy groups by clicking either Synchronous or Periodic respectively under the Groups node in the Management Tree See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems 358 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing Remote Copy Virtual Volumes To view Remote Copy virtual volumes 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Virtual Volumes under the Remote Copy Configuration node for the Remote Copy volumes you wish to view Information about Remote Copy virtual volumes appears on two panes in the Management Window e All virtual volumes associated with the Remote Copy configuration you selected are displayed in a table in the upper pane of the Management Window The table displays Remote Copy information such as where the volumes are exported the volume s Remote Copy status if the volume is a primary or secondary volume and to which Remote Copy group the volume belongs e The lower pane displays details about a single volume selected from the upper pane The detailed information is displayed on eight tabs Summary Settings Advanced Logical Disks SCSI Reservations VLUNs Layout and Alerts See Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Configured Remote Copy Syst
455. virtual volumes associated with the domains in the system The total number of hosts associated with the domains in the system The total number of host sets associated with the domains in the system Domain The name of the domain Domain Size The size in GiB of the selected domain Capacit 7 ChecKiBox Selecting this option results in the display of the ten domains in the system with the greatest capacity Active VLUNs 320 200231 RevA 421 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Viewing the Domains Tab After accessing the Domains screen the Summary tab is displayed by default Click the Domains tab to view its contents The Domains tab is divided into an upper and lower pane The upper pane can be filtered to display summary or capacity information The lower pane displays the details of items selected in the upper pane Summary Information Capacity Information Summary Information To display summary information on the Domains tab select Summary from the view list g Security InSerys 183 Domains Summary Domains j Summary F 4rows U Fiter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear Domain CPGs virtual Hosts volumes Active Total Capacity GiB Comments VLUNs 0 0 000 0 0 000 test domain 0 0 000 o B 40 000 domain of all domains domaini domains domain domains Eoo 0o0o0 o o o Domain Details A General Ca
456. visioned from CPG select a template from the Template list 2 In the Settings group box 3 If you selected User Space Fully Provisioned from PDs a Device Type Select FC for Fibre Channel drives NL for Nearline drives or SSD for Solid State drives b Device Speed Select the appropriate speed or lt default gt 4 If you selected User Space Fully Provisioned from CPGs or Copy Space from the Target list select a target CPG 5 Ifthe volume is provisioned from physical disks you can optionally display additional tuning options by selecting Show advanced options panel s 6 Click Next to enter allocation settings or view summary information or click Finish Step 2 Allocation Settings 1 From the Availability list select Cage Port or Magazine 2 From the Step Size list select default 32 64 128 256 or 512 KiB The default value depends on raid type and device type used If FC or NL drives are used the step size defaults to 256 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 128 KiB for RAID 5 If SSD drives are used the step size defaults to 32 KiB for RAID 0 and RAID 1 and 64 KiB for RAID 5 For RAID 6 the default is a function of the set size S 3 elect the Preferred Chunklets as Fast or Slow 4 Click Next to enter disk information or click Finish Step 3 Disk Filter The Disk Filter displays the physical disks used to create the volume Pattern displays the parameters of the disks used 288 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm
457. vy2 5424 domaint Normal Physical Copy Full RAID 1 5 000 5 000 0 500 0 G ws 5424 Normal Base Full RAID 1 1 000 1 000 100 0 250 0 V_export_test 5424 Normal Base TPYY RAID 1 10 000 0 500 0 0 500 0 test03 V _sample4 5424 Normal Base Full RAID 1 10 000 10 000 100 0 500 0 a xl I m I I l 163 000 89 625 I 9 875 A 4 A See Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab See also Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Viewing Virtual Copies Creating a Physical Copy To create a physical copy 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Common Actions Panel click Create Physical Copy The Create Physical Copy dialog box appears 330 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide 3 From the System list select the system on which the physical copy will be created 4 Optional From the Domain list select the domain in which the copy will reside 5 From Parent Volume list select the volume to copy from 6 From Destination Volume list select the volume to copy to 7 Optional If you want to save a snapshot of the physical copy in order to resynchronize the base volume and physical copy at a later point in time click Save snapshot for later resync 8 Click OK See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Viewing the Virtual Volumes Tab Editing a Physical Copy To edit a physical copy 1 Access the Virtual Volumes tab 2 Right click the physical cop
458. w physical disk details 1 Access the Drive Cages screen 2 In the upper pane of the Drive Cages screen click the Summary tab and then click a drive cage 3 Inthe lower pane click the Physical Disks tab The Physical Disks tab appears as follows Drive Cage Details Summary Interface Cards Magazines Physical Disks Power Supplies Alerts Default x 12rows Alb Filter Clear lt Any column gt contains Clear ID A Position WWAN Status LED Temperature Loop Loop 4 loopt B Loop B State ESI State ALPA State ALPA State 0 0 0 0 20000018625B1F05 Green 34 C 93 2 F 0xE1 Normal 0xE1 Normal Normal valid 1 0 0 1 20000018625B10F9 Green 33 C 91 4 F OxEO Normal OxEO Normal Norma 2 0 0 2 20000018625B1F14 Green 31 C 87 8 F ODC Normal OxDC Normal Norma 3 0 0 3 20000018625B2054 Green 27 C 80 6 F OxDA Normal OxDA Normal Norma 4 0 1 0 500047200000C54B Green 33 C 91 4 F OxD9 Normal 0xD9 Normal Normal valid S 0 1 1 500047200000C550 Green 32 C 89 6 F 0xD6 Normal OxD6 Normal Norma 6 0 1 2 500047200000C548 Green 31 C 87 8 F OxD5 Normal OxDS Normal Normal 7 0 1 3 500047200000C540 Green 30 C 86 F OxD4 Normal 0xD4 Normal Norma 8 0 9 0 20000014C3541953 Green 34 C 93 2 F Oxa Normal OxA7 Normal Normal Valid 9 0 9 1 2000001862EFBOBS Green 31 C 87 8 F Oxa6 Normal OxA6 Normal Norma 10 0 9 2 2000001862EFB080 Green 3
459. wth Limit lt disabled gt RAID Type RAID 1 Availability Cage Set Size 2 Step Size 256 KiB Disk Filter p devtype FC Admin Growth Admin Space Allocation Growth Increment 8 000 GiB Device Type FC Growth Warning lt disabled gt Device Speed 10K Growth Limit lt disabled gt RAID Type RAID 1 Availability Cage Set Size 2 Step Size 256 KiB Disk Filter p devtype FC The following information is displayed on the lower pane s Settings tab Group mitt peseripton O Growth Increment The Common Provisioning Group s CPG s copy space grow size in GiB If enabled the CPG s growth size in GiB at which a warning alert is generated Growth Warning If enabled the size limit in GiB after which the CPG will not grow Growth Increment The admin space grow size in GiB Growth Warning If enabled the admin space s growth size in GiB at which a warning alert is generated 240 320 200231 Rev A Growth Limit 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide If enabled the size limit in GiB after which the admin space will not grow Device Type Fibre Channel FC Nearline NL or Solid State yp SSD drives Device Speed Speed of the disk in K RPM Note The Device Speed number does not represent a rotational speed for the drives without spinning media SSD It is meant as a rough estimation of the performance difference between the drive and the other drives in the system For FC and NL drives the number correspon
460. y Multipath Failed Path Monitoring Host Device Name Paths Paths Policy Interval Name s040 13 _sqa pe2650 sqa pe2650 11 8 0 10 20 0 Unknown Unknown 0 The following information is displayed in the Path Summary tab Name of the InServ Storage Server configured by the system Systemi Name administrator The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value Virtual Volume The name of the exported virtual volume The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported Hostpors The number of host WWNs visible to the InServ Storage Server Inactive Ports WWNs reported by the host but not visible to the InServ Storage Server inServ Ports The number of InServ Storage Server ports that can see the host Available Paths The total number of distinct available paths between the host and the InServ Storage Server Multipath The used multi pathing method raned Pathi The failed path monitoring method Policy Monitoring The monitoring interval in seconds after which the host checks for Interval failed paths Host Device Name The number of paths seen by the InServ Storage Server reported Healthy Paths good by the host The device name for the selected VLUN on the host 272 320 200231 RevA 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Layout Tab The Layout tab shows how chunklets are used by the selected logical disk The lower pane s Layout tab appears as follows Virtual Yolume Details Sum
461. y you wish to edit and select Edit The Edit Physical Copy dialog box appears 3 Enter a new name in the Name field 4 If you wish to save the snapshot for resynchronization select Save snapshot for later resync 5 Click OK See also Viewing Physical Copies 320 200231 RevA 331 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Removing a Physical Copy To 1 2 3 remove a physical copy Access the Virtual Volumes tab Right click the physical copy you wish to remove In the menu that appears click Remove The Remove Virtual Volume dialog box appears 4 Optional Select to remove volumes and descendents without active VLUNs associated with inactive VLUNs and from volume sets 5 Click OK See also Viewing Physical Copies Creating a Consistency Group Physical Copy To create a consistency group physical copy 1 2 3 Soest Access the Virtual Volumes tab Select two or more virtual volumes with copy space In the Main Menu Bar click Actions gt Provisioning gt Virtual Volume gt Create Consistency Group Physical Copies The Create Consistency Group Physical Copies dialog box appears From the System list select the system on which the physical copy will be created Optional From the Domain list select the domain in which the physical copy will reside From Parent Volume list select the volume to copy from From Destination Volume list select the volume to copy to
462. yed as receive under the Targets column Additional information includes each link s port location IP address and status See also Manager Pane Management Tree Viewing Configured Remote Copy Systems Viewing Remote Copy Targets Remote Copy target definitions are descriptors on one Remote Copy system that identify another a Remote Copy system In a Remote Copy server pair the servers are each defined as targets relative to each other for Remote Copy operations To view Remote Copy targets 1 In the Manager Pane click Remote Copy 2 In the Management Tree click Targets under the Remote Copy Configuration node for the Remote Copy targets you wish to view Information about the Remote Copy targets appears on two panes in the Management Window e The left pane displays a graphical representation of the selected Remote Copy configuration The image includes the type of Remote Copy relationship Remote Copy over IP or Remote Copy over Fibre Channel between the servers in the Remote Copy configuration the names of the Remote Copy systems and the current state of the targets You can optionally view the systems target labels by selecting the Show Target Labels checKiBox at the lower left side of the pane When selected the image displays the Remote Copy systems target labels adjacent to the InServ Storage Server graphic representing each system For example in the following image the target of the InServ Storage Server labeled
463. yond the specified Allocation Limiit percentage of the VV size 3 Click Next to enter policy and geometry information or click Finish Step 3 Policies and Geometry 1 In the Include column on the left check the appropriate boxes to include properties in the template The list of values for each property are listed in the Defined Value column on the right Include any properties for which you wish to define specific values to be used by the template Checking the Allow Override checKiBox allow users to modify that property s value when applying the template 2 Use the following table as a guide when choosing which properties to include in a VV template Copy Settings screen Propert Include in the template in order to perty Allow stale snapshots allows stale snapshots Restrict export to one host Indicates whether the VV can export to multiple hosts 320 200231 Rev A 309 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Zero fill on partially written ensure that the host can never read old data from data pages deleted volumes or snapshots Sectors Per Track specify the number of sectors to allow per track Heads Per Cylinder specify the number of heads to use per cylinder 3 Click Next to view summary information or click Finish Step 4 Summary Review the summary information and when satisfied click Finish Creating a Virtual Volume Template Fully Provisioned from Physical Disks To create a virtual
464. ystem administrator The exported Logical Unit Number LUN value The name of the exported virtual volume Each entry is a link to the Virtual Volume i Virtual Volumes tab The name of the host to which the VLUN is exported Each entry is a link to the Hosts tab Hostpors The number of host WWNs visible to the InServ Storage Server inactive Ports WWNs reported by the host but not visible to the InServ Storage Server inServ Ports The number of InServ Storage Server ports that can see the host The total number of distinct available paths between the host and the InServ Storage Server Healthy Paths The number of paths seen by the InServ Storage Server reported good by the host Multipath The used multi pathing method Available Paths 300 320 200231 Rev A 3PAR InForm Management Console 4 1 0 User s Guide Failed Path The failed path monitoring method Policy Monitoring The monitoring interval in seconds after which the host checks for Interval failed paths The device name for the selected VLUN on the host Name See also Manager Pane Management Tree Creating VLUNs To create a VLUN 1 In the Manager Pane click Provisioning 2 In the Common Actions Panel click Create VLUN The Export Virtual Volume wizard appears 4 Follow the instructions in Exporting Virtual Volumes See also Manager Pane Common Actions Panel Exporting Virtual Volumes 320 200231 RevA 301 3PAR In
465. ystem A 1 Name A 2 Manufacturer Model Part Number Serial Family Stepping Speed Node Position Position Number MHz 5183 CPU O GenuineIntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GH2 6 11 2 327 0 0 A 183 cPUO Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 1 0 5183 CPU Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 0 1 5183 CPU 1 Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 1 1 183 CPU 2 Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 0 2 183 CPU 2 Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 1 2 183 CPU3 Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 ny 3 5183 CPU3 Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU 5140 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 1 3 5338 cPUO Genuinelntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU E5345 2 33GHz 6 11 2 327 0 0 5338 CPU 0 GenuineIntel 15 Intel R Xeon R CPU E5345 2 33GHz2 6 11 2 327 1 0 Note In the screen output above the CPUs tab has been accessed from the InServs node all connected storage server level on the Management Tree If the CPUs tab was accessed from the Management Tree via a specific server node for example s424 the resulting information displayed on the CPU tab does not display the System column The Node Subsystems CPUs tab displays the following information The system on which the CPU resides The CPU name Manufacturer The manufacturer of the CPU Model Part N

HP 3PAR User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents